Association for Behavior Analysis International

The Association for Behavior Analysis International® (ABAI) is a nonprofit membership organization with the mission to contribute to the well-being of society by developing, enhancing, and supporting the growth and vitality of the science of behavior analysis through research, education, and practice.

Search

47th Annual Convention; Online; 2021

All times listed are Eastern time (GMT-4 at the time of the convention in May).

Program by Continuing Education Events: Saturday, May 29, 2021


 

Paper Session #13
CE Offered: BACB
Evaluation of a Brief Delay/Denial Tolerance Training Delivered via Telehealth
Saturday, May 29, 2021
9:00 AM–9:25 AM EDT
Online
Area: CBM
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Kaitlin M Gould (May Institute)
CE Instructor: Kaitlin M Gould, Ph.D.
 
Evaluation of a Brief Delay/Denial Tolerance Training Delivered via Telehealth
Domain: Applied Research
KAITLIN M GOULD (University of Massachusetts Boston), Matthew L. Edelstein (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Alicia Sullivan (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jessica L Becraft (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Susan K. Perkins-Parks (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
 
Abstract: The literature on treatment packages for challenging behavior suggests that programs targeting deficits in tolerating frustration and delay to gratification may be highly effective (Dixon & Cummings, 2001). In addition, teaching children with challenging behavior to appropriately communicate their needs and tolerate delays to reinforcement may be the most crucial component of any behavior modification program (Hanley, 2014). However, the literature on the systematic application of these treatment components is limited to specific delivery models (i.e. in-person discrete teaching) and particular settings (i.e. highly controlled and/or intensive treatment programs). The purpose of the current study is to extend previous research the use of synthesized contingency analyses (Hanley, Jin, Vanselow, & Hanratty, 2014) and delay/denial tolerance training taught systematically via a Telehealth service delivery model. Results indicate high rates of skill acquisition and reduced rates of problem behavior across participants. Implications for continued use of Telehealth as a primary means of service delivery are discussed.
 
Target Audience:

Attendees should be familiar with functional analysis and assessment.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the benefit of utilizing a synthesized contingency analysis; (2) discuss the utility of this intervention for teaching clients to tolerate distress.
 
 
Symposium #14
CE Offered: BACB
Lessons Learned from Telehealth Direct Therapy and Implications for Practice
Saturday, May 29, 2021
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Christopher Miyake (Center for Autism and Related Disorders)
CE Instructor: Karen Nohelty, M.Ed.
Abstract: With the implementation of stay at home orders related to the COVID-19 pandemic, the occurrence of telehealth direct therapy sessions dramatically increased. While these services were largely provided to fulfill a specific need during the pandemic, clear benefits to telehealth direct therapy have emerged that indicate this method of service delivery should continue to be explored and provided outside of pandemic-related situations. As direct services continue to be provided via telehealth, it is critical to examine them further, in order to ensure that they are of high quality as limited research has been conducted to date on direct services provided via telehealth. In the first talk, a literature review on strategies for rapport and implications for telehealth direct therapy sessions will be discussed. Next, the results from a study demonstrating the effectiveness of telehealth direct therapy will be shared. Finally, a measure to assess treatment integrity of telehealth direct therapy sessions will be described.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): engagement, rapport, telehealth, treatment integrity
Target Audience: The target audience include a variety of levels of ABA practitioners, including BCBAs and BCaBAs.
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to identify at least 3 strategies to build rapport during a telehealth direct therapy session. 2. Participants will be able to summarize the evidence surrounding effectiveness of telehealth direct therapy. 3. Participants will be able to identify 7 critical components for assessing treatment integrity of telehealth direct therapy sessions.
 
Importance of Rapport in Telehealth Direct Therapy
(Theory)
CHRISTOPHER MIYAKE (Center for Autism and Related Disorders)
Abstract: The delivery of telehealth direct therapy to individuals with autism spectrum disorder provides many benefits but also introduces potential hurdles. Whether delivered in-person or via telehealth direct sessions, patient engagement and assent are critical components of any therapy session. However, telehealth direct sessions have placed an increased role on establishing rapport between clinicians and patients as patients can more easily escape interactions with clinicians by simply closing an application or leaving an area. Thus, a clinician must rely on techniques and procedures that increase social approach and a patient's desire to engage with them during sessions. Research has shown that taking the time to build rapport can increase social approach and decrease challenging behavior during the implementation of in-person therapy sessions. While more research needs to be done on the effects of rapport building on telehealth sessions, this review examines the current research on techniques and procedures and provides suggestions on how they can be utilized in the context of telehealth direct sessions.
 

Effectiveness of Telehealth Direct Therapy for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder

(Applied Research)
LEAH HIRSCHFELD (Center for Autism and Related Disorders), Karen Nohelty (Center for Autism and Related Disorders), Casey Brown Bradford (Center for Autism and Related Disorders), Christopher Miyake (Center for Autism and Related Disorders)
Abstract:

In order to maintain ethical obligations, behavior analysts must ensure the treatment they provide to patients is effective. While research has demonstrated that applied behavior analysis (ABA) therapy provided over telehealth modalities is effective for clinical supervision and caregiver consultation, there is limited research on the effectiveness of ABA over telehealth directly to individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). This study utilized natural environment teaching and discrete trial training procedures provided over a videoconferencing platform to teach new skills directly to eight individuals, between 4 and 16 years old, with a primary diagnosis of ASD. Skills were taught directly to each individual solely over the videoconferencing platform in a multiple baseline research design. Skills taught were in the language, adaptive, and social domains. All eight individuals acquired mastery for all targets. Additionally, generalization was assessed to caregivers for some targets and findings are discussed. Results suggest that ABA provided over telehealth directly to the patient is a modality that is effective and can be considered for all patients when assessing the appropriate location of treatment.

 

Ensuring Telehealth Direct Therapy is Provided With Integrity

(Service Delivery)
KAREN NOHELTY (Center for Autism and Related Disorders), Leah Hirschfeld (Center for Autism and Related Disorders), Christopher Miyake (Center for Autism and Related Disorders)
Abstract:

As telehealth direct therapy is increasingly provided to individuals with autism spectrum disorder, it is critical to ensure that the intervention is provided with integrity. Not only is this central in ensuring services are of a high quality; measuring integrity is also a necessary part of meeting ethical practice requirements. The telehealth therapy treatment integrity measure (TTTIM) includes seven sections that address various aspects of a telehealth direct therapy session: 1) caregiver engagement and support, 2) planning, 3) patient engagement, 4) downtime, 5) behavior intervention plan, 6) skill acquisition, and 7) data collection. Each section includes items that specify critical behaviors the behavior technician (BT) should implement. Items specify behaviors that are telehealth specific as well as behaviors that require generalization of an existing BT skill set to the videoconferencing platform. A description of the TTTIM and strategies for implementation will be discussed. The TTTIM provides an initial definition of behaviors a BT should implement during a telehealth direct therapy session in order to ensure they are providing quality services within their scope of competence.

 
 
Symposium #15
CE Offered: BACB
Implementing Functional Analysis and Function-Based Interventions With Considerations for Ecological Validity
Saturday, May 29, 2021
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Catharine Lory (Purdue University)
CE Instructor: Catharine Lory, M.S.
Abstract:

As variations of functional analysis (FA) continue to be studied and expanded, the feasibility and acceptability of implementing FAs in applied settings have increased. However, there remain gaps in the literature in terms of limitations in ecological validity, such as using natural settings, involving indigenous implementers, having normative comparisons, and maximizing the usefulness of FA results in guiding intervention selection. This symposium will present two single-case design studies on adaptations of FA procedures to address these issues and one systematic review that examined the ecological validity of function-based interventions (FBIs). The first paper identifies appropriate communication and play skills in typically developing children using a modified trial-based functional analysis and provides a normative sample for comparison with children who are targeting the acquisition of appropriate skills to replace problem behavior. The second paper examines potential sub-functions of automatically reinforced stereotypy in children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) through a practitioner-implemented modified FA to determine if stereotypic behaviors are influenced by varying levels of environmental stimulation. The third paper examines existing FBIs for children with ASD in schools to identify strengths and weaknesses related to ecological validity. Recommendations for improving the ecological validity of FAs and FBIs will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): ecological validity, function-based interventions, functional analysis, problem behavior
Target Audience:

Researchers, BCBAs, graduate students in applied behavior analysis or special education. Prerequisite skills include knowledge or experience in implementing functional analyses and function-based interventions.

Learning Objectives: 1. Describe how a trial-based functional analysis may be implemented with typically developing children 2. Determine potential sub-functions of automatic reinforcement based on functional analysis data 3. Identify factors that impact ecological validity of functional analyses and function-based interventions
 
Appropriate Behavior Occurring in Functional Analysis Conditions in Typically Developing Preschoolers
CHRISTINA WARNER (California State university Northridge), Monica Montalvo (California State University Northridge), Alyssa Rojas (University of South Florida), Saba Mahmoudi (Utah State University), Tara A. Fahmie (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract: Functional analyses are commonly used to classify problem behavior. However, they also could be used to identify the presence of functional replacements to problem behavior. In the current study, 27 typically developing preschool children participated in a modified trial-based functional analysis. Groups of three children were put in play situations and exposed to three common FA conditions (attention, tangible, and escape) in which thirteen appropriate behaviors (e.g. communication, play, social skills) were scored across five sessions per participant. The purpose of this brief assessment was to identify what appropriate skills were exhibited by typically developing preschoolers with minimal problem behavior when attention, escape, and tangibles were withheld. Appropriate behaviors seen most across all participants were functional play, sharing independently with adults, statements of disinterest, and compliance. Behaviors that were seen the least were imaginative play, joint play, and polite statements (e.g. thank you). We also analyzed the relation between functional requests and problem behavior in our sample. Our results may be used as a point of comparison to other populations (e.g. ASD), to identify skills to be taught at the preschool levels, and potentially to identify skill deficits that could lead to the development of more severe problem behavior.
 

Examining Sub-Functions of Automatically Maintained Stereotypy in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder Through a Modified Functional Analysis

CATHARINE LORY (Purdue University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University), Rose A. Mason (Purdue University), Brandon Keehn (Purdue University), Ben A Mason (Purdue University)
Abstract:

Prior research has established that automatic reinforcement is the most prevalent function of stereotypic behavior, which is typically determined through a functional analysis (FA). However, difficulty in accessing and manipulating the contingencies that automatically maintain stereotypic behaviors restricts the ability to determine potential sub-functions of automatic function (i.e., automatic positive reinforcement or automatic negative reinforcement), which may lead to limitations in designing function-based interventions that specifically address variables that maintain stereotypic behavior. Identifying potential sub-functions of automatically maintained stereotypic behavior may help practitioners determine if an individual engages in stereotypic behavior to access or escape stimulation. We conducted a modified functional assessment across three young children with ASD including a brief interview, a screener FA with an alone condition, and a pairwise FA consisting of high-stimulation alone and low-stimulation alone conditions. FA results show that one participant engaged in diminishing levels of stereotypic behavior across both high- and low-stimulation conditions, indicating that the behavior had a social function. Two participants engaged in higher levels of stereotypic behavior in the low-stimulation alone condition, indicating that their stereotypies were primarily maintained by automatic positive reinforcement. Our findings offer practical implications for environmental modification to address stereotypic behavior in children with ASD.

 
The Ecological Validity of Function-Based Interventions in Research and Practice
LAURA C. CHEZAN (Old Dominion University), Meka McCammon (University of South Carolina), Erik Drasgow (University of South Carolina), Katie Wolfe (University of South Carolina)
Abstract: The importance of evaluating the ecological validity of interventions examined in applied research studies and the need for developing instruments to measure this construct have been highlighted in the literature. We conducted a systematic review to determine the extent to which ecological validity was demonstrated and assessed in single-case experimental design (SCED) studies examining the effectiveness of function-based interventions (FBIs) for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) within schools. First, we examined the extent to which researchers provide a detailed description of the procedures implemented in a study. Second, we evaluated aspects of ecological validity, such as setting, implementer, schedule, type of activity, and number of individuals required to implement the intervention. Third, we examined whether ecological validity was assessed by researchers and the instruments used to assess it. Results indicated that approximately half of the FBIs were conducted by teachers in classrooms. Approximately 50% of the FBIs were implemented within the context of isolated sessions and required multiple implementers. Ecological validity was assessed in seven of the 55 studies reviewed. A complete description of implementation procedures was provided for approximately half of the FBIs. Implications for researchers and practitioners are discussed.
 
 
Symposium #16
CE Offered: BACB
Teaching Imitation Skills to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Saturday, May 29, 2021
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Donald M. Stenhoff (Arizona State University)
Discussant: Mathew C Luehring (Children’s Hospital Colorado)
CE Instructor: Mathew C Luehring, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often have deficits in imitation skills. Imitation skills are prerequisites to acquiring more complex behaviors. Often these deficits are debilitating as individuals move into adulthood and need to imitate the skills of peers, teachers, and colleagues. Baer et al. (1967) defined imitation as any behavior that temporally follows a behavior emitted by the model, and the imitative behavior’s topography is functionally controlled by the model’s behavior topography. Thus, the model becomes a critical aspect to teaching individuals to imitate. In this symposium, we discuss methods in which imitation skills were taught to children with ASD. In the first presentation, the presenter will describe a study in which modeling and prompting procedures were used to teach Syrian children with ASD imitation skills including eye contact. In the second presentation, the presenter will describe a study in which the effectiveness of two methods of prompting were compared. Based on the outcome, the most effective prompting procedure was used to teach imitation skills using a mirror to children with ASD. The symposium will conclude with remarks from a discussant.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): generalized imitation, imitation teaching
Target Audience:

The target audience includes practitioners delivering services to individuals with autism spectrum disorder and developmental disabilities. Attendees should have basic understanding of terminology related to imitation, generalization, and single-case research design.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe how to assess prompting procedures to meet clients' idiosyncratic needs; (2) describe how to conduct imitation teaching; (3) describe how to conduct imitation teaching using a mirrored model; (4) describe how to increase skill generalization.
 
Acquisition of Nonvocal Imitation Through Idiosyncratic Prompting and Measuring Technologies
TRISTAN T. LYLE (Arizona State University; InBloom), Donald M. Stenhoff (Arizona State University)
Abstract: Some children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) do not acquire imitation skills in their natural environments and may require direct instruction. Furthermore, some children with ASD may have some imitation skills within their repertoire, but fail to show generalized imitation skills (i.e., imitating a novel behavior never previously taught). In this presentation, we will describe how concurrent interventions idiosyncratic to the participants were used, such as identifying which measurement best reflects the participants performance, as well as the type of response prompt guiding skill acquisition. Additionally, we will describe the extent to which the use of a mirror facilitated imitation acquisition via additional visual feedback or whether the type of prompting itself guided the acquisition. Finally, novel object-imitation probe outcomes related imitation generalized as a result of the correct prompting and measurement methods will be described.
 

Using Modeling and Prompting to Teach Imitation Skills to Syrian Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

Wissam Mounzer (Stockholm university), Donald M. Stenhoff (Arizona State University), ELAINA POSTHUMUS (InBloom)
Abstract:

In this presentation we will describe the effects of prompting and modeling on imitation skills and eye contact of three Arabic-speaking children with autism spectrum disorder. A multiple baseline design with a withdrawal component was used to evaluate the effects in a clinical setting and in follow up sessions conducted in the participants’ homes. All participants’ imitative responding increased when modeling and prompting was used. Additionally, participants’ percentages of the targeted imitation skills maintained at a high correct percentage at the two- and five-week follow-up. Finally, participants’ percentage of eye contact increased during the modeling and prompting conditions and maintained at follow-up will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #17
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission On Antiracist Actions in Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 29, 2021
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Cody Morris (Salve Regina University )
CE Instructor: Cody Morris, Ph.D.
Abstract: Not engaging in racist behaviors is often erroneously thought of as the opposite of engaging in racist behaviors. However, merely avoiding overtly racist behaviors does not counteract racism because existing racist policies continue to perpetuate inequalities if they do not encounter active resistance. As a result, inaction on the part of society only continues to promote and sustain oppressive systems. Therefore, to move towards abolishing racist systems, all members of a society must engage in anti-racist behaviors. Engaging in anti-racist behaviors involves taking actions toward dismantling racist systems and policies to create more equitable systems. The purpose of this symposium is to review and discuss specific anti-racist behaviors that behavior analysts can engage in to contribute to combating racism in our field and our communities. The first presentation will focus on evaluating risk factors related to client mistreatment in applied settings; the second presentation will focus on creating solidarity of non-black people of color in creating racial equity; and the third talk will focus on behavior analyst’s role in combatting microaggressions.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): antiracist, diversity, equity, systemic racism
Target Audience: This talk will be appropriate for BCBAs. There is no prior knowledge needed to benefit from his talk.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to (1) identify risk-factors of client-mistreatment; (2) describe important antiracist actions necessary for creating racial equity in the field and beyond; (3) define microaggressions behaviorally.
 
Diversity submission On the Uncanny Similarities Between Police Brutality and Client Mistreatment
NICOLE HOLLINS (Western Michigan University), Cody Morris (Salve Regina University)
Abstract: Direct-care staff are responsible for carrying out behavior-analytic services in a culture that perpetuates systemic racism and other problematic systems that can lead to the mistreatment of clients. Limited data exists on factors that influence the mistreatment of clients, so behavior analysts must look to better-studied comparison contexts as a way to identify risk-factors. Police brutality is one context where problematic systems are apparent. Therefore, examining variables known to affect police brutality offers one way to identify aspects of direct-care staff implementation of behavior-analytic treatment that may harbor similar systems. The purpose of this presentation is to examine variables associated with police brutality as risk-factors for the mistreatment of clients in direct-care settings. The primary risk-factors discussed include racial-bias, warrior mentality, lack of transparency and accountability, and ineffective intervention. This paper concludes that the field of behavior analysis needs sensitive data collection methods and systematic evaluation of risk-factors to better protect clients from mistreatment.
 
Diversity submission Solidarity: The Role of Non-Black People of Color in Promoting Racial Equity
ANITA LI (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Multicultural behavior analysts must stand together to address the issues of systemic racism collectively, show solidarity, and support Black lives. This paper discusses the role of culturally and linguistically diverse behavior analysts, mechanisms underlying barriers and incompatible behaviors in showing solidarity, and mechanisms required for cultural evolution to promote a compassionate and nurturing approach to racial equity. It is critical that non-Black people of color actively participate in antiracist advocacy to show solidarity to the Black Lives Matter movement. Both allyship and contributors to systemic racism, especially in the context of injustice and mistreatment of Black people, are not limited to white individuals. The purpose of this paper is to invoke introspection and promote solidarity-aligned behaviors for non-Black ethnic and racial people of color within the field of applied behavior analysis, discuss the individual and metacontingencies involved, and facilitate a cultural evolution to reduce racism and prejudice towards Black individuals.
 
Diversity submission Understanding Microaggressions: Implications for Using a Science of Behavior to Promote and Support Anti-Racist Teaching
DENICE RIOS MOJICA (Georgia Southern University), Marlesha Bell (University of South Florida), Lorraine A Becerra (University of Missouri), Andrew Bulla (Georgia Southern University - Armstrong)
Abstract: Microaggressions are defined as daily verbal and non-verbal assaults directed toward people from historically marginalized and stigmatized groups. When compared with overt acts of racism, microaggressions can cause just as much, if not more, psychological damage. Over the last 10 years, social psychologists have done a lot of work to research the effects of microaggressions and have evaluated ways to address them in many different contexts. Often diversity and inclusion trainings use this body of literature to educate and bring awareness to the concept. However, research on these types of trainings show mixed results in terms of their effectiveness. Behavior analysts often stay away from subjective definitions and focus on function and environmental effects. Additionally, behavior analysts have a large body of literature in instructional design and concept teaching that is often used to successfully teach difficult concepts. As such, behavior analysts might be in a good position to redesign instruction and trainings around microaggressions to bring more objectivity to the definition, reduce subjective interpretations, and ensure successful learning of the concept. In this presentation, we will outline examples on how we can use the research in concept teaching and learning to successfully teach the concept of microaggressions.
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #19
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Marrying ABA and the Medical System: Multi-Disciplinary Treatment Systems and Novel Approaches for Challenging Behaviors in Youth With Autism
Saturday, May 29, 2021
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Yaniz C. Padilla Dalmau (Seattle Children's Hospital)
CE Instructor: Yaniz C. Padilla Dalmau, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: MATTHEW SIEGEL (Maine Behavioral Healthcare)
Abstract:

Up to two-thirds of youth with autism spectrum disorder develop challenging behaviors, which are the most common cause for referral to behavioral health services in this population. While progress in treatment in this area has been made, many youth remain treatment refractory or unresponsive to the work of a single discipline. Specialized acute inpatient psychiatry units can be utilized to bring together the strengths of applied behavior analysis and other disciplines to assess and treat complex challenging behaviors. The service landscape, approach, and treatment evidence for these settings will be reviewed, and emerging novel approaches utilizing detection of physiologic signals in relation to challenging behaviors will be presented.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Practicing behavior analysts, administrators of ABA programs, clinical researchers.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss the frequency and topography of challenging behaviors in youth with ASD; (2) identify the program elements and evidence for specialized acute psychiatry units targeting this population; (3) articulate the proposed relationship between physiological arousal and challenging behaviors.
 
MATTHEW SIEGEL (Maine Behavioral Healthcare)

Dr. Siegel is an Associate Professor of Psychiatry and Pediatrics of Tufts University School of Medicine, Vice President of Medical Affairs, Developmental Disorders Service of Maine Behavioral Healthcare, and Faculty Scientist II at Maine Medical Center Research Institute. He has developed a nationally recognized continuum of treatment and research for individuals with autism, intellectual disability and co-occurring mental illness and challenging behaviors.

 

Dr. Siegel attended Amherst College, Stanford Medical School and trained at Brown University in child psychiatry, psychiatry, and pediatrics. He is the Principal Investigator of the Autism and Developmental Disorders Inpatient Research Collaborative (ADDIRC), a network of specialized child psychiatry units performing studies of children severely affected by autism and intellectual disability. Dr. Siegel is nationally recognized for his expertise in inpatient care and the treatment of serious challenging behaviors. He served on the Autism and Intellectual Disability Committee of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry for a decade and is a co-author of the Academy’s Practice Parameter on the Assessment and Treatment of Children and Adolescents with Autism Spectrum Disorder and the Parameter for the Assessment and Treatment of Psychiatric Disorders in Children and Adolescents with Intellectual Disability.

 
 
Invited Tutorial #21
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/NASP
0 to 60: Establishing Conditioned Reinforcers and Inducing Observing Responses
Saturday, May 29, 2021
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: DEV; Domain: Service Delivery
PSY/BACB/NASP CE Offered. CE Instructor: Lin Du, Ph.D.
Chair: Jessica Singer-Dudek (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Presenting Authors: : LIN DU (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

This talk will discuss how to induce observing responses for children who are pre-observers. These children typically don’t orient to other’s faces, listen to other’s voices, or attend to educational materials presented in pictures or objects. Without these foundational observing responses, everything else will fall short. It would be extremely challenging to teach them visual match-to-sample, conditional discrimination, let alone derived relations. Traditionally, these students rely heavily on prompts from their teachers and caregivers. They also require substantially more trials to reach their learning objectives. Our CABAS® research labs, which are affiliated with Teachers College Columbia University, have identified a sequence of verbal behavior cusps and developed the intervention protocols for those who are missing any of these cusps. This talk will focus on the recent advances in the study of observing responses and intervention protocols. These protocols are shown to be effective in establishing the conditioned reinforcement and increasing the children’s general awareness of their surroundings. In particular, children learn to select out people’s faces and voices as well as pictures and objects as discriminative stimuli from their environment. In consequence, they require fewer prompts during instruction and their learning rates also increase dramatically. Once these foundational cusps for verbal behavior are established, children will be ready to learn things they are not able to before (e.g., see-do, hear-do, bidirectional naming).

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board-certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe observing responses and why are they important; (2) name three intervention protocols that are effective in inducing observing responses; (3) discuss what children learn to do after they have acquired observing responses.
 
LIN DU (Teachers College, Columbia University)

Dr. Lin Du received her first MA in sociology from Nanjing University, China. She then earned her MA and Ph.D. in applied behavior analysis from Teachers College, Columbia University. She is a CABAS® senior behavior analyst, associate research scientist, New York State Licensed behavior analyst, and BCBA-D. Dr Du is a research scientist and program supervisor at the Fred S. Keller school (a R&D lab for master and doctoral candidates in ABA and school psychology programs at Teachers College, Columbia University). She is also an adjunct assistant professor of behavior analysis at Teachers College, Columbia University. Her primary research interests are verbal behavior development of children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD). She has published two books, several book chapters and many peer-reviewed papers in the behavior analytic journals, including the Psychological Record, Journal of Béhavioral and Brain Science, Behavior Development Bulletin, Behavior Analysis in Practice, European Journal of Behavior Analysis, The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, and International Journal of Behavior Analysis and Autism Disorder

 
 
Symposium #22
CE Offered: BACB
Contributions to Behavior Analysis in Higher Education: Emailing, Study Skills, and the Effects of Quizzes
Saturday, May 29, 2021
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kathryn Glodowski (Penn State - Harrisburg)
CE Instructor: Kathryn Glodowski, Ph.D.
Abstract: Researchers have demonstrated behavior-analytic principles can be applied in higher education settings with college students. The three presentations in this symposium exemplify such research. Thomas Farnsworth will describe the effects of a computer-based email training on undergraduate students’ email formatting and etiquette during the first presentation. During the second presentation, Kathryn Glodowski will provide an overview of the influence of quiz length on student behavior in an undergraduate psychology class. The final presentation, given by Sarah Kong, will review the impact of a study training package on undergraduate students’ studying skills.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): College Students, Professionalism, Studying
Target Audience: Instructors
Learning Objectives: 1. The participant will be able to describe a computer-based training that improves email writing for undergraduate students. 2. The participant will be able to describe the effects of quiz length on quiz efficacy for college student behavior. 3. The participant will be able to describe a training that improves study skills for undergraduate students.
 
Computer-Based Email Training for Undergraduates
THOMAS FARNSWORTH (Western New England University; Western Connecticut State University), Rachel H. Thompson (Western New England University), Sabrina Minic (Western New England University), Joseph Van Allen (Western New England University)
Abstract: Email is the primary form of communication between undergraduates and instructors outside the classroom. Past research suggests that undergraduate email writing needs improvement. The purpose of the present study was to extend research by Aguilar-Roca et al. (2009) and Elbeck and Song (2011) by evaluating the effects of a computer-based email training on undergraduate adherence with basic formatting and etiquette guidelines, assessing the social validity of that training, and evaluating the generality of its effects across contexts. The email training package consisted of written instructions and an online quiz with self-monitoring prompts. We measured adherence with basic formatting and etiquette guidelines by scoring emails from a weekly assignment using a checklist. We demonstrated experimental control of mean checklist scores using a multiple baseline design across two sections of introductory psychology. We demonstrated the generality of email training effects across contexts using an embedded multiple probe design. The results of social validity assessments suggest that, overall, the goals and procedures of the email training were viewed favorably by participants and career-development professionals and that, in some cases, the training produced meaningful improvement in email writing. Computer-based email training is feasible, scalable, and could supplement or replace other training methods.
 
An Evaluation of Quiz Length on College Student Behavior
KATHRYN GLODOWSKI (Penn State - Harrisburg), Yusuke Hayashi (Pennsylvania State University, Hazleton)
Abstract: The overall success of higher education remains a national interest and incorporating active learning techniques may be one way to promote student success in higher education. Quizzes can be considered one form of active learning, and many researchers demonstrated quizzes improve college students’ behavior in and out of the classroom. Despite the evidence to support the use of quizzes in higher education to improve student success, some instructors may choose to not administer quizzes due to time constraints. One way to reduce class time spent on quizzes is to administer relatively brief quizzes (e.g., 5 questions). The current project included an evaluation of quiz length (i.e., no quiz vs. 5-question quiz vs. 10-question quiz) on college student behavior for students in an undergraduate psychology course. Results demonstrate short and long quizzes improve attendance and student participation compared to no quizzes; brief quizzes may be sufficient to improve student success in higher education.
 
Teaching Study Skills to College Students Using Checklist Training and Feedback
SARAH KONG (University of the Pacific), Corey S. Stocco (University of the Pacific), Sindhu Vatikuti (University of the Pacific)
Abstract: Deficits in the study skills of college students can lead to lower academic performance or even disqualification. Although behavior analytic research has evaluated methods for teaching, structuring in-class notes, increasing attendance, and improving participation, no studies have evaluated methods for independent studying outside of the classroom. We evaluated the effects of a study skills training package using a multiple probe design across skills with college students. Sessions took place in a room arranged to emulate the typical study space found in a dorm or library. During sessions, participants were given a 3–6 page reading from a textbook on research methods and statistics. We modified the readings to equate the number of headings, subheadings, paragraphs, and bolded terms. Using a combination of a checklist with picture models and performance feedback, we taught college students how to set up their study environments, take notes, and study their notes by writing answers to study questions. As a supplemental measure, we probed quiz performance during baseline and after a participant mastered each skill. To date, results have shown improvement in targeted study skills for one participant, and data collection is ongoing for two participants.
 
 
Symposium #23
CE Offered: BACB
Expanding Behavioral Safety to New Areas
Saturday, May 29, 2021
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Christoph F. Bördlein (University of Applied Sciences Würzburg-Schweinfurt)
CE Instructor: Christoph F. Bördlein, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavioral Safety is not only relevant to “classical” physical work in plants. It’s also important in social service organizations and other environments that are not typically in focus, when thinking about workplace safety. This symposium highlights several developments in behavioral safety. One is the application of the well-established procedures to work environments previously not being targeted much by behavior analysis. The first talk is about the use of the Performance-Diagnostic Checklist – Safety (PDC-S) to enhance safety in two social service institutions. The other presentations in this symposium describe the collaborative effort of machinery safety experts and behavior analysts to include the knowledge of behavior analysis into international standards of workplace safety like the International Standard Organization (ISO) and the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC). Behavior analysis introduces it’s measurement and assessment strategies to machinery safety, to make the human factor – once thought of as a “soft” factor – more controllable and manageable. Perspecitves for future developments are discussed.

 
Using the PDC-Safety and the PDC-Human Services to Facilitate Safety in Social Service Institutions
CHRISTOPH F. BÖRDLEIN (University of Applied Sciences Würzburg-Schweinfurt)
Abstract:

Employees in social service institutions, e.g. those providing day care for mentally and / or physically impaired adults or social work assistance for endangered youths face a variety of safety hazards. Those hazards origin not only from the physical environment but also from the behavior of the people taken care of. To analyze the contingencies influencing the safety of employees in organizations, Martinez-Onstott, Wilder, and Sigurdsson (2016) developed the Performance Diagnosis Checklist Safety (PDC-S). The PDC-HS (Human Services; Carr, Wilder, Majdalany, Mathisen & Strain, 2013) addresses performance problems including safety issues in human service organizations. We present two applications of these checklists to analyze the contingencies underlying safety issues in an intermediate home for children with various behavior problems and in a sheltered workshop for adults with multiple mental and physical disabilities. Results were used to develop safety checklists for behavioral self-monitoring of employees and safety observations of the work environment and the behavior of the people looked after.

 
Experiments in Behavioral Safety in Machinery Safety in Japan
RIEKO HOJO (National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health), Shoken Shimizu (National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health, Japan), Kyoko Hamajima (National Institute of Occupational Health, Japan), Shigeo Umezaki (National Institute of Occupational Health, Japan), Koichi Ono (Komazawa University)
Abstract: The author reports about her attempts to introduce behavior analysis to the machinery safety field in Japan. Behavior analysts and machinery safety experts sometimes work together for experiments and in the applied setting, and the results are applied to safety measure at industrial worksite. Among these activities in the machinery safety field, the most characteristic one is participation to international standards, such as International Standard Organization (ISO) and/or International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC). ISO develops and publishes International Standards. It creates documents that provide requirements, specifications, guidelines or characteristics that can be used consistently to ensure that materials, products, processes and services are fit for their purpose. On the other hand, the IEC is the world’s leading organization that prepares and publishes International Standards for all electrical, electronic and related technologies. The principles of human behavior are an element of the current collaborative safety, required by machinery safety and it contributes to establish these standards. We show several examples of this new approach and discuss the new development intiated by this collaboration.
 
The Safety Management System as a New Achievement Place for Behavior Analysis
SHOKEN SHIMIZU (National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health, Japan), Rieko Hojo (National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health), Kyoko Hamajima (National Institute of Occupational Health, Japan), Shigeo Umezaki (National Institute of Occupational Health, Japan), Koichi Ono (Komazawa University)
Abstract: These days an enormous change in the society system, called the Industrial Revolution has been appeared all over the world, such as Industry 4.0, and Connected Industries and/or Society 5.0 in Japan. In such situation, man-machine collaboration is quite important because machines and humans at workplace are connected by Internet of Things (IoT) or/and Information and Communications Technology (ICT) devices. All these industrial revolutions refer to productivity. A way of thinking and measures about safety which is adopted to such society should be established now. So far, safety at workplace has been protected and maintained by specialists from the machinery safety field, mainly focusing on the hardware side. On the other hand, human factors have not been sufficiently considered in the machinery safety field so far. Therefore, rational measurements, analysis and evaluation of human behavior is now important for collaborative safety. Specialists in machinery safety found that behavior analysis is one of the most applicable sciences for the novel safety measure, because it measures human behavior objectively, quantitatively and directly. In this presentation, we propose some approaches for collaborative activity with specialists from the field of behavior analysis to manage safety in machinery safety field together. Those are participating to international standards, quantitative evaluation of machinery systems and analysis of risk assessment.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #25
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
Systemic Behavior Analysis: A Therapeutic Approach for Optimizing Best Practices for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder and Their Families
Saturday, May 29, 2021
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: PRA
Chair: Paula Ribeiro Braga-Kenyon (Kadiant)
CE Instructor: Angeliki Gena, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: ANGELIKI GENA (University of Athens, Greece)
Abstract:

This presentation will address the question of effective practices for the treatment of individuals with autism spectrum disorder, from both an epistemological and a therapeutic perspective, and suggest the importance of a synthesis of two paradigms—behavior analysis and general systems theory—as a means of optimizing our assessment of the needs and the services provided to people with disabilities. Despite the development and the use of a wide array of behavior analytic practices that help all children with ASD to reach their full potential, a question that remains under-researched has to do with the effort expected from the child and his/her family and whether this effort can be somehow lessened without compromising the benefits. The answer to that question led to investigating the properties of another epistemological paradigm—general systems theory—its merits, its compatibility, and its complementarity to the discipline of behavior analysis. This presentation aims to demonstrate that the two paradigms are compatible and complementary and that their combination may lead to optimizing the therapeutic and pedagogical outcomes of behavior analytic practices. If we are to adapt a systemic perspective, according to which the joining of two or more systems leads to an outcome that exceeds by far the additive effects of those systems, it will be interesting to assess the potential emergent benefits of the synthesis of two compatible and complementary epistemological paradigms and how those translate into therapeutic outcomes.

Target Audience:

Researchers and therapists in the field of autism spectrum disorder.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation the participants will be able to: (1) utilize the main principles of Systemic Behavior Analysis to evaluate a treatment program for people with ASD; (2) assess whether the breath of a Systemic Behavior Analytic treatment program is feasible and appropriate for the population of people with ASD of his/her interest; (3) plan for changes in the development of a behavior analytic intervention that incorporate systemic elements.
 
ANGELIKI GENA (University of Athens, Greece)
Angeliki Gena is Professor at the School of Philosophy, Department of Philosopsy-Pedagogy-Psychology at the National and Kapodistrian University of Athens, Greece (EKPA). She received her BA in Psychology and Sociology, her Master’s Degree in Clinical Psychology and her Ph.D. from the “Learning Processes” program of the Psychology Department of the City University of New York. She conducted her Doctoral Dissertation at the Princeton Child Development Institute, in Princeton, New Jersey. She worked in various institutes in the USA and became the director of the Alpine Learning Group, a prominent center for children with autism in Alpine, New Jersey. She also taught as an adjunct professor at the City University of New York. In Greece she started her teaching career at the University of Thessaly, was elected at the University of the Aegean, and since 1998 teaches at the National and Kapodistrian University of Athens. Her research is predominantly in the area of Behavior Analysis and its applications for early intervention in children with Autism Spectrum Disorder. Was general secretary of the Association of Behavioral Research for 11 years, is an associate of the Institute of Behavioral Research and Therapy, and a founding member and current president of the Institute of Systemic Behavior Analysis. She has served as an elected member of the Senate of EKPA, since 2016 she is a member of the board of trustees of IKY – National Organization of Scholarships, Greece – has been appointed to national committees of the Greek Ministry of Education, and has served on the board of various non-for-profit organizations. She has received several scholarships and awards for distinguished research and clinical practices addressing children with autism and grands from the European Commission and various Greek organizations. She has published numerous books, empirical and theoretical articles in peer-reviewed journals, as well as book chapters. The main focus of her research is in systemic behavior analysis and its applications for children with ASD and their families.
 
 
Invited Tutorial #26
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
SQAB Tutorial: Using Quantitative Theories of Relapse to Improve Functional Communication Training
Saturday, May 29, 2021
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research
PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP CE Offered. CE Instructor: Brian Greer, Ph.D.
Chair: Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University)
Presenting Authors: : BRIAN GREER (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School)
Abstract:

Functional communication training (FCT) has strong empirical support for its use when treating socially reinforced problem behavior. However, treatment effects often deteriorate when FCT procedures are challenged, leading to the recurrence of problem behavior, decreased use of the functional communication response, or both. Recent prevalence estimates suggest that treatment relapse is common in the clinic. Researchers have accordingly described a number of strategies for improving the long-term effectiveness of differential-reinforcement-based procedures (e.g., FCT), and quantitative theories of relapse (i.e., Behavioral Momentum Theory, Resurgence as Choice) provide falsifiable predications regarding modifications for mitigating treatment relapse. In this presentation, I share recent research on the prevalence of treatment relapse during routine, clinical service delivery and discuss our work on applying quantitative models of relapse to improve treatment durability. Future steps for advancing promising relapse-mitigations strategies will also be discussed, as will clinical considerations that limit the practicality of otherwise effective mitigation procedures.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

BCBAs, applied and basic researchers

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) explain FCT and describe its efficacy; (2) describe at least one common challenge to FCT treatment effects; (3) describe at least two specific strategies for mitigating relapse of problem behavior following FCT.
 
BRIAN GREER (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School)
Brian D. Greer is the founding director of the Severe Behavior Program within the Rutgers University Center for Autism Research, Education, and Services. He is an assistant professor in the Department of Pediatrics and a core member of the Brain Health Institute. He received a Bachelor of Science in psychology from the University of Florida in 2008, a Master of Arts in applied behavioral science in 2011 and a Ph.D. in behavioral psychology in 2013, both from the University of Kansas. He later completed a postdoctoral fellowship at the University of Nebraska Medical Center. He has served on the board of editors and as a guest associate editor for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis and the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. He is the 2013 recipient of the Baer, Wolf, and Risley Outstanding Graduate Student Award and the 2019 recipient of the B. F. Skinner Foundation New Researcher Award in the area of applied research. Dr. Greer is the Executive Director of the Society for the Quantitative Analyses of Behavior, and he currently supervises three R01 grants from the National Institute of Child Health and Human Development on preventing relapse of destructive behavior using Behavioral Momentum Theory and Resurgence as Choice. He has helped to acquire and carry out over $10 million in federal grant funding.
 
 
Panel #27
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission An International Cultural Perspective on Interprofessional Collaboration
Saturday, May 29, 2021
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Lina Slim-Topdjian, Ph.D.
Chair: Tracie L. Lindblad (First Bridge Centre, London, UK; Tracie Lindblad Consulting)
LINA SLIM-TOPDJIAN (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology – ABA Online Program; ASAP - A Step Ahead Program, LLC)
MICHELLE P. KELLY (Emirates College for Advanced Education (ECAE))
KAROLA DILLENBURGER (Centre for Behaviour Analysis, Queen's University Belfast, Northern Ireland)
Abstract:

One effective component that leads to better health and educational outcomes is Interprofessional Education and Collaborative Practice (IPEC) (WHO, 2016) and another is developing culturally aware practices. This panel facilitates discussions regarding the initial establishment of interprofessional collaborations, ways to bridge cultures and create partnerships, challenges to collaboration from an international perspective, and the roles of cultural competencies and cultural humility in fostering effective collaborative and therapeutic relationships. Case examples will be presented from the United Arab Emirates, Europe, Canada and the United States, reflecting challenges and successes in fostering positive collaborative relationships with various stakeholders, including government. Panelists will also discuss suggestions for how to effectively resolve conflicts to improve health and education outcomes for all clients and raise a call to action for the field of behavior analysis to develop education and training systems/programs that foster building culturally aware practices and cultural humility, and promote the dissemination of the science of behavior analysis across international borders.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts and professionals from other disciplines that have more than 1 year practical working experience with individuals with autism and other developmental disabilities. Students enrolled in an ABA master's program. University Professors of ABA programs. Clinical supervisor of ABA services. Parents who are members of ABA advocacy groups.

Learning Objectives: 1. Identify core interprofessional education and collaborative competencies 2. Describe cultural considerations for effective training and treatment delivery 3. Identify components of culturally aware practices and dissemination
 
 
Invited Paper Session #28
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission ABA in the Kingdom: Shaping the Field
Saturday, May 29, 2021
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
CE Instructor: Lamis Baowaidan, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: LAMIS BAOWAIDAN (Dar Al-Hekma University)
Abstract:

Over the past 10 years, as the prevalence rate of autism spectrum disorder (ASD) increased, applied behavior analysis (ABA) has become the topic of interest in Saudi Arabia. It has drawn the attention of medical professionals, teachers, clinicians, stakeholders, and legislators alike. ABA is increasingly being recognized as the leading evidence-based intervention for individuals with ASD, and with this rising recognition, there is a growing demand for accountability and provision of state-of-the-art services. To respond to this demand, we have established the first verified course sequences in the Middle East on both undergraduate and graduate levels, as well as provided collaborations with schools and clinics. In this presentation, I describe the dissemination efforts made through training behavior analysts, implementation of positive behavior support in schools, and advocating for services and the establishment of a local legislative body. Furthermore, the significant growth in the number of certificants, clinics using ABA, ABA training programs, as well as the current challenges and the future of ABA in Saudi Arabia are discussed.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss the status of the field of ABA in Saudi Arabia; (2) describe the actions taken to advocate for the establishment of a local legislative body in the country; (3) identify challenges and potential solutions in disseminating the science of ABA and regulating its practice.
 
LAMIS BAOWAIDAN (Dar Al-Hekma University)

Dr. Baowaidan is the department chair of the Master of Science Program in Applied Behavior Analysis and assistant professor of special education at Dar Al-Hekma University, Saudi Arabia. She launched the first graduate program in ABA in the Middle East.  In 2016, she became the first Saudi to hold a Ph.D. in Applied Behavior Analysis and a Board Certified Behavior Analyst with doctoral designation (BCBA-Dâ). She earned her MA and Ph.D. in Applied Behavior Analysis from Columbia University under the direction of professor R. Douglas Greer. She has extensive teaching experience with children with and without special needs under the CABAS® model of schooling at the Fred S Keller School, where she also acted as a program supervisor and served as a clinical professor to many graduate students.

 
 
Symposium #30
CE Offered: BACB
Higher-Order Social Interactions Among Individuals Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Saturday, May 29, 2021
9:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Faris Rashad Kronfli (Rutgers University)
Discussant: Stephanie A. Hood (Marquette University )
CE Instructor: Faris Rashad Kronfli, Ph.D.
Abstract: The current symposium will focus on research in the area of higher-order social interactions among individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The first presenter will discuss differences in participant behavior when engaged in preferred and nonpreferred conversation topics. The second presenter will discuss the effect of utilizing preferred conversation topics as reinforcers to improve appropriate speech. The third presenter will describe an assessment to identify sensitivity to disinterested behavior among conversational partners. The fourth presenter will provide a literature review of greetings and their importance within interactions.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): autism, conversations, social skills
Target Audience: Audience members should be actively acquiring (or have acquired) an RBT or BCBA certificate.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion fo the presentation, participants will be able to 1) describe procedures to evaluate potential skill deficits among individuals diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder, 2) identify procedures to utilize conversation topics as putative reinforcers, and 3) describe effective strategies and future directions in the area of teaching greeting skills.
 
Comparing Participation During Conversations Using Preferred and Nonpreferred Topics
FARIS RASHAD KRONFLI (Rutgers University), Courtney Butler (Rutgers University), Christeen Scarpa (Rutgers University), SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University)
Abstract: Individuals diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) might struggle to participate in conversations if the topic is nonpreferred. However, it is beneficial for all individuals to participate in conversations across a variety of topics as they provide opportunities to learn more about their peers. We measured how often college students participated in a conversation across multiple topographies when the topic was preferred or nonpreferred. Then, we taught individuals with lower levels of participation during nonpreferred topics skills to increase their participation during these conversations. Results suggest that participation in a conversation was oftentimes related to the individual’s preference for the topic, but responding improved after teaching participation skills.
 
A Hierarchical Assessment of Response to Conversational Cues of Disinterest Conducted via Telehealth
CATHERINE KISHEL (The University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract: Individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) exhibit deficits in social interaction and communication. Kronfli, Vollmer, Parks, & Hack (in prep) developed an in-person assessment to identify participant response to social cues indicating disinterest in a conversation. The current study sought to extend these procedures to the identification and remediation of deficits in conversation skills via telehealth given the ongoing global pandemic. Participants progressed through a hierarchy of social cues of disinterest, ranging in salience from one-word responses to a clear verbal statement of disinterest. For those individuals for whom a deficit was identified, behavioral skills training (BST) was conducted to teach them how to identify and respond appropriately to cues of disinterest exhibited by a conversation partner. Initial results support the utility of using a hierarchical assessment model to identify specific conversation skill deficits and to inform subsequent individualized treatment.
 
Further Comparison of Preference for Intervention With and Without Restricted Topics
MEG ROHIT PATEL (University of the Pacific), Corey S. Stocco (University of the Pacific)
Abstract: Previous research has shown that individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) may dwell on restricted topics of interest during conversations (Mercier et al., 2000; Smerbeck, 2019). Stocco et al. (in press) found that individuals may prefer a conversational-skill intervention that includes access to restricted topics over an intervention that only provides high-quality attention for speech about experimenter-led topics. We replicated and extended Stocco et al. in two ways. First, we evaluated if speech about restricted topics (a) occurred at high levels and (b) was sensitive to interested responses from a listener. Second, we experimentally evaluated the additive effects of using restricted topics as reinforcement on participant preference for intervention. Finally, we sought to evaluate the reliability and generality of previous findings by conducting this study using telehealth. All participants spoke about restricted topics at high levels, and their speech was sensitive to different qualities of attention. Additionally, two out of three participants preferred an intervention with access to restricted topics, compared to an intervention that only included differential attention. These outcomes may have implications for practitioners who are asked to conduct virtual assessments or interventions for clients who engage in speech about restricted topics.
 
Greeting Skills: A Systematic Review of the Literature
CARLEANA HICKEY (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Meghan Deshais (Caldwell University), Eileen Mary Milata (Caldwell University)
Abstract: Individuals with disabilities often demonstrate difficulty in social communication skills such as greetings. Studies have shown that deficits in greetings may negatively affect social interactions and vocational opportunities. Therefore, previous research has evaluated a variety of teaching procedures to increase greetings for individuals with disabilities with varying efficacy. This review of the literature provides an overview of the identified studies to date in which greetings were taught to individuals with intellectual disabilities. A variety of teaching procedures were identified and the implications of those procedures are discussed. Results suggest that multiple teaching procedures may be effective; however, component analyses, further replication, and modified generalization procedures are necessary. Implications for future researchers include providing technological descriptions of teaching procedures, identifying a technological definition of greetings and identifying functionally equivalent social skill response classes.
 
 
Symposium #31
CE Offered: BACB
Comparisons of Procedural Variations to Teach Verbal Behavior to Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Saturday, May 29, 2021
9:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Haven Sierra Niland (University of North Texas)
Discussant: Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
CE Instructor: Haven Sierra Niland, M.S.
Abstract:

Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) may exhibit deficits in language and social communication; therefore, behavioral intervention needs to ameliorate deficits in verbal behavior and expand relevant repertoires. Continuous refinement of procedures to assess and teach these skills is needed to promote efficacious and efficient intervention strategies, which should produce meaningful outcomes for clients. This symposium will present empirical data from research projects aimed at identifying efficacious and efficient procedures to teach and expand the verbal repertoires of children with ASD. Jones et al. will report on a comparison of procedures to teach multiply-controlled verbal behavior, short story recall. Livingston et al. will present on a comparison of methods used to condition echoic behavior as reinforcers to increase vocalizations. Niland et al. will describe the results of a comparison of isolated and compound stimulus presentations to teach auditory tacts. Finally, Scott et al. will describe the results of a comparison of different antecedent verbal stimuli on the acquisition and emergence of bidirectional intraverbals. Presentations will be followed by a discussion of applied implications and future directions.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): autism, emergent learning, verbal behavior
 

Teaching Children With Autism to Recall Short Stories: A Replication and Extension

ERICA JONES (Florida Autism Center), Daniel E Conine (Georgia State University), Lisa Guerrero (Rutgers University), Cindy Cahill (Florida Autism Center), Tina Smith-Bonahue (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Reading comprehension is an important early academic skill that may pose challenges for some children with autism. Prior research (Valentino, Conine, Delfs, & Furlow 2015) has reported effective methods for teaching children with autism to retell short stories that were previously read to them, as a possible first step in establishing a reading comprehension repertoire. We replicated and extended this prior work with three school-aged children with autism using a multiple baseline across stories and a non-concurrent multiple baseline across participants. Participants were exposed to an initial baseline, a reading with reinforcement condition (treatment 1), and a backward chaining with textual prompts condition (treatment 2). All three participants emitted mastery-level recall of stories more rapidly and under less complex intervention procedures than in prior research. Improvements in story recall were associated with increases in correct answers to basic comprehension questions, and intervention also resulted in generalized improvements in recall across multiple stories. We also conducted standardized reading assessments with all participants before and after completion of the study. These data have important implications for behavior analysts and educators providing reading intervention to children with autism, and suggest several possible avenues for future research on reading comprehension and recall.

 
Conditioning Vocalizations as Reinforcer: A Comparison of Observational Conditioning and Response-Contingent Pairing
CYNTHIA P. LIVINGSTON (University of North Florida), Sydni Chance (University of South Florida), Catia Cividini-Motta Cividini (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Children with an Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) often display impairments in communication. More specifically, children with ASD may have difficulty developing language skills, for e.g., delay in verbal behavior, limited echoic skills, and/or lack of functional communication. A common way to combat this deficit is by increasing vocalizations in these children. Previous research has used various procedures to attempt to condition vocalizations as reinforcers, such as stimulus-stimulus pairing, response-contingent pairing (RCP), and operant discrimination training. Another procedure for conditioning stimuli is observational conditioning (OC), which is a type of observational learning. However, OC has not been assessed as a procedure for conditioning echoics as reinforcers. As such, the current compared the effects of two conditioning procedures, RCP and OC, to determine their efficacy in conditioning vocalizations as reinforcer and their effect on rate of vocalizations of children with autism. Three children, age 5-10 years old, participated in this study. For two participants, both procedures resulted in an increase in vocalizations, however, a conditioning effect was only observed for one of the participants.
 

Teaching Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder to Tact Auditory Stimuli: A Comparison of Isolated and Compound Stimulus Presentations

HAVEN SIERRA NILAND (University of North Texas), Samantha Bergmann (University of North Texas), Valeria Laddaga Gavidia (University of North Texas), Maria Jose Otero (University of North Texas), Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University)
Abstract:

Tacts are verbal operants evoked by some object, event, or stimulus feature, and tacts should occur in the presence of stimuli across all five senses. An example of an auditory tact is saying “siren” upon hearing the high-pitched noise of an ambulance. We replicated and extended a study by Hanney, Carr, and LeBlanc (2019) by examining the efficacy and efficiency of three different stimulus-presentation conditions including: (a) isolated, (b) compound with known visual stimulus, and (c) compound with unknown visual stimulus. We evaluated the acquisition of auditory tacts with an adapted alternating treatments design embedded within a nonconcurrent multiple-baseline design across sets with two children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). All three conditions were efficacious with at least one set of stimuli for each participant. However, the compound conditions were more likely to lead to mastery in the least amount of time. In transfer probes, isolated stimuli were presented as compound stimuli and compound stimuli were presented in isolation; correct auditory tacts emitted during probes indicated appropriate control of auditory stimuli persisted. Implications for future applied research and application to practice will be discussed.

 
The Use of Intraverbal Chains on the Emergence of Reverse Intraverbals
ALYSSA P. SCOTT (Marquette University), Mary Halbur (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University), Jessi Reidy (Marquette University), Lauren Debertin (Marquette University), Courtney Lyn Meyerhofer (Marquette University)
Abstract: Intraverbal behavior plays an important role in day-to-day interactions while providing the foundation for advanced communication skills. Previous researchers have suggested it is important to identify teaching procedures that result in efficient acquisition as well as emergent verbal responses (e.g., Allan, Vladescu, Kisamore, Reeve, & Sidener, 2015). The purpose of the present investigation was to evaluate the acquisition and emergence of bidirectional intraverbal relations by using varied lengths of antecedent verbal stimuli to children with autism spectrum disorder. A nonconcurrent multiple baseline across sets with an embedded adapted alternating treatment design was used for each of the two participants. Three conditions were compared; intraverbal chains (e.g., “What do you do with a [target]?”), no intraverbal chains (i.e., a one-word antecedent verbal stimulus), and a control condition. Ongoing results suggest that the use of intraverbal chains lead to slightly quicker acquisition and greater emergence. However, minimal emergence was observed across both conditions Our discussion will analyze, (a) the possibility of client specific history to trial arrangements, (b) the consideration of echoic repertories, and (c) how to set-up learning trials to design future interventions that promote generalization to untrained verbal relations while increasing intraverbal skills.
 
 
Symposium #32
CE Offered: BACB
Further Evaluation of Telehealth Services: Parent-Implemented Functional Analysis and Functional Communication Training
Saturday, May 29, 2021
9:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Leslie Neely (The University of Texas at San Antonio)
Discussant: Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota)
CE Instructor: Leslie Neely, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavior analytic interventions delivered via telehealth have undergone a number of experimental evaluations with evidence supporting the use of telehealth to reduce problem behavior and increase functional communication. This symposium presents the results of four studies, conducted across three different research labs, evaluating innovations in the assessment and treatment of problem behavior via telehealth with a focus on parent-implemented assessments and interventions. The symposium will begin with a brief literature review focused on the evidence supporting functional assessment and function-based treatment delivered via telehealth (Talk 1). Researchers will then present advances in assessment including results from a brief functional analysis delivered via telehealth (Talk 2) and telehealth-mediated functional communication training conducted internationally with families in Asia (Talk 3). Author(s) also demonstrate the generalizability of functional communication training beyond training contexts (Talk 4). Finally, as a leader in this area of behavior analysis, Dr. Jennifer McComas, will discuss the studies, findings, and implications for research and practice.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): challenging behavior, functional assessment, functional-communication training, telehealth
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) state at least 1 consideration when implementing a brief functional analysis via telehealth; (2) state the evidence supporting the relative effects of an FA versus brief observations when conducting FCT via telehealth; (3) state the evidence regarding the acceptability of the telehealth modality when extended to families in Asia; (3) state 2 practices for promoting generalization of skill via telehealth modality; (4) state 2 considerations for including telehealth as part of the continuum of ABA services; (5) state 2 considerations for future telehealth research.
 

Functional Assessment and Function-Based Treatment Delivered via Telehealth: A Brief Summary

(Service Delivery)
KELLY M. SCHIELTZ (University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa)
Abstract:

As the world continues to navigate the COVID-19 health crisis, behavior analysts are considering how best to support families while maintaining services and ensuring the health and safety of everyone involved. Telehealth is one service delivery option that provides families with access to care in their own communities and homes. This presentation will review the findings of Schieltz and Wacker (2020) by providing a brief review of the behavior analytic telehealth literature in applied behavior analysis that provided coaching and training to families for individuals who displayed challenging behavior. These studies targeted functional assessment and function-based treatment for challenging behavior. Specifically, we will briefly summarize what is known relative to the assessment and treatment of challenging behavior via telehealth, place these results within a descriptive context of the decisions made by our research team, and discuss what we, as behavior analysts, should consider next to advance our understanding and practice of telehealth.

 
Conducting Brief Functional Analysis via Telehealth Technology
(Applied Research)
STEPHANIE GEROW (Baylor University), Supriya Radhakrishnan (Baylor University), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University), Jacqueline Zambrano (Baylor University), Suzannah Avery (Baylor University), David Sottile (Baylor University)
Abstract: Many children have do not have access to ABA services due to geographic distance from a provider. Telehealth technology can increase children’s access to effective interventions. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the use of parent-implemented brief functional analysis and additional assessments as needed, with coaching delivered via telehealth. Seven children with autism, age 3 to 11 years old, and their parents participated in the study. Parents conducted a brief functional analysis, followed by additional assessments as needed, with coaching provided by a researcher via telehealth. Following the functional analysis, the parent implemented a function-based intervention. The efficacy of the function-based intervention was evaluated using a reversal design for four participants. Implications for practice and directions for future research will be discussed.
 

Coaching Parents in Asian Countries to Implement Functional Analysis and Functional Communication Training

(Applied Research)
DIEU TRUONG (University of Houston), Loukia Tsami (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Ning Chen (University of Houston Clear Lake)
Abstract:

Interventions combining functional analysis (FA) and functional communication training (FCT) are effective in mitigating socially maintained problem behaviors. Recent studies evaluating the effectiveness of using telehealth to train caregivers across large geographical distances in the United States (Wacker et al., 2016) and internationally (Tsami & Lerman, 2019) indicate that this modality can increase families’ accessibility to evidence-based interventions for problem behavior, such as FCT. Additionally, the telehealth model reduces service costs while maintaining caregiver procedural integrity (Ferguson et al., 2018). Providing these services to international families might decrease barriers to effective treatment and promote parental well- being (e.g., reduce stress and depression; Frantz et al., 2018). In this study, practitioners and interpreters in the United States remotely coached six caregivers of children with autism residing in two countries in Asia (i.e., Pakistan and Vietnam) to implement FA and FCT. All children reached the 90% reduction of problem behavior criterion and acquired the communicative response. Additionally, all caregivers indicated that the procedures were acceptable. The impact of training on levels of parenting stress, psychological distress, and self- efficacy also will be discussed. Overall, our findings suggest telehealth is a feasible modality for service delivery in Asia.

 

The Generalized Effects of Functional Communication Training for Young Children With Autism

(Applied Research)
MATTHEW O'BRIEN (The University of Iowa), Kelly M. Schieltz (University of Iowa), Wendy K. Berg (The University of Iowa), Nicole Hendrix (Emory University), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Loukia Tsami (University of Houston Clear Lake), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa)
Abstract:

Functional communication training (FCT) is a well-established treatment for problem behavior in young children with autism (National Autism Center, 2015; Wong et al., 2014). Parent-mediated FCT delivered in the home, but facilitated by therapists through telehealth is an effective approach that extends the treatment model into a natural context (Lindgren et al., 2016). Despite an extensive literature base supporting FCT, little is known about the generalized effects of FCT outside of the training context. In this study, generalization of treatment effects were evaluated as part of a large multi-site study on parent-delivered FCT for children with autism using telehealth. To meet this purpose, data were collected from pre- and post-treatment parent ratings of targeted and non-targeted problem behavior in settings and contexts outside of the training conditions. Results suggest that the effects of FCT may extend beyond the behaviors and contexts targeted for treatment. Possible reasons for successful generalization, implications for practice, and suggestions for future research will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #34
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Advances in Academic and Behavioral Interventions in the Classroom
Saturday, May 29, 2021
9:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: EDC/DEV; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kayla Crook (University of Mississippi)
Discussant: Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
CE Instructor: Kayla Crook, Ph.D.
Abstract: Preschool and elementary years are some of the most formative years in school and in child development. During these years, children learn and develop both academic and social skills that are imperative for continuing on in secondary education and adolescence. Behavior analysts offer strategies that teachers can use in the classroom to help facilitate the growth of these important academic and social skills. This symposium addresses just a few of these strategies. The first presentation compares the effects of embedded pictures and kinesthetic movement flashcard interventions on letter-sound correspondence with preschoolers. The second presentation discusses the effects of combined and single mnemonics on literacy skills with preschoolers. The third presentation evaluates the efficacy of the good behavior game with preschoolers. It also investigates whether components of the good behavior game can be faded while maintaining treatment effects. Finally, the fourth presentation, compares differing reinforcement magnitudes within the good behavior game to determine if this parameter of reinforcement has an impact of the good behavior game with elementary school classrooms. The presenters discuss their results within the context of the preschool and elementary school literature and discuss future research directions related to both academic and behavior interventions in the classroom.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Classroom Management, Early Intervention, Embedded Pictures, Mnemonics
Target Audience: Classroom teachers and behavior analysts working in school districts
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to 1) discuss the importance of letter-sound correspondence and provide rationale for using different flashcard interventions, 2) discuss the difference between combined kinesthetic movements and embedded pictures and single kinesthetic movements, 3) discuss ways in which the good behavior game can be implemented with students across age ranges such as preschool and elementary ages.
 
The Effects of Kinesthetic Movement, Embedded Pictures, and Traditional Drill Flashcard Interventions on Preschooler Literacy Skills
ALISON RUBY (Louisiana State University), Erica Lozy (Louisiana State University), Sarah Holmes (Louisiana State University), Jeanne M. Donaldson (Louisiana State University)
Abstract: Fluency in letter-sound correspondence, as well as letter discrimination and letter name identification, are the best predictors for future success in reading. Reading difficulties in childhood increase the probability of unemployment, poverty, and crime in adulthood. The purpose of this study was to compare the effects of embedded pictures (EP) and kinesthetic movement (KM) flashcard interventions on letter-sound correspondence with six preschoolers. Traditional drill (TD) flashcard interventions were investigated with three of those participants. This study also investigated maintenance, preference, and generalization to un-taught reading skills (e.g., nonsense word recognition) for these interventions. All the interventions lead to increases in letter-sound correspondence compared to the probe only control. Four of the six completed evaluations mastered the stimulus set in the KM condition before the EP condition. The letters in the EP condition had to be switched to KM to reach mastery for three participants. A higher number of correct responses occurred in maintenance for the EP intervention. There was no differentiation in preference for two participants. Two participants preferred the EP intervention, and one preferred TD. The generalization effects were highest for the KM intervention. These results indicate the utility of these interventions in increasing letter-sound correspondence in preschoolers.
 

The Effects of Combined and Single Mnemonics on Literacy Skills With Preschoolers

ERICA LOZY (Louisiana State University), Sarah Holmes (Louisiana State University), Alison Ruby (Louisiana State University), Jeanne M. Donaldson (Louisiana State University)
Abstract:

Students who fail to acquire foundational literacy skills during preschool are likely to read below grade level average in elementary school and beyond and are at a heightened risk for future school failure and poverty. The purpose of this study was to compare the effects, maintenance of, and preference for a combined kinesthetic movements and embedded pictures (CM) flashcard intervention and a single kinesthetic movements (KM) flashcard intervention on letter-sound correspondence with 3 preschoolers who were not in school at the time of the study. Another purpose was to evaluate the generalization of interventions to un-taught reading skills (e.g., nonsense word recognition). In 3 of 4 evaluations, participants mastered the KM set in substantially fewer intervention sessions than the CM set. In 1 of 4 evaluations, the participant mastered the KM and CM sets with little differentiation between the number of sessions. Maintenance data demonstrate a higher number of correct responses for the KM condition across all weeks, however, generalization effects were greatest for the CM condition. Preference varied across participants and was not always consistent with the more effective intervention. Findings demonstrate the utility of pairing kinesthetic movements with flashcard interventions to teach letter-sound correspondence to preschoolers.

 

The Good Behavior Game: Maintenance and Side Effects in Preschoolers

ELIZABETH FOLEY (University of Kansas), Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas), Sara Camille Diaz de Villegas (University of Kansas), Rachel Jess (University of Kansas), Kathleen Holehan (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

The Good Behavior Game (GBG) is an effective intervention used to change a variety of behaviors, across populations, and in various settings (see Tingstrom, Sterling-Turner, & Wilczynski, 2006, for a review). There is limited research on the intervention with preschoolers (Foley et al., 2019; Wiskow et al., 2019), the efficacy of the intervention when the GBG is faded or removed (Dadakhodjaeve et al, 2019; Ruiz-Olivares et al., 2010), and the potential side-effects associated with the GBG (Groves & Austin, 2019). We evaluated the efficacy of the GBG with preschoolers and determined whether effortful components of the GBG could be faded while maintaining treatment effects. Furthermore, we conducted a systematic analysis of peer interactions as a potential side effect of the GBG. Results suggest the GBG is an effective intervention for reducing the disruptive behavior of preschoolers and treatment effects maintained as we faded components. Finally, the side-effect analysis showed the GBG was associated with an increase in peer interactions and specific variables (e.g., delivery of reward) were associated with specific types of peer interactions.

 
An Evaluation of Different Magnitudes of Reinforcement Within the Context of the Good Behavior Game
KAYLA CROOK (University of Mississippi), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia), Karla Zabala (University of Georgia), Kadijah Quinland (University of Georgia), Dan Rowland Mangum (University of Georgia)
Abstract: The Good Behavior Game (GBG) is an evidence-based practice used in classrooms to reduce disruptive classroom behavior. The GBG has been implemented and demonstrated effectiveness across grade levels, disruptive behaviors, and teachers report that it is an easy classroom management strategy to implement. In the current study, magnitude of reinforcement was manipulated to determine if this parameter of reinforcement had an impact on the effectiveness of the GBG. Appropriate classroom behavior increased across three elementary classrooms. The impact of magnitude of reinforcement was idiosyncratic across the three classrooms. Reasons why magnitude of reinforcement may not have impacted the effectiveness of the GBG are discussed.
 
 
Symposium #35
CE Offered: BACB
Using Interteaching Online: Research and Practice
Saturday, May 29, 2021
9:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Catherine M. Gayman (Troy University)
Discussant: James L. Soldner (University of Massachusetts Boston)
CE Instructor: Catherine M. Gayman, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Studies on interteaching have shown that it leads to higher exam scores, more positive course evaluations, and increased levels of student participation in class. Most interteaching research has been conducted in traditional face-to-face classes, thus there is a need to demonstrate the efficacy of this approach in online learning environments. The first presenter will acquaint the audience with interteaching and discuss results of a literature review summarizing the published research that has evaluated interteaching in an online environment. The second presenter will describe results of a study which evaluated the effect of adding cumulative exams to the interteaching method in an online asynchronous class. The third presenter will highlight the findings of a study on the effect of instructor presence on student engagement during online synchronous interteaching discussions. The final presenter will review the interteaching literature related to the effect of different components of interteaching on student outcome, and include a tutorial on how to implement components of interteaching in an online classroom. Together, these four presentations illustrate current online interteaching research and practice in higher education.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): higher education, interteaching, online, pedagogy
Target Audience:

Academics, supervisors, and teachers.

Learning Objectives: After attending this symposium, participants should be able to: 1) Identify and describe the basic components of interteaching; 2) Describe the few studies that have evaluated interteaching in an online format; 3) Summarize the main findings of a study investigating adding frequent cumulative exams to interteaching; 4) Summarize the main findings of a study evaluating instructor interaction during interteaching discussions; 4) Explain how to implement components of interteaching in an online classroom
 
Interteaching on the ‘Net: A Review of Research on the Viability and Effectiveness of Interteach in Online University Instruction
(Basic Research)
JENNIFER LYNN HILTON (Endicott College), Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas), Jessika Tucker (University of Kansas)
Abstract: With the world pivoting to remote/online instruction, effective teaching is more important than ever. A behavioral analysis of teaching and learning has revealed principles and strategies that are causally related to effective instruction. One behavioral instructional package is Interteach, a set of procedures employed to promote student interaction, exposure to the material, and cooperative learning. This strategy has been used at the undergraduate and graduate level, and across content area. Robust research literature exists showing Interteach causally related to improved learning outcomes. The purpose of this presentation is to review the literature published using Interteach in college-level remote online classes to evaluate the extent to which the application of Interteach met the components of the Interteach method originally described by Boyce and Hineline (2002). A literature search was conducted to identify studies in peer reviewed journals. Only experimental studies were reviewed and rated against the list of components of the original Interteach method. Results showed that the original Interteach methodology has rarely been used by researchers evaluating the Interteach approach. Results will be discussed in terms of the validity of the Interteach method, the potential flexibility of this approach, and recommendations for researching Interteach in the future.
 
Improving Interteaching by Adding Frequent Cumulative Exams
(Applied Research)
CATHERINE M. GAYMAN (Troy University), Stephanie Jimenez (University of Pittsburgh at Johnstown), Stephany Hammock (Troy University), Sherwhonda Taylor (Troy University)
Abstract: The present study evaluated the effect of using cumulative versus noncumulative exams in two nine-week online asynchronous classes. Participants were undergraduate students enrolled in one of two sections of a psychology of learning course (N = 77). The study used a group design, in which one section of the course used cumulative weekly exams, whereas the second section of the course used weekly chapter exams. Results showed that cumulative final exam scores were significantly higher after students had been taking cumulative exams all term, which suggests that combining cumulative exams with interteaching improves long-term retention of information. Students in the noncumulative section of the course reported higher ratings when asked if they crammed for the final exam and they rated the overall quality of interteaching components lower. Overall, the present findings suggest that cumulative weekly exams can increase the effectiveness of interteaching.
 

Does Instructor Presence Facilitate or Hinder Discussion During Online Synchronous Interteaching Sessions?

(Applied Research)
CHRISTINE HOFFNER BARTHOLD (George Mason University), Julie Shank (George Mason University), Wejdan Al-Samawi (George Mason University), Engie Martin (George Mason University), Katrina Woods (George Mason University)
Abstract:

The present study is an extension of the previous study presented at ABAI International in 2019. The investigators looked at the effects of instructor presence on student engagement in an online graduate behavior analysis class. Student engagement and instructor presence were evaluated in an interteaching environment. Interteaching is an approach which incorporates engagement between at least two students and/or student with faculty to improve learning and increase fluency of definitions and class material (Boyce & Hineline, 2002). In this study, participants were assigned to groups based on availability and given weekly preparation guides, composed by the instructor, to answer collaboratively and subsequently submit for further clarification. Student engagement and instructor presence were recorded using partial-interval recording and a modified alternating treatments design.

 

“Now What?!” Adaptations of Interteaching to Online Settings: A Tutorial and Ideas for Research

(Basic Research)
CAMILO HURTADO PARRADO (Troy University & Konrad Lorenz Fundación Universitaria), Lucia Medina (Fundacion Universitaria Konrad Lorenz, Colombia.), Julian Cifuentes (School of Psychology, University of Birmingham, United Kingdom.), Nicole Pfaller-Sadovsky (Queen's University Belfast)
Abstract:

Interteaching is a behavioral instruction method that departs from the traditional lecture format in College settings (Boyce & Hineline, 2002). Though previous research has consistently supported its effectiveness (Querol et al., 2015; Saville et al., 2011; Sturmey et al., 2015), a recent meta-analysis (Hurtado-Parrado et al., under review) found that less than 5% of published studies reported implementation of interteaching in online settings (synchronous or asynchronous). The dramatic increase in remote teaching due to the COVID-19 pandemic has required instructors to adjust their methods accordingly, including those implementing in-person interteaching. The experience of adapting interteaching to synchronous and asynchronous online instruction will be described. While doing so, data related to different components of interteaching and their relation to students’ performance will be discussed, with an emphasis on the relationship between Preparatory Guides (10-15 questions of varying complexity based on the course readings) and Discussions (students peer review the Preparatory Guides of other students). Preliminary data show that scores on Preparatory Guides and Discussions significantly predict 44% of the variance in Quiz scores. A related mediation analysis (Hayes, 2013 - Model 4) indicates that the relationship between Preparatory Guides and Quiz scores is significantly mediated by Discussions (95% CI [.1038, 1.3795]).

 
 
Paper Session #37
CE Offered: BACB
COVID-19 Pandemic and Digital Divide in Older Adults Living in Assisted Living Facilities
Saturday, May 29, 2021
9:30 AM–9:55 AM EDT
Online
Area: CBM
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Parsla Vintere (CHE Senior Psycholgical Services; Elaine Kaufman Cultural Center)
CE Instructor: Parsla Vintere, Ph.D.
 
COVID-19 Pandemic and Digital Divide in Older Adults Living in Assisted Living Facilities
Domain: Theory
PARSLA VINTERE (CHE Senior Psycholgical Services; Elaine Kaufman Cultural Center)
 
Abstract: Initial reports on COVID-19 indicated first in China and Italy and later in the United States that the highest risk group for health complications and mortality is older adults. In response to pandemic to contain the coronavirus outbreak, social distancing and “stay-at-home” orders were implemented. Due to the health and safety measures, restrictions in the social relations were implemented in the assisted living facilities, rehabilitation centers and nursing homes raising concern of increased isolation and feelings of loneliness in their residents. Therefore, technology became increasingly important during pandemic in keeping social connections - staying in touch with family and friends and health care providers. However, many of the older adults were not able to benefit from the use of technology. This paper examines the effects of digital divide on older adults residing in assisted living facilities during pandemic and behavioral health pandemic response. The paper will focus on (a) reviewing literature on digital divide in older adults; (b) presenting case examples of responses of older adults as it relates to technology; and (c) discussing potential research directions with the emphasis on the behavioral approach.
 
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify the major contributing factors of digital divide and its consequences among older adults; (2) apply behavioral techniques in teaching functional digital literacy skills to older adults.
 
 
Paper Session #38
CE Offered: BACB
Replicability of Principles of Applied Behaviour Analysis in Kenya: A Long-Term Study
Saturday, May 29, 2021
10:00 AM–10:25 AM EDT
Online
Area: AUT
Chair: Pooja Panesar (Kaizora Centre for Neurodevelopmental Therapies)
CE Instructor: Pooja Panesar, M.Ed.
 
Replicability of Principles of Applied Behaviour Analysis in Kenya: A Long-Term Study
Domain: Service Delivery
POOJA PANESAR (Kaizora Centre for Neurodevelopmental Therapies), Korey Taylor (Global Autism Project)
 
Abstract: Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) is recognized by the World Health Organization as a growing global concern affecting 1 in 160 children worldwide; yet the majority of our understanding comes from North America and Western Europe. Given the prevalence of research coming out of these regions, there is an inherent Westernized model of understanding Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) and the corresponding health care (Fong et al., 2016). However, the methodologies and principles of the science have proven to be successful when applied in culturally relevant ways. This presentation will cover how ABA can be culturally relevant in Africa by demonstrating the success Kaizora has shown with staff, students, and parent trainings. We have compiled VB-MAPP scores across milestones, barriers, echoics and barriers for over 10 students (ages 4 to 14) over the course of 5 years (2014-2019) all diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder. All sessions took place in a one-on-one setting at Kaizora in Karen, Kenya. Therapists implemented evidence-based interventions including, but not limited to, token economies, behavioral momentum, error correction, fluency training, Direct Instruction, discrete trial teaching, incidental teaching and schedules of reinforcement. With the implementation of evidence-based interventions all students showed an improvement in all areas of the VB-MAPP scores over a period of time (multiple assessments conducted). Cultural factors will be discussed along with training efficacy.
 
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) recognize the generalizability of the VB-MAPP; (2) identify how to use the VB-MAPP as a tool of measurement in other countries.
 
 
Panel #40
CE Offered: BACB
Disseminating to Increase Diversity Within Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 29, 2021
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: CSS/PCH; Domain: Theory
CE Instructor: Heather Cooper, M.Ed.
Chair: Heather Cooper (Brett DiNovi & Associates)
ANIKA COSTA (Brett DiNovi & Associates)
MAY CHRISELINE BEAUBRUN (Brett DiNovi & Associates)
PIERRE D. LOUIS (Brett DiNovi & Associates)
Abstract:

In recent years, the demands for behavior analysis to serve consumers with diverse cultural backgrounds have significantly increased. Though the field is in great need of culturally competent behavior analysts to support the needs of an increasingly diverse population, there are very few people of color represented. Especially African Americans. African Americans and other minorities within the field understand the feelings associated with walking into a large conference and finding it all but impossible to witness a black presenter, and seeing very few African American women or men attending.This panel is intended to explore the topic of increasing diversity and improving cultural sensitivity within the field through dissemination.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #41
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Behavioral Treatments for Epilepsy in Developing Nations
Saturday, May 29, 2021
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Sarah M. Richling (Auburn University)
CE Instructor: Sarah M. Richling, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: JOANNE DAHL (University of Uppsala, Sweden)
Abstract:

Access to low-cost, easily implemented behavioral treatments for a range of socially important health issues is severely limited in developing nations. As a case in point, most citizens in developing countries have no access to behavioral treatments for epilepsy. In behavior medicine, epilepsy is defined as the combination of a tendency to seize together with internal and external factors which increase the probability of reacting with a seizure reaction. In this model, epileptic seizures, like any behavior, is amenable to respondent and operant conditioning; thus, it is possible to effect and change the outcome of the seizure process using a behavior analysis and subsequent interventions. This paper aims to present a summary of the main points of clinical research in the behavioral treatment of epilepsy during the past 50 years and show the author's own recent studies done in South Africa and India. A presentation of two such RCT studies of behavioral treatment in the form of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy show promising results.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.
Learning Objectives: PENDING
 
JOANNE DAHL (University of Uppsala, Sweden)

JoAnne is a native North American who has lived her whole adult life in Sweden. She has her clinical psychology degree, psychotherapy degree, Ph.D. och Docent from Uppsala University in Sweden where she also held a position of full professor of psychology prior to her retirement last year. JoAnne has specialized in behavior medicine and has focused on applying learning theory in practice for many chronic illnesses such as epilepsy, constipation, asthma, obesity, and chronic pain. She is the author and or coauthor of five professional books applying ACT and RFT to both chronic illness as well as Love relationships as well as publishing over 60 scientific studies in these areas. JoAnne is a peer reviewed ACT trainer and an ACBS fellow.

 
 
Symposium #42
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Behaving Ethically Takes More Than Learning the Rules: Toward a Selectionist Account of Ethical Training
Saturday, May 29, 2021
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Thomas G. Szabo (Florida Institute of Technology)
Discussant: Thomas G. Szabo (Florida Institute of Technology)
CE Instructor: Thomas G. Szabo, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The likelihood of engaging in ethical behavior when confronted with a moral dilemma often involves the presence competing contingencies: behaving for the good of oneself versus the good of the commonwealth. The BACB Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts is a set of standards that serves as a guide for decision-making that impacts consumers, the practitioner, and other certificants. However, familiarity with these standards alone may not impact the behavior of a practitioner when confronted with an ethical problem. Phylogeny and ontogeny prepare individuals to act in their personal, short-term self-interest, but ethical matters require behaving with respect to the needs of the group. In ethically challenging scenarios, direct control exerted by the immediate contingencies is likely to be stronger than the control exerted by a person's history of rule-adherence, especially when doing so would disadvantage them. In this talk, we propose that influencing ethical behavior requires programing environmental contingencies at the cultural level of selection. Ethical conduct guidelines specify general precepts, but groups applying these precepts must actively and ongoingly discuss situations in which they are to be applied, scaled, abandoned, or synthesized. Additionally, we suggest that groups consider the cultural function of ethical conduct rules in adversely controlling the behavior of minority and intersectionally marginalized individuals within their ranks. In short, attention must be afforded to balancing the needs of the individual and those of several concentric levels of the collective in order to assure ethical behavior in any given instance. A comprehensive, naturalistic analysis of the conditions under which cooperative behaviors are selected may be crucial to the design of organizations and communities that produce reinforcement for behaving for the good of all.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

BCBA, BCaBA

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) state three controlling variables that predict and control ethical/unethical behavior; (2) identify ways in which rules promote or weaken ethical behavior; (3) articulate the selection processes in phylogeny and ontogeny that account for ethical behavior in groups, organizations, and cultures.
 
I’ve Memorized the Ethical Conduct Code. Why Can’t I Behave Ethically? Toward a Selectionist Account of Ethical Training #1
DIANA M. DELGADO (University of Memphis)
Abstract: Enhancing compliance with ethical guidelines is one of the ways in which we can help disseminate our field as one that is fundamentally oriented towards the well-being of others. While we are committed to adhere to these guidelines, data show that ethics violations may be occurring more often than desired. One of the reasons for this is that an ethical dilemma is a circumstance where variables other than a history of rule following are likely to be at play. In this context, behaving ethically is analyzed as a choice made in the presence of competing contingencies of reinforcement, which involve behaving for the good of oneself regardless of the potential harmful effects for others, or behaving for the good of all while forgoing immediate individual benefits. Points of convergence between the literature on cooperative behavior, evolutionary sociobiology and the Prosocial approach suggest that focusing on the group as a unit of selection, may be a key component in the design of environments that value behaving for the good of all.
 
I’ve Memorized the Ethical Conduct Code. Why Can’t I Behave Ethically? Toward a Selectionist Account of Ethical Training #2
THOMAS G. SZABO (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Skinner (1956) conceptualized ethical conduct as that which furthers the survival of the group, not that which is “good” or “right.” He identified ways in which contingencies at times favor cooperation in a group but more often support behavior that helps the individual to the detriment of the group. The most common practices groups use to control ethical conduct are aversive and, in the end, do more harm than good. In this talk, I present data from outside the field of behavior analysis that support Skinner’s multilevel selectionist account of group design. These data suggest that bringing group members together to construct rules and evaluate competing contingencies improves ethical conduct. This account is consistent with Skinner’s suggestion that using positive reinforcement is superior to negative reinforcement and punishment when teaching others how to be ethical. The approach, known as Prosocial, combines “flat management” training and organizational behavior management to balance the needs of the individual and the group in order to promote ethical conduct. In short, a comprehensive, naturalistic analysis of the conditions under which cooperative behaviors are selected may be crucial to the design of organizations and communities that produce reinforcement for behaving for the good of all.
 
 
Symposium #43
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Advancements in the Analysis of Precursors
Saturday, May 29, 2021
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Joseph D. Dracobly (University of North Texas)
CE Instructor: Joseph D. Dracobly, Ph.D.
Abstract: The development and refinement of the functional analytic approach to severe behavior disorders has led to substantial advancements in effective intervention. Over the past 40 years, one area of focus has been methods to reduce risk during functional analysis. The identification and analysis of precursors may be one of the most effective approaches to reduce risk while maintaining a robust analysis. This approach, however, is predicated on accurately identifying a precursor, as without accurate identification, direct analysis of problem behavior may be required. Therefore, researchers have focused on improving methods for both quickly and accurately identifying precursors. In this symposium, three presenters will discuss several of these improvements. The first presentation will discuss using a lag-sequential analysis to identify antecedent behavior related to problem behavior. The second presentation will discuss the use of a structured checklist and video training to increase caregiver accuracy in identifying precursors. The final presentation will discuss a method to increase the frequency of precursors prior to functional analysis.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): antecedent, caregiver report, precursor, problem behavior
Target Audience: Attendees should have experience with conducting functional analyses of severe problem behavior.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Describe how lag-sequential analyses can be used to clarify antecedent behavior-problem behavior relationships, 2. Describe how video training can be used to increase the accuracy of precursor identification, and 3. Describe how reinforcing different responses can increase the prevalence of less severe responses prior to functional analysis.
 

Examining the Temporal Relation Between Antecedent and Problem Behaviors

GRIFFIN ROOKER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michael P. Kranak (Oakland University), Elissa Spinks (Maryland Applied Behavior Analysis), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Intervening on a precursor to problem behavior (hereafter: precursor) appears to be a promising treatment strategy. However, the assessment of precursors is not routinely conducted in clinical practice. The relative inattention to precursors could be related to these behaviors being rare, the under identification of these behaviors, or both. However, there is good reason to believe that precursors are relatively common, but under identified. For example, Fritz et al. (2013) found that at least one antecedent behavior had a temporal relation with problem behavior for 16 individuals. Fritz et al. then conducted a subsequent analysis with 8 of those 16 individuals and determined that the antecedent behavior was a precursor in seven of eight cases. In the current study, a lag sequential analysis was conducted with 17 individuals who received assessment of problem behavior. Subsequent probability analysis indicated an antecedent behavior with a temporal relation to problem behavior was found for approximately 70% of individuals. Results suggest that antecedent behaviors commonly enter into temporal relations with problem behavior. Implications of this finding will be discussed.

 
Improving Caregiver Report of Precursors to Severe Problem Behavior
MEGAN SKRBEC (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Jennifer N. Fritz (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Amber Prell (University of Houston- Clear Lake), Victoria Fletcher (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: Previous studies that provide information regarding precursor behaviors have shown that caregiver reports of precursor behaviors are not always accurate. In this study, caregivers initially could not identify any potential precursors to their child’s problem behavior and reported that the severe problem behavior occurred “out of the blue” or “randomly.” We used a structured precursor checklist and video-trainings to assist each caregiver in reporting more accurate precursor behaviors for their child. This study was conducted via HIPAA-compliant videoconferencing software. Results showed that a checklist of potential precursor behaviors somewhat improved caregiver report, but there was a significant increase in correct number of accurate precursor behaviors identified post video-training when caregivers scored videos of their child’s precursors and problem behavior.
 
A Preliminary Evaluation of Increasing Precursors Prior to Functional Analysis
AUDREY H. NEWKIRK (University of North Texas), Joseph D. Dracobly (University of North Texas), Carla M. Smith (University of North Texas), Katy Atcheson (University of North Texas), Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Previous research on precursor identification has focused on quantitative methods to identify the precursor-problem behavior relation. This requires substantial co-occurrence of the precursor and problem behavior. However, in some environments, reinforcement of problem behavior may occur at higher rates than reinforcement of a putative precursor. This presents a barrier to determining which response is, in fact, a precursor. Therefore, we arranged a differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) contingency to clarify the relation between responses. We found that altering the DRO requirements produced a decrease in the most severe forms of behavior and an increase in the least severe forms of behavior. Additionally, we determined that when more severe problem behavior occurred, it was reliably preceded by less severe forms of problem behavior.
 
 
Symposium #44
CE Offered: BACB
Function as a Critical Educational Objective
Saturday, May 29, 2021
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jennifer Weber (Teachers College, Columbia University & Nicholls St. University )
CE Instructor: Jennifer Weber, Ph.D.
Abstract: The Comprehensive Applied Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS®) Accelerated Independent Learner (AIL) classrooms create independent learners driven by the “need to know” and a love of learning. This symposium will present three papers focused on the pedagogy and curriculum utilized in our CABAS® AIL classrooms. We will discuss instruction that focuses on teaching functional objectives for reading, writing, and math within inclusion and general education settings. In the first paper, we provide an overview of how we arrange instruction that focuses on critical prerequisites for students to be successful in inclusion and general education, such as establishing critical verbal developmental cusps and conditioned reinforcement for academics. The second paper will describe more recent research-based protocols and curricular objectives to teach the function of reading and writing (i.e., writing to affect the behavior of a reader). The third paper will discuss recent scientific procedures and curricular objectives to teach functional math and problem-solving repertoires. Collectively these papers emphasize the importance of designing instruction that teaches the function, which results in better academic outcomes.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): functional objectives, verbal development
Target Audience: N/A- Basic Instruction Level
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify the verbal development prerequisites for students to acquire academic repertoires (2) identify reading and writing functional curricular objectives and (3) identify how to arrange math instruction to focus on the function and math as a verbal repertoire.
 
Prerequisite Verbal Developmental Cusps and Capabilities for the Accelerated Independent Learner
TANYA BAJWA (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences), Jennifer Weber (Teachers College, Columbia University & Nicholls St. University)
Abstract: Within our Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS) classrooms, we arrange instruction based on the students' verbal development. How we teach (pedagogy) is based on the students' verbal development. This arrangement of instruction is critical for students to acquire foundational repertoires and master instructional objectives. The students' verbal development also plays a crucial role in ensuring students have the prerequisite repertoires to learn in inclusion and general education settings. While verbal development informs us how to arrange instruction, research has also identified the significance of the acquisition of conditioned reinforcement for academic stimuli as a prerequisite for students to acquire more advance academic repertoires. The CABAS® model has found scientifically-based protocols used to establish missing verbal development cusps and conditioned reinforcers when data demonstrate that these cusps are missing from a students' repertoire. This paper aims to explain the verbal development cusps that are prerequisites for students to transition into general education or inclusion settings and the role of conditioned reinforcement for student academic learning.
 

Reading and Writing as a Functional Educational Objective

Ruby Gibson (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences), Jennifer Weber (Teachers College, Columbia University & Nicholls St. University), MARY-GENEVIEVE WHITE (PENDING)
Abstract:

One of the biggest challenges in education is the shift from learning to read (foundational reading) to reading to learn (reading for function). Students learn to read to understand information, read to follow instructions, and read to access reinforcement. How we arrange instruction is crucial for students to acquire the function of reading. This is most effectively taught through the arrangement of reading instruction that focuses on functional reading objectives. Writing instruction is also arranged to teach the functional effects of writing or writing to affect the behavior of a reader or a targeted audience. Teaching the function of reading and writing allows this to become a verbal repertoire, which in turn, creates a social exchange between the reader and writer. Research out of the Comprehensive Applied Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS®) Accelerated Independent Learner (AIL) classrooms have identified teaching procedures and how to arrange instruction to focus on teaching the function to students as educational objectives. In this paper, we will describe scientifically based procedures to teach the function of reading and writing within public schools.

 
Teaching Math as a Verbal Repertoire
MARY-GENEVIEVE WHITE (Teachers College, Columbia University), Jennifer Weber (Teachers College, Columbia University & Nicholls St. University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
Abstract: When teaching the functional application of mathematics, we want the students not only to understand how to solve a complex equation, but why they complete each step and its function. Furthermore, we want the students to become their own teachers in that they are able to explain step by step how to solve a problem so that another student could follow their directions. We arrange math instruction where we are teaching functional math repertoires where the speaker or writer affects the problem solving of a reader or listener. We also teach functional math repertoires within building classroom contingencies as it relates to various academic and performance contingencies within the classroom. When teaching national and state standards, the Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS) Accelerated Independent Learner (AIL) model makes math a verbal repertoire by setting up curricular objectives that teach the function of math by writing math algorithms to affect the behavior of a reader. In this paper, we will discuss scientifically based procedures that have been translated into functional curricular math objectives utilized within our AIL inclusion classrooms.
 
 
Symposium #45
CE Offered: BACB
Project ECHO: Implementing Family Support Using a State-of-the-Art Teleheath Service Delivery Model
Saturday, May 29, 2021
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: EDC/CSS; Domain: Translational
Chair: Katherine Bateman (University of Washington)
CE Instructor: Katherine Bateman, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The ECHO- Education: Autism model utilizes videoconferencing technology to simultaneously connect parents, caregivers, and family members (known as the ‘spokes’) to an inter-disciplinary panel of university-based specialists (known as the ‘hub’) in regularly scheduled sessions. These professional learning opportunities are grounded in the principles of Applied Behavior Analysis and family support, seeking to provide families with the support necessary to decrease child engagement in challenging behavior, while increasing access to systems of care. This model seeks to increase collaboration and support among caregivers across the country, especially in areas that may have limited access to these resources. Measures of efficacy of the implementation of the ECHO model include positive child and caregiver outcomes, as well as development of a community of support for caregivers navigating similar experiences. This symposium will discuss three different ECHO networks focused on providing caregiver coaching and support for families of children with autism and other related disabilities. Further, implementation of this model at the University of Washington, the University of Virginia, and University of Wyoming will be presented and discussed.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Challenging Behavior, Family Support, Parent Coaching, Teleheath
Target Audience:

Behavior Analysts providing parent coaching and caregiver/family support to families of children diagnosed with disabilities.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to describe the Project ECHO service delivery model, understand the importance of family and caregiver support for challenging behavior, and clearly identify variables that affect sustainable family support in delivery of Applied Behavior Analysis.
 
University of Washington ECHO for Families
(Service Delivery)
KATHERINE BATEMAN (University of Washington), Ilene S. Schwartz (University of Washington)
Abstract: Challenging behaviors are identified as one of the primary concerns for home, early intervention, school, and community settings for children with disabilities. Children who demonstrate challenging behavior in preschool and early elementary years are more likely to later develop social and academic issues and have limited access to education in the Least Restrictive Environment. To address challenging behavior in children with intellectual and developmental disabilities, effective and sustainable interventions are needed. One approach to increasing access to intervention is teaching parents and caregivers to serve as implementers of interventions developed to decrease challenging behaviors at home. Parents are key stakeholders of intervention, as they are a consistent presence in their child’s life. This presentation shares a coordinated parent education and support program to aide in implementation of strategies rooted in Applied Behavior Analysis to address children’s challenging behavior. Results demonstrated a reduction in challenging behavior and increase in prosocial behavior. Additionally, data indicated positive associated outcomes related to reductions of parent stress levels, as well as improved family quality of life, and development of a strong community of support.
 
University of Virginia ECHO for Caregivers
(Applied Research)
ROSE NEVILL (University of Virginia), Gail Lovette (University of Virginia), Katherine Bateman (University of Washington), Genevieve Bohac (University of Virginia), Karen Orlando (University of Virginia), Keith Page (University of Virginia)
Abstract: Children with developmental delays (DD) are particularly vulnerable to negative outcomes associated with social distancing (Eshraghi et al., 2020) and isolation required in order to curb the spread of coronavirus (COVID-19) (CDC, 2020). The caregivers, educators, and behavioral therapists of children with DD are also vulnerable to compounded negative effects associated with supporting their children during school closures while also navigating new, untested methods of receiving virtual services and support. The purpose of this project is to implement and evaluate an innovative, virtual, and no-cost collaboration and learning model, ECHO in Education, to improve the ability of caregivers and school-based personnel to support students with DD who are currently experiencing difficulty accessing and providing educational and intervention supports during the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic. Participants are primary caregivers and educators of children with developmental delays from across the United States. Caregivers and educators were delivered a combination of case-based problem solving and workshops through separate networks. Data collection was comprised of pre- and post test measures of participants’ behavioral knowledge, self-efficacy, beliefs about behavior, empowerment, and emotional reactions to challenging behavior, on average. Post-test social validity measures will also be shared. Below are average pre-test scores for our first cohort.
 
University of Wyoming ECHO for Families
(Service Delivery)
ERIC MOODY (University of Wyoming), Wendy Warren (University of Wyoming), Canyon Hardesty (University of Wyoming), Rachel Freedman (University of Wyoming)
Abstract: Wyoming is a large western state with pervasive healthcare shortages, including a lack of Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs). As of October 2020, there are only 22 BCBAs in Wyoming, and many families reside in frontier communities where in-person Applied Behavior Analysis services are not available. Given these barriers to accessing services, it is imperative to develop innovative solutions to support children with autism. The University of Wyoming ECHO for Families network was developed in 2018. This network teaches parents to navigate systems of education and healthcare while maximizing their child’s progress. Each session includes a brief didactic training and a case presentation delivered via teleconferencing technology. Initial data suggest that participation in the ECHO for Families increases parents’ implementation of evidence-based practices, which promotes the development of adaptive skills. Further, due to the delivery model, ECHO is able to reach even the most remote communities. Data on the first two years of implementation will be discussed, noting the large geographic reach, increase in participant knowledge, and satisfaction with the model. Therefore, ECHO for Families is a highly effective tool to improve access to best practices for increasing adaptive skills and effective behavior management for families in remote areas.
 
 
Symposium #46
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Digitizing Large Scale Behavior Change
Saturday, May 29, 2021
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: OBM/CSS; Domain: Theory
Chair: Laura L. Methot (Performance Ally)
CE Instructor: Lori H. Ludwig, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Companies are not effectively harnessing the tremendous power of human performance. Employees consistently report lacking the basic things needed to drive performance and feel good about their contributions (Gallup, 2020). According to Gallup, high performing, high engagement organizations put the focus on concrete, real-time performance management activities such as clarifying work expectations, collaboratively setting goals, getting people what they need to do their work, and providing ongoing, meaningful coaching conversations. The old-style command and control management style in companies is not working. The one-on-one OBM consultant approach is not scalable or sustainable. In today’s fast-paced modern workplace, a grassroots, digitally-enabled approach is needed to engage everyone real-time in addressing these needs to optimize human performance and help people succeed. This presentation will demonstrate how Performance Ally is addressing these issues and bringing OBM to the mainstream through the use of technology.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Anyone who works in an organization interested in OBM

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Describe the OBM approach to behavior change to get results 2) Conduct a Rapid Behavior Systems Analysis in your organization to identify barriers to achieving results 3) Describe the importance of the Behavior Software Architect role in developing software that creates behavior change
 
Making OBM Easier by Digitally Enabling Large-Scale Behavior Change
JULIE SMITH (Performance Ally)
Abstract: Only a tiny fraction of behavior analysts specializes in Organizational Behavior Management. Why is that? Because it is really hard to scale up the methods of individual behavior change to achieve meaningful results across an organization. Julie has spent her entire career figuring out how to do that reliably. She will showcase the internationally-recognized, behavior-based management system that she and her colleagues developed over the last 30 years. Then she will share how her team at Performance Ally is embedding that management system into Ally Assist™, enterprise software that will make it easier for customers, associates, and leaders to: Rapidly align around performance expectations, artfully give and receive individualized feedback on Vital Behaviors, bust through human performance barriers, and use performance dashboards to continuously improve. Julie will demonstrate the key features and functions of this software. She will describe how this transformational software will not only establish OBM as a must-have management system in organizations of all types, but also make possible a rewarding career in OBM for behavior analysts who are interested in bringing about large-scale change.
 
Conduct a Rapid Behavior Systems Analysis to Identify Barriers to Achieving Results
LORI H. LUDWIG (Performance Ally)
Abstract: A Behavior Systems Analysis aligns three levels of performers within an organization (i.e., Senior Leaders, Front Line Leaders, and Front Line Associates) to produce desired results through coordinated human actions. This alignment must include proactive and timely communication about anything getting in way of a performer achieving their goals. There are two ways to address barriers: Work teams can resolve their local issues, or when a barrier is caused or can only be addressed by the larger system, it needs to be escalated to senior leaders. When a barrier identification/removal process is missing or takes too long, valuable time, energy, and resources bleed out of an organization and cause stress. There is a great opportunity to streamline Behavior Systems Analysis methodology to make it easy to use and help organizations quickly pinpoint barriers. An example of a Rapid Behavior Systems Analysis conducted in a Human Service setting will be shared that demonstrates how to sift through organizational complexity and identify barriers to human performance so they can be addressed strategically.
 
Why a Behavior Software Architect is Key to Building Software that Reliably Changes Behavior
TOM E. DONALDSON (Performance Ally)
Abstract: This presentation will describe traditional roles on a software development team and where and why a Behavior Software Architect is needed. The Ally Assist project will be used to bring the role to life and discuss the necessity of this role for a useful software application. The UI/UX design and implementation as well as the functional modeling of the system must align which requires understanding behavior analysis concepts such as functional analysis, response cost, stimulus control, and temporal contiguity.
 
 
Invited Panel #47
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/NASP
Quantitative Theories of Relapse to Improve Functional Communication Training: A Panel With Discussion
Saturday, May 29, 2021
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: SCI; Domain: Theory
Chair: Christopher A. Podlesnik (Auburn University)
CE Instructor: Christopher A. Podlesnik, Ph.D.
Panelists: ANDREW CRAIG (State University of New York Upstate Medical University), JOEL RINGDAHL (University of Georgia), TIMOTHY SHAHAN (Utah State University)
Abstract:

This panel will be a discussion of Dr. Brian Greer’s SQAB Tutorial on using quantitative theories of relapse to improve FCT.

Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe contemporary applications of computer technologies in behavior analysis; (2) describe the research questions to be addressed by computer technologies; (3) describe resources to leverage computer technologies in behavior analysis.
ANDREW CRAIG (State University of New York Upstate Medical University)
Dr. Andrew Craig earned his Ph.D. in Psychology with an emphasis in experimental analyses of behavior from Utah State University. He completed postdoctoral training at the University of Nebraska Medical Center’s Munroe-Meyer Institute, where he gained experience applying behavior-analytic principles to the assessment and treatment of severe behavior disorders in children and adolescents with intellectual and developmental disabilities. Dr. Craig currently is a postdoctoral research associate in the Family Behavior Analysis program at Upstate Medical University and coordinator of the Behavior Analysis Murine laboratory. Dr. Craig’s research focuses on understanding why behavior persists when faced with challenges that deter it and why behavior comes back (or “relapses”) after it has been eliminated. He is particularly interested in bi-directional translational research, wherein novel approaches to intervention are developed in controlled laboratory settings, assessed in clinical applications, and further refined in the laboratory to maximize treatment efficacy and minimize barriers to treatment. Dr. Craig has published over 20 articles and book chapters on these and other topics, with several other manuscripts under review or in development. He currently serves on the board of editors for the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behaviorand has served as an ad hoc reviewer for The American Journal of Additions Behavioral Neuroscience, Behavioural Processes, the European Journal of Behavior Analysis, the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, and Perspectives of Behavioral Science.
JOEL RINGDAHL (University of Georgia)
Joel Ringdahl is an associate professor in the department of communication sciences and special education at the University of Georgia. His research interests include functional analysis and treatment of severe behavior problems, stimulus preference assessments, functional communication training and translational research in the areas of behavioral momentum theory and behavioral economics. He is the editor of Behavior Analysis: Research and Practice.
TIMOTHY SHAHAN (Utah State University)
Dr. Shahan received his Ph.D. in psychology from West Virginia University in 1998. He was a post-doctoral research fellow at the University of Vermont, and then a Research Assistant Professor at the University of New Hampshire until 2003. Dr. Shahan was the 2006 recipient of the B.F. Skinner Young Researcher Award from Division 25 of APA. He is presently a Professor in the Psychology Department at Utah State. Dr. Shahan's research focuses on resurgence, behavioral momentum, choice, conditioned reinforcement, and drug self-administration. Since 2000, his research has been funded by a variety of NIH Institutes including the National Institute on Drug Abuse, National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism, National Institute of Mental Health, and the National Institute of Child Health and Human Development. He is a Fellow of ABAI and has served as an Associate Editor for the Journal of Experimental Analysis of Behavior, president of the Society of the Quantitative Analyses of Behavior, and chair of the Biobehavioral Regulation, Learning and Ethology study section at NIH.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #48
CE Offered: BACB
ACoLE/BARR: Behavioral Assessment of Reading and Writing: Analyzing Student's Skills and Establishing Teaching Goals
Saturday, May 29, 2021
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell)
CE Instructor: Rocio Rosales, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: DEISY DE SOUZA (Universidade Federal de São Carlos)
Abstract:

Reading and writing skills can be conceived as a network of equivalence relations between stimuli (e.g., printed words, dictated words, pictures, objects) and between stimuli and responses (e.g., picture naming, textual behavior, transcription, dictation-taking). We have been using this conceptual framework as a foundation for the development of assessment tools and teaching procedures. In this presentation I will describe an instrument for the assessment of basic repertoires involving S-S and R-S relations which characterize the skills of beginning readers. The instrument comprises 15 tasks, organized in blocks of 15 trials each. Some tasks measure identity matching-to-sample (picture identity, printed word identity), arbitrary auditory-visual MTS (picture recognition, printed word recognition), and visual-visual matching-to-sample MTS (picture <--> printed word correspondence). Other tasks measure discriminated operants for which the discriminative stimuli are pictures (picture naming), printed words (copying, textual behavior ["reading'']), and spoken words (dictation-taking). The child performance in these tasks allows the identification of basic perceptual skills (does the student see and hear?), vocal skills (does the student articulate the sounds with accuracy and in the correct sequence?), and the main discriminations required to read and write accurately. Failures in some of these tasks (or in all of them) provide important information about the student's current repertoire and the gaps that need to be developed. The instrument was applied to approximately 2300 students (6 to 12 years old). Individual results allowed the evaluation of selection-based responses (listening and seeing behavior) and topography-based responses (verbal operants in vocal or written modes) and to define a profile of the student's repertoire. Averaged data showed that the matching skills were significantly correlated with textual behavior and dictation-taking. An "integration" index taking into account all the scores showed that, as predicted by the stimulus equivalence paradigm, the interdependence of the operants increased as the entire repertoire developed. The integration index may be a useful tool for the prediction and evaluation of the effects of teaching programs for establishing the target repertoire in non-readers.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts interested in basic (initial) reading and writing repertoires: assessment and teaching procedures

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify the elements of the network of stimulus-stimulus and stimulus-response relations which characterize an integrated repertoire of reading and writing skills in beginning readers; (2) conduct a functional analysis of the verbal operants involved in reading and writing (identifying the three-term contingencies and the behavioral function of each operant); (3) justify the relevance of selection-based responding as requisites for the acquisition of the operants: textual, copying and dictation-taking; (4) describe the graphics and Interpret the scores of individual students obtained with the application of the BARR Instrument; (5) derive behavioral objectives to promote the target repertoires based on the student's skills profile and the identification of skill gaps.
 
DEISY DE SOUZA (Universidade Federal de São Carlos)

Deisy de Souza is Full Professor at the Psychology Department, Universidade Federal de São Carlos (UFSCar), Brazil, where she teaches behavior analysis in graduate and undergraduate courses in Psychology, and in Special Education. She obtained her Ph.D. in Experimental Psychology at Universidade de São Paulo (USP), under the direction of Carolina Bori, and held a post-doctoral position at the University of Maryland Baltimore County, working with Charlie Catania. She has published articles and book chapters on non-human and human relational learning, including studies applying the stimulus equivalence paradigm to investigate the acquisition of symbolic relations involved in reading and writing, and in developing curricula to teach those skills. She is past-Editor of the Brazilian Journal of Behavior Analysis (BJBA), past-Associate Editor of Acta Comportamentalia, and she is currently a member of the Board of Editors of JEAB. She received the 2015 Distinguished Contributions to the Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Award  from the Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Special Interest Group (EAHB SIG); she was elected ABAI Fellow (2018); and she is currently the International Representative in the ABAI Council.

 
 
Paper Session #49
CE Offered: BACB
A Systematic Approach to Pre-Session Pairing and Rapport Building in Programming for Individuals Receiving ABA Therapy
Saturday, May 29, 2021
10:30 AM–10:55 AM EDT
Online
Area: AUT
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Amy Rachel Bukszpan (Butterfly Effects)
CE Instructor: Amy Rachel Bukszpan, M.S.
 

A Systematic Approach to Pre-Session Pairing and Rapport Building in Programming for Individuals Receiving ABA Therapy

Domain: Service Delivery
AMY RACHEL BUKSZPAN (Butterfly Effects), Molly Ann McGinnis (Butterfly Effects)
 
Abstract:

Empirical evidence supports that pre-session pairing or rapport building, between a clinician and client, can increase clinical outcomes in ABA services. Kelly, Axe, Allen, and Maguire noted the effects of pre-session pairing on decreasing challenging behaviors in 2015 while Shillingsburg, Hansen, and Wright (2018) delineated 9 steps in the pairing process to best support children with Autism for in seat, at a table, discrete trial instruction. Furthermore, Lugo, King, Lamphere, and McArdle (2017) sought to operationally define the behaviors characteristic of pre-session pairing to then train staff to better implement these skills. This presentation explores the systematic approach to training BCBA supervisors and technicians in pre-session pairing and the addition of a “Rapport Building” curriculum to a client’s individualized learning program. The presenters will describe the training of clinicians across skills, review the development of a systematic pre-session pairing program, and compare clinical outcomes between clients whose programs include a systematic approach to pairing and those without. Finally, the presenters will examine the social validity from parents, payers, and technicians to support the pre-session pairing program.

 
Target Audience:

The audience should be competent in basic principles of behavior analysis, running center or home-based programming, writing, running, and supervising behavior analytic programming.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) integrate pairing procedures to increase a client's motivation and assent throughout programming; (2) translate pairing and rapport building procedures into socially significant outcomes for parents and caregivers
 
 
Paper Session #50
CE Offered: BACB
Decision Making in a Pandemic: Outcomes and Discussion of Utilizing a Crisis Decision Model to Provide Essential ABA Services During a Pandemic
Saturday, May 29, 2021
10:30 AM–10:55 AM EDT
Online
Area: CSS
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Benjamin Thomas Heimann (CABA)
CE Instructor: Benjamin Thomas Heimann, M.S.
 

Decision-Making in a Pandemic: Outcomes and Discussion of Utilizing a Crisis Decision Model to Provide Essential ABA Services During a Pandemic

Domain: Service Delivery
BENJAMIN THOMAS HEIMANN (CABA), Richard Colombo (CABA), David Legaspi (Center For Applied Behavior Analysis), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles), Rachel Taylor (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis)
 
Abstract:

The COVID-19 pandemic has prompted a vigorous discussion on how to apply essential Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) services (APBA, April 10, 2020) safely and effectively (Cox, Plavnick, & Broadhead, 2020; LeBlanc, et al. 2020). One possible format, telehealth, demonstrates promise as a means to continued care while reducing risks of infection across treatment modalities and treatment settings (Rodriguez, 2020). The current analysis represents an extension of essential service delivery model for ABA providers during a crisis described by Colombo, Wallace, and Taylor (2020). The decision model evaluates several factors (e.g. immediate needs, vulnerability of clients, and the competency of service providers) as a means of assessing the best means of mitigating the effects of the current crisis on the on the progress of ABA consumers. The current paper will describe the effects and outcomes of applying this delivery model across four individuals who receive ABA services to address severe challenging behavior. Data reflecting treatment effects on target problem behavior will be evaluated across initial baseline, pre-COVID, telehealth, and withdrawal (e.g., in-person, mixed, etc.). Results, barriers, and potential extensions will be discussed.

 
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the advantages and limitations which must be considered before identifying a safe but effective service delivery model; (2) demonstrate actionable steps to initiate and sustain effective services via direct, telehealth, or blended services.
 
 
Paper Session #51
CE Offered: BACB
The Effects of Time Framing on Compliance to Hypothetical Social-Distancing Policies Related to COVID-19
Saturday, May 29, 2021
11:00 AM–11:25 AM EDT
Online
Area: CSS
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Mike Harman (Briar Cliff University)
CE Instructor: Mike Harman, Ph.D.
 

The Effects of Time Framing on Compliance to Hypothetical Social-Distancing Policies Related to COVID-19

Domain: Applied Research
MIKE HARMAN (Briar Cliff University)
 
Abstract:

The current study analyzed the effects of two frames for durations of time – calendar unit and calendar date – on measures of compliance to hypothetical social-distancing policies related to the COVID-19 pandemic. Participants reported the extent to which they would comply with hypothetical social-distancing polices lasting different durations of time. Durations of time were framed as calendar units (e.g., days, weeks, months, years) and calendar dates (i.e., specific dates the policies would extent to). Levels of compliance across durations of time were used to calculate the area under curve (AuC) for each condition. Social-distancing policies framed in calendar dates yielded significantly greater AuC values compared to social-distancing policies framed in calendar units. Participants’ self-reported political party affiliation yielded a significant main effect: Conservative participants’ AuC values were significantly lower than liberal participants’ AuC values. The framing of the duration of time was a significant variable in controlling rates of compliance to hypothetical social-distancing policies.

 
Target Audience:

Audience members should be able to: (a) Define delay discounting, (b) Identify and describe mechanisms controlling measures of delay discounting; (c) Interpret area under curve (AuC) as a measure of delay discounting; (d) Comprehend the use of a delay-discounting framework to explain a variety of behavioral phenomena

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (a) Define framing in the context of delay discounting; (b) Describe the effects of time framing on measures of compliance to hypothetical social-distancing policies; (c) Explain the use of the delay discounting framework to describe a variety of behavioral phenomena.
 
 
Symposium #53
CE Offered: BACB
Quality and Quantity is Related to Outcome of Early Intensive Beahvioral Intervention for Children With Autism
Saturday, May 29, 2021
11:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: AUT/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Sigmund Eldevik (Oslo Metropolitan University)
CE Instructor: Sigmund Eldevik, Ph.D.
Abstract:

For the past thirty years Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention (EIBI) has been implemented in Norway and other European countries. In most countries it has been a challenge to deliver EIBI according to suggested minimum standards. The most common challenges have been to have properly trained staff implement the intervention, to get parents involved, and to provide intensive intervention (a minimum of 20 hours per week). As a result of this, outcomes have generally been moderate. However, outcomes of EIBI have been much better than “treatment as usual”. We will present two-year outcome data from a group of 30 children that were provided 10 hours a week and a group of 30 children that were provided 20 hours a week. We will also present data from another site were user satisfaction was evaluated in a reversal design across seven cases that received video-based supervision.

Target Audience:

BCBAs, supervisors in EIBI programs.

Learning Objectives: Explain how weekly intervention hours affects outcome of EIBI Discuss measures of EIBI quality Explain pros and cons of videobased supervision
 

Measuring Quality of Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention

SIGMUND ELDEVIK (Oslo Metropolitan University), Silje Nikolaisen (Centre for Early Intervention, Oslo, Norway), Christine Lie (Center for Early Intervention, Oslo, Norway), Hanne Skau (Centre for Early Intervention, Oslo, Norway), Astri Valmo (Centre for Early Intervention, Oslo, Norway), Roy Tonnesen (Autism Team, Bergen, Norway)
Abstract:

We have developed a quality standard based on the logic of the Periodic Service Review to evaluate and improve quality of individual EIBI programs. The programs are provided through in the two largest cities in Norway, Bergen and Oslo. Based on the core elements of EIBI we have made a 36-item checklist that we consider to represent an optimal EIBI program. Some of the items are given a higher weight (such as intensity of intervention and therapist training). The standards have measurable targets (done/not done) for all involved parties (supervisors, therapists, parents, community staff). We report quality data from 60 individual programs collected over a two year period and discuss what we have found to be the most common challenges we face in providing EIBI of high quality.

 
Community Implementation of Early Beahvioral Intervention: Higher Intensity and Quality Gives Better Outcome
HEGE AARLIE (Western Norway University of Applied Sciences), Sigmund Eldevik (Oslo Metropolitan University), Roy Tonnesen (Autism Team Bergen, Norway), Kristine Berg Titlestad (Western Norway University of Applied Sciences), Silje Nikolaisen (Centre for Early Intervention, Oslo, Norway)
Abstract: We evaluated outcome of early behavioral intervention for children with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) as it was provided through public service providers in Norway. One group of children received lower intensity and therefore lower quality intervention (10 weekly hours). A second group received higher intensity and and higher quality intervention (20 weekly hours). We compared outcomes on adaptive behavior, ASD severity, aberrant behaviors and intellectual functioning across the groups after two years of intervention. The higher quality group did better on all outcome measures than the lower quality group. Confirming a dose-response relationship between important variables such as weekly intervention hours and gains made. We discuss the pros and cons of the publicly funded behavioral intervention model.
 
Video-Based Supervision of Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention Programs: Perceived Quality, Time Saved, and Implications for Caseload
AINA HAY-HANSSON (Oslo Metropolitan University), Sigmund Eldevik (Oslo Metropolitan University)
Abstract:

We compared the use videoconference with on site supervision of EIBI cases in a reversal design. Supervision was provided either on site or using video conference every second week. Questionnaires were developed to evaluate to what degree videoconference influenced the perceived quality of supervision. The questionnaires consisted of 12 items that were scored on Likert scales and measured program supervision, registrations/data collection, preparedness, and technical quality. Both the supervisor and the supervisees evaluated their experiences across the supervision modes. We discuss our findings in terms of the perceived quality of supervision, potential for saving travel time saved and implications for caseload capacity.

 
 
Symposium #54
CE Offered: BACB
Approaches to Training Behavior Analytic Assessments and Interventions Across Professionals
Saturday, May 29, 2021
11:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Ciobha Anne McKeown (University of Florida)
CE Instructor: Ciobha Anne McKeown, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium features three studies on training undergraduate students and service providers to implement behavior analytic assessments and interventions. First, Karie John will present on the use of video modeling to teach undergraduate students to conduct trial-based functional analyses, and the results suggest the use of video models produced high treatment fidelity and social validity ratings. Second, James Maraventano will present on a pyramidal training model to teach job skills to staff supporting adults with autism in a community setting, and the results suggest improved performance observed during behavioral skills training generalized to in situ probes with clients. Finally, Kerri Peters will present on teaching behavior analysts and occupational therapists to conduct a structured mealtime assessment using behavioral skills training, and the results suggest improved protocol integrity posttraining across all participants. All three studies improve our understanding of efficient and efficacious training procedures that maximize impact.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): feeding, functional analysis, pyramidal training, training
Target Audience:

Basic understanding of behavior analytic principles and components of behavioral skills training

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, attendees will be able to: 1) Describe the utility of video models during functional analysis training 2) Understand the structure and benefits of a pyramidal training approach 3) Explain the components of a structured mealtime assessment
 
Training Undergraduate Students to Conduct Trial-Based Functional Analysis Through Video Modeling
KARIE JOHN (University of South Florida), Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida), Breana Pauline (University of South Florida), Anna Garcia (University of South Florida), Marlesha Bell (University of the Pacific)
Abstract: The trial-based functional analysis (trial-based FA) was adapted from traditional functional analysis (FA) to make FA methodology more feasible to conduct in less controlled environments. Additionally, teachers and paraprofessionals have been trained to conduct trial-based FAs with high fidelity (Kunnavatana et al., 2013). Video modeling may be used to train behavior analysts to conduct trial-based FAs remotely, which could lead to greater dissemination of this approach to behavioral assessment of problem behavior. Thus, the purpose of this study is to use video modeling to train nine individuals to conduct the trial-based FA with high treatment fidelity. Results showed that video modeling increased procedural fidelity. No participants needed video feedback in order to reach 100% procedural fidelity. Social validity results showed that participants enjoyed the use of video models and felt more confident in their skills after the intervention.
 

Pyramidal Behavioral Skills Training for Staff Providing ABA Services to Adults With Autism

JAMES MARAVENTANO (Rutgers University), Whitney Pubylski-Yanofchick (Rutgers University), Ian Philip Bober (Rutgers University), SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University)
Abstract:

The training of human services staff in behavior change methods is often a labor-intensive function of the supervising behavior analyst. The pyramidal application of behavioral skills training (BST) has been demonstrated an effective means for promoting the acquisition of skills related to behavior analytic treatment, while increasing the efficiency of the individual behavior analyst’s training efforts. As BST has potential for broad application, we extended a pyramidal BST approach toward job skills training for service recipients enrolled in a program providing support for adults with autism in the community setting. During pre-training assessments, 10 staff members were instructed to role-play BST using given task analyses. Following BST-based instruction in the application of BST (a pyramidal paradigm), participants demonstrated improved performance of BST component skills in the role-play setting, relative to baseline levels. High performance levels were also observed during subsequent on-the-job assessments of staff conducting BST with service recipients in the generalization setting.

 

Teaching Professionals to Conduct a Structured Mealtime Assessment

Vivian F Ibanez (Children's Specialized Hospital, Rutgers University), KERRI P. PETERS (University of Florida), Janelle Kirstie Bacotti (University of Florida), Lindsay Lloveras (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often display feeding problems such as consumption of a limited variety of foods (Schreck, Williams, & Smith, 2004). It is also common for these children to be enrolled in early and intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) services for comprehensive treatment (Roane, Fisher, & Carr, 2016). Combined, these factors make it possible that behavior analysts will have a role in a child’s clinical care related to feeding. In addition, children with ASD are often attending regular appointments for occupational therapy (OT) and on occasion those providers are targeting feeding problems. However, given that the etiology of pediatric feeding disorders is complex and multifactorial (Peterson & Ibanez, 2018), OT providers and BCBAs should ensure they have sufficient training and a setting that is appropriate for assessment and treatment. Therefore, we evaluated the effects of a training package, including instructions, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback, for training BCBAs in an EIBI setting and OT providers to conduct a structured mealtime assessment. Training resulted in increases in their integrity of protocol implementation, and we observed replication of these effects for all participants

 
 
Symposium #55
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Diversity submission Exploring Barriers to Treatment With Stakeholder Driven Research: Giving BCBAs a Seat at the Table
Saturday, May 29, 2021
11:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: CSS/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Krista M. Clancy (Wayne State University)
CE Instructor: Krista M. Clancy, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavior analysts know that getting children with ASD enrolled into ABA treatment at the earliest possible age is important to achieving the best outcome. To resolve barriers that both parents and providers encounter and reduce delays to ABA service, Behavior Analysts need to collaborate with other providers in this service system. Parents typically start by talking to their pediatrician, then their insurance provider, a diagnostician, then get referred to ABA and other therapeutic/educational services. This complex process is difficult to navigate for all stakeholders, resulting in delays to service. Because other stakeholders within the system of care have earlier contacts with families, it is important for Behavior Analysts to collaborate with these stakeholders to develop ways to reduce delays in starting ABA. This presentation provides a review of barriers identified, including targeting marginalized populations, and proposed solutions created by a community-based research team made up of parents, providers at each access point, payors, community group leaders, and governmental leaders, who are currently targeting this issue. Barriers identified and discussed will include parent engagement, the referral process, coordination of care, provider and family education, equitability of services, and simplification of workflow for providers distributing resources and educational materials to families.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): care coordination, equity, service access, Treatment barriers
Target Audience:

Intermediate - Audience members should have a basic understanding of ABA principles and procedures related to the care of individuals with ASD and their family. Audience members should also have the ability to complete a basic cost benefit analysis assessing variables associate with successful outcomes and the ability to evaluate individual client and family barriers that might impact treatment outcome.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1). identify ways to connect and collaboration with stakeholders in the community to improve the dissemination of accurate information about ABA and how to improve access for clients and their families. (2). identify barriers for families to gain access to treatment and provide permanent product solutions to improving access to behavioral services. (3). recognize differences between the beliefs and values of different cultures related to diagnosis and treatment of ASD and use that information to develop educational materials and treatment for clients and their families.
 
Diversity submission Identifying Gaps and Barriers and Inviting the Right Stakeholders to the Table
KRISTA M. CLANCY (Wayne State University), Tasha Kelly-Stiles (Michigan Public Health Institute), Julia Heany (Michigan Public Health Institute), Mat Edick (Michigan Public Health Institute)
Abstract: Systems of care for individuals with ASD and their families is very complicated. It can be difficulty to navigate and there are many professionals that are involved between the time that the parents have their initial concerns regarding their child’s development and getting their child enrolled in ABA services. As behavioral analysts, we know that children need to get access to ABA services by the time that they are 2-3 years of age in order to have the best outcomes in treatment. However, one of our biggest barriers to improving access is that we do not have contact with families until they have been screened and evaluated for ASD. There are many other professionals with differing opinions and knowledge gaps in what is needed to obtain ABA services that families encounter before behavior analysts have the opportunity to discuss services with families. The Michigan Innovations in Care Coordination project brought together all the stakeholders involved in this complicated system of care including parents; pediatric, diagnostic and ABA providers; payors; researchers; and community leaders to evaluate the gaps and barriers in access to develop an improved system of care that considers barriers that each stakeholder encounters along the way. Survey data collected and discussions amongst the stakeholders allowed this team to pilot changes targeting systemic improvement in Wayne County Michigan focused on parent engagement, parent and provider education, and coordination of care using technology supports to better communicate between providers and patients and to improve the referral process. This presentation will review the process of bringing this group together, keeping the stakeholders engaged in the project, and what barriers were identified by the team.
 
Diversity submission 

Identifying Accessibility Barriers to Behavioral Services

ADRIENNE BRADLEY (Behavioral Frontiers), Michelle Madison (Starfish Family Services), Fatima Othman (Behavior Frontiers), Jill Idicula (University Pediatricians Autism Center), Krista M. Clancy (Wayne State University), Mat Edick (Michigan Public Health Institute)
Abstract:

In order to enable more equitable access to care for underserved families, providers must work to identify barriers to access behavioral services. A team of stakeholders participated in the development of products and strategies targeting access, using a collaborative community-based approach to evaluate experiences of providers and families within the Wayne County Michigan Medicaid state funded system. Both parents and providers expressed concerns about the complex processes to gain access to ABA treatment. Additional concerns were identified by the group related to ensuring equity in access for underserved families. Barriers identified included limited resources for families and providers designed to understand the system of care, knowledge on the steps to gain access to behavioral services, and what choices amongst service providers are available for families. Permanent product solutions were developed to address equitability and inclusion barriers for families and providers. A variety of surveys, media, and documents were developed through this process for use by service providers, both within and outside of the ABA community, to achieve equitable access to behavioral services. This presentation will also review recommendations about ways to facilitate collaborative work within a local healthcare system to increase awareness of barriers and urge more intervention research to explore the means for removing them.

 
Diversity submission 

Incorporating Cultural Competency Within Autism Spectrum Disorder Diagnosis, Assessment and Treatment: What Do We Need to Consider?

JILL IDICULA (University Pedestrians Autism Center), Fatima Othman (Behavior Frontiers), Adrienne Bradley (Behavioral Frontiers), Krista M. Clancy (Wayne State University), Mat Edick (Michigan Public Health Institute)
Abstract:

Individuality of treatment has always been a primary focus in the field of ASD and ABA. Factors such as trauma, age, and family barriers have guided Behavior Analyst’s individualization of portions of treatment including teaching procedures, reinforcers, goals, and behavior intervention plans. However, in order to ensure true individuality of care for all clients, all stakeholders involved should be culturally competent. Cultural competence involves learning and understanding the views and practices of different cultures. Our cultural beliefs and traditions influence our thoughts and actions, and therefore, should be considered as early as screening and diagnosis. Parents have interactions with a variety of stakeholders including pediatricians, diagnosticians, schools, ABA and other therapeutic services. Starting at screening and ending at treatment implementation, each client’s cultural beliefs should be a consideration in the way stakeholders communicate with families regarding diagnosis, what assessment is chosen, what goals are chosen, what materials are used in programming, and much more. This presentation will include discussions and recommendations for how to modify treatment when encountering language barriers, stigma involving diagnosis, lack of support and understanding from support communities, and differing beliefs on the roles for men and women coming from different back grounds.

 
 
Symposium #56
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Research on Video Modeling Interventions to Teach Daily Living Skills
Saturday, May 29, 2021
11:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Tina Sidener (Caldwell University)
CE Instructor: Tina Sidener, Ph.D.
Abstract: This symposium will include three data-based presentations on using video modeling interventions to teach daily living skills to a variety of populations. The first study compared the effects of chaining, video-modeling, and video-modeling plus chaining on three different 20-step daily living skills with twin boys with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). For both participants, the combined video-modeling plus chaining procedure was most effective under both variables. The second study used a treatment package with video prompting to teach water flossing to children with ASD and those of typical development. The treatment package included backward chaining, video prompting, and reinforcement conducted via telehealth. Results indicated that the intervention package was effective in teaching all participants to independently floss their teeth with a water flosser. The third study evaluated the effects of a video prompting teaching package on leg shaving skills with three women ages 22 to 56, each with a different diagnosis (i.e., paraplegia, Down Syndrome, and cognitive impairment with Schizoaffective Disorder). The Finishing Touch Flawless Legs™ shaver was selected because a) it can be used without water or shaving cream, b) it does not cut or knick, c) it is rechargeable and does not require batteries, and d) individuals with fine motor deficits can use the device. Participants learned to shave their legs at the mastery criterion of 100% independent, correct steps within a mean of 7.3 teaching sessions.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): chain, daily living, video modeling
Target Audience: practitioners, graduate students
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Describe how to evaluate interventions for behavioral chains using video modeling, chaining, and a combination of both. 2) Describe how to teaching water flossing to children. 3) Describe how to teach leg shaving to individuals with disabilities.
 

A Comparison of Video Modeling, Chaining, and Video-Modeling-Plus-Chaining on Teaching Complex Daily Living Skills to Twin Boys With Autism Spectrum Disorder

FINLEY WREN AAVATSMARK (Middle Tennessee State University), Bethany P. Contreras Young (University of Nevada, Reno), Sean Ganus (Middle Tennessee State University)
Abstract:

Individuals with developmental disabilities often struggle to learn independent daily living skills requiring complex behavior chains. Applied behavior analysis has identified both chaining and video-modeling as effective training procedures for teaching such complex behaviors. The present study compared the effects of chaining, video-modeling, and video-modeling plus chaining to examine the most effective teaching method for twin boys with Autism Spectrum Disorder. We created a task analysis for three skills of equal difficulty level and randomly assigned each twenty-step chain to a teaching procedure. We examined both the percentage of steps completed in the correct order during probes and the number of steps completed independently regardless of order. For both participants, the combined video-modeling plus chaining procedure was most effective under both variables. The video modeling-alone conditions were the least effective for both participants under the total number of steps completed variable. The chaining-alone condition was the least effective for the first participant under the percentage of steps completed independently variable, and the video-modeling alone was the least effective for the other participant under the same variable.

 
Teaching Water Flossing to Children
KANDACE SOMERS (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Heather Pane (Caldwell University)
Abstract: Oral hygiene is an important self-care skill that some children may lack, especially children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Although some studies have evaluated procedures for teaching toothbrushing, no previous studies have demonstrated procedures for teaching flossing, which is essential for oral hygiene. This study used evidence-based procedures to teach water flossing to children with ASD and those of typical development. The treatment package included a backward chain, video prompting, and reinforcement conducted via telehealth. Behavioral Skills Training (BST) was used to train caregivers prior to implementation of the study. Results indicated that the intervention package was effective in teaching all participants to independently floss their teeth with a water flosser. Effects maintained for all participants 1-week after completion of teaching.
 

Teaching Leg Shaving With Finishing Touch Flawless Legs™ to Women With Disabilities

Natalie Folgia (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), NICOLE PANTANO (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Teaching independence with shaving can provide individuals with privacy and comfort, increase quality of life, and reduce effort of caregivers. Unfortunately, no previous studies have provided clinicians with procedures for teaching leg shaving. The current study evaluated the effects of a video prompting teaching package on leg shaving skills using a concurrent multiple baseline design across participants. Participants included three women ages 22 to 56, each with a different diagnosis (i.e., paraplegia, Down Syndrome, and cognitive impairment with Schizoaffective Disorder). The Finishing Touch Flawless Legs™ shaver was selected because a) it can be used without water or shaving cream, b) individuals with fine motor deficits can handle the device, c) the device will not cut or knick the user, and d) it is rechargeable and does not require batteries. Participants learned to shave their legs at the mastery criterion of 100% independent, correct steps within a mean of 7.3 teaching sessions. These levels were maintained at 2-week probes and during generalization probes. On the Treatment Acceptability Rating Form - Revised, scores indicated high social validity of the procedures of this treatment package.

 
 
Invited Tutorial #57
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
SQAB Tutorial: How Advanced Computer Technology can Advance Research and Practice in Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 29, 2021
11:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research
PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP CE Offered. CE Instructor: Ellie Kazemi, Ph.D.
Chair: David Roth (B. F. Skinner Foundation; Tuscarora Intermediate Unit 11 (TIU-11) )
Presenting Authors: : ELLIE KAZEMI (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract:

The rapid growth in computer technology means that nearly anything imaginable is either possible or will soon become possible. Behavior analysts, as specialists in learning and behavior, are uniquely trained to become strong collaborators on multidisciplinary teams focusing on projects to advance machine learning, simulation-based experiences, and much more. In this tutorial, I will discuss how we currently leverage such technology in my lab and integrate robotics, virtual reality (VR), and artificial intelligence (AI) in our behavior analytic research. I will share the outcomes of some of our current research projects as well as my collaborative efforts on the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) and National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) grants.

Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe how advanced computer-technology can be utilized in experimental analysis of human behavior; (2) discuss how computer-technology can be utilized to increase accessibility and efficiency of behavior skills training through simulation-based trainings; (3) explain how integration of computer-technology in behavior analytic research and practice can help extend the reach of behavior analysis.
 
ELLIE KAZEMI (California State University, Northridge)
Dr. Kazemi is a Professor at California State University, Northridge (CSUN) where she has developed and teaches undergraduate and graduate coursework in behavior analysis for the past 10 years. She founded the Masters of Science Program in Applied Behavior Analysis in 2010 and has collaborated with the CSUN community to provide graduate students high quality supervision experiences. She currently has two different lines of research. Her applied research interests involve identification of efficient, effective strategies for practical training, supervision, and leadership. Her laboratory research involves leveraging technology (e.g., robotics, virtual or augmented reality) for efficient training and feedback using simulations. She is currently working on several nationwide large projects (e.g., with FEMA and NASA) with a focus on effective training and behavioral outcomes. She has received several mentorship awards including the ABAI Best Mentor Award, the Outstanding Faculty Award, the Outstanding Teaching Award, and the Outstanding Service Award. She has published articles and book chapters on a variety of topics including training, staff turnover, and the use of technology in behavior analysis. She is the leading author of a handbook written for both supervisors and supervisees that is titled, Supervision and Practicum in Behavior Analysis: A Handbook for Supervisees.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #58
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/NASP
Designing Skill Acquisition Programs: Considerations and Recommendations
Saturday, May 29, 2021
11:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University)
CE Instructor: Tiffany Kodak, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: TIFFANY KODAK (Marquette University)
Abstract:

Designing skill acquisition programs requires careful consideration of variables that can affect the speed of learning. For example, the number and type of stimuli to include in an instructional set, sequencing of stimuli during instruction, the number of practice opportunities to arrange, and the selection of mastery criteria are important considerations when designing programs for learners. In this presentation, Dr. Kodak will synthesize research on these topics and provide recommendations for practitioners who are responsible for designing instructional programs. In addition, areas of additional research that can help improve the design and outcomes of skill-acquisition programs will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: This presentation is designed for an audience of RBTs with several years of experience in early intervention, BCBAs who have at least some familiarity with skill-acquisition programming, and students and faculty members who conduct research on skill acquisition.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) differentiate between stimuli included in early versus later skill-acquisition programs; (2) consider how different stimulus set sizes can affect acquisition; (3) identify different ways to structure practice opportunities for learners; (4) select mastery criteria based on the goals of intervention.
 
TIFFANY KODAK (Marquette University)

Dr. Kodak is an Associate Professor in the Behavior Analysis program at Marquette University. She is a licensed psychologist, licensed behavior analyst, and Board Certified Behavior Analyst. She has worked with children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder more than 25 years. Dr. Kodak obtained her Ph.D. in School Psychology from Louisiana State University. She formerly served as an Associate Editor for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis and Learning and Motivation. She currently serves on several editorial boards including the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, Behavior Analysis in Practice, and Learning and Motivation. Her research interests in the area of early intervention for children with autism spectrum disorder include increasing the efficiency of skill acquisition, treatment integrity, assessment-based instruction, verbal behavior, conditional discriminations, parent training, and computer-assisted instruction.

 
 
Invited Symposium #59
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Cultural Biases in Assessment, Treatment, and Access to ABA Services
Saturday, May 29, 2021
11:00 AM–12:50 PM EDT
Online
Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Michele R. Traub (St. Cloud State University)
Discussant: Elizabeth Hughes Fong (Pepperdine University)
CE Instructor: Michele R. Traub, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Though the principles of behavior are universal, the specific behaviors, stimuli, and social contingencies impacting our clients are rooted in the cultures in which they live. As behavior analysis grows around the world, the inherent biases and assumptions of our technology becomes more apparent. Assessment instruments need translation, revision, and validation; interventions need to be adapted to ensure social validity and relevance; and the ways in which behavior analysts provide services need to expand to ensure that they are accessible to all clients in need. This symposium will present strategies for behavior analysts to identify biases in their professional practices, minimize such biases when they arise, and learn to practice cultural humility.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Practitioners and researchers. 

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe applicability of diversity, equity, and inclusion and analyze their own self-bias as related to cultural differences; (2) engage in ethical problem-solving frameworks as related to culturally humble and responsive behaviors; (3) identify the topography of culturally humble behaviors in our research and practice; (4) describe ways to engage in institutional accountability and systems change towards increasing diversity, equity, and inclusion through the engagement of culturally humble behaviors; (5) describe values procedures for increasing their own behaviors oriented toward social justice; (6) identify specific behaviors they could do more of in their own lives that may strengthen their work as accomplices for social justice; (7) describe how to use self-monitoring plans to increase their own behaviors oriented toward social justice; (8) discuss the role that culture plays in behavior analytic interactions; (9) list barriers for international dissemination of behavior analysis; (10) desribe two existing models for the documentation of cultural adaptations made to interventions. 
 
Diversity submission 

The Role of Culture for the Global Dissemination of Behavior Analysis

MAITHRI SIVARAMAN (Ghent University, Belgium; Tendrils Centre for Autism, India), Tara A. Fahmie (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract:

The cultural and linguistic diversity that characterizes the world remains a seminal barrier for the global uptake of applied behavior analysis (ABA). Although North America accounts for only 4.7% of the world’s population, more than 95% of BCBAs live in the United States and Canada. While behavioral principles may be universally applicable, this talk will argue for why understanding cultural diversity and avoiding prejudice is important. We will discuss specific challenges for the global dissemination of ABA, with India as an example, and suggest potential training strategies with which to overcome such barriers. Our training protocol may serve as an initial framework for practitioners and researchers to achieve buy-in and positive outcomes internationally. In addition, we will highlight existing frameworks to define and describe cultural adaptations and list previously used adaptations in ABA-based treatments for individuals outside of North America. Finally, we will advocate for a behavior analytic perspective for organizing and reporting potentially relevant variables for the global success of ABA services.

Maithri Sivaraman is a Board Certified Behavior Analyst with a Masters in Psychology from the University of Madras and holds a Graduate Certificate in ABA from the University of North Texas. She is currently enrolled as a doctoral student in Psychology at Ghent University in Belgium. In 2016, Sivaraman established the Tendrils Centre for Autism Research and Intervention in Chennai, India to make behavior analytic services more accessible to families with children with developmental disabilities. With Dr. Tara Fahmie, she is the co-recipient of a dissemination grant from the Behavior Analysis Certification Board’s (BACB) Committee of Philanthropy to train caregivers in function-based assessments and interventions for problem behavior in India. Her research focusses on social and verbal behavior interventions for children with disabilities, and cultural considerations in the dissemination of behavior analysis. She has served as Guest Reviewer for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis since 2018, and is the International Dissemination Coordinator of the Association for Science in Autism Treatment (ASAT).
 
Diversity submission 

Lessons Learned From Behavior Analysts of Color on How to Become Stronger Accomplices

JONATHAN TARBOX (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids), Brandon Whitfield (Autism Therapies), Jacqueline Ramirez (University of Southern California ; Positive Behavioral Supports Corporation)
Abstract:

Since the rise of the #MeToo and #BlackLivesMatter movements, and especially since the murder of George Floyd, the field of behavior analysis is experiencing tremendous growth in action toward social justice. This growth of action and activism within our field is exciting but many have concerns over how much of this change is actually structural, versus performative, and therefore whether or not it will persist over time. From the perspective of a white man in a position of substantial privilege and power within the field of behavior analysis, I will stand next to and amplify the voices of behavior analysts of color who have offered powerful and practical resources to all of us to create and sustain our roles as accomplices in furthering social justice. This presentation will amplify recent publications by behavior analysts of color on practical strategies for enacting social justice within our own personal lives, within the service provision agencies where we work, and within our graduate programs, among others. In particular, practical strategies from behavioral approaches to self-management, including acceptance and commitment training, will be shared.

Dr. Jonathan Tarbox is the Program Director of the Master of Science in Applied Behavior Analysis program at the University of Southern California, as well as Director of Research at FirstSteps for Kids. Dr. Tarbox is the past Editor-in-Chief of the journal Behavior Analysis in Practice, a Board Member of the ABA Task Force to Eradicate Social Injustice, and a member of the Advisory Board of the Women in Behavior Analysis (WIBA) conference. He has published five books on applied behavior analysis and autism treatment, is the Series Editor of the Elsevier book series Critical Specialties in Treating Autism and Other Behavioral Challenges, and an author of over 90 peer-reviewed journal articles and chapters in scientific texts.  His research focuses on behavioral interventions for teaching complex skills to individuals with autism, Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT), and applications of applied behavior analysis to issues of diversity and social justice. 

 
Diversity submission 

DEI, Bias, and Cultural Humility: Putting It All Together for Social Justice Change

NASIAH CIRINCIONE-ULEZI (ULEZI, LLC; Pivot 2 Inclusion; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology; Capella University), NOOR YOUNUS SYED (SUNY Empire State College; Anderson Center International; Endicott College)
Abstract:

The pressing need to engage in compassionate, culturally humble behavior as a field became apparent following the needless deaths of those such as Mr. George Floyd; the world at large recognized the importance of social justice and, as behavior analysts, we are uniquely poised to engage in systems change and create levels of institutional accountability throughout all aspects of our work. This dialogue will discuss culture as a dynamic metacontingency and will focus on understanding diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) as related to all cultures. We will analyze our own self-bias and will describe ethical problem-solving frameworks designed to increase DEI through the engagement of culturally humble behaviors as practitioners and researchers. Finally, we will review ways to implement measures of institutional accountability to assess whether we are meeting our goals of DEI. We will end by inviting questions from the audience to promote thoughtful considerations intended to further our understanding of the topography of culturally humble behaviors and how we can begin immediately to engage in social justice change.

Nasiah is a Board Certified Behavior Analyst, with a Doctorate degree in Education from Loyola University of Chicago. She holds a Master’s degree in Special Education from the University of Illinois at Chicago, and a Master's degree in Educational Leadership from the American College of Education. She is a graduate of the Infant Studies Specialist program at Erikson Institute of Chicago. In addition to her BCBA credential, she is an Illinois licensed special education teacher and an Illinois Early Intervention provider and State evaluator. Professionally, she has served as a special educator, clinician, educational administrator, and professor of special education. Her clinical experience spans infancy through adulthood. Currently, she is the CEO & Founder of ULEZI, LLC, Co-Founder of Pivot 2 Inclusion and serves as a court appointed special advocate, for children in the Illinois foster care system. She is also an Advisory Board member for Black Applied Behavior Analysts and a Board member for the Illinois Association for Behavior Analysis. She has assisted school districts in the State of Illinois in developing meaningful educational programs to meet the needs of students with autism. Her research interests include supervision, mentoring, leadership, and culturally humble practice within the field of ABA. She is a champion for diversity, equity and inclusion and is deeply committed to using her skills and experiences, paired with the science of applied behavior analysis, to empower the lives of the people she supports and serves, in positive and meaningful ways.

Noor Syed, Ph.D., BCBA-D, LBA/LBS, (she/her) is an Assistant Professor of Applied Behavior Analysis, Clinical Coordinator, and founding Director of the Center for Autism Inclusivity (Research, Education, and Services) with SUNY Empire State College. She is also a Senior International Program Director with Anderson Center International, an Adjunct Professor Advisor in ABA with Endicott College, and Research Coordinator for the Global Autism Project.  She is a certified general and special education teacher in New York, U.S., birth through grade six. Over the past 15 years, Dr. Syed has worked with individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder and developmental disabilities from early intervention through adulthood in school and center-based settings as a teacher, therapist, consultant, and administrator. Dr. Syed has consulted for autism clinics around the world, including in Uganda, Antigua and Barbuda, and the Czech Republic, and currently serves as the international and school-based expert on ABAEthicsHotline.com with Dr. Jon Bailey. She assisted in building Lehigh University Autism Services and its corresponding practicum, which is an insurance and university-based program offering services in the home, community, and clinic. Dr. Syed’s interests lie in compassionate care, cultural humility, ethical practices, supervision, the practice of school-based BCBAs, and diversity. She received her undergraduate degree in ABA under Dr. Raymond G. Romanczyk in the Institute of Child Development at Binghamton University and completed her PhD in ABA with Dr. R. Douglas Greer at Teachers College, Columbia University.

 
 
Symposium #60
CE Offered: BACB
Preference and Reinforcer Assessments in Domestic and Captive Animals
Saturday, May 29, 2021
11:00 AM–12:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: AAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Mindy Waite (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee)
Discussant: Christy A. Alligood (Disney's Animal Kingdom and University of Florida)
CE Instructor: Andrew Bulla, Ph.D.
Abstract: Domesticated or captive wild animals often require behavioral interventions to address problem behaviors or acquire skills to thrive in their human-derived environments. These behavioral interventions typically include reinforcement procedures in order to meet ethical guidelines and also maximize procedure efficacy. Use of reinforcement procedures requires identifying appropriate and efficacious reinforcers, yet the efficacy of specific consequences may be unique across species and even across individuals within a species. Therefore, preference and reinforcer assessments should be performed across different species, settings, and individuals. However, these assessments have been tested across relatively few species and contexts. The studies in this symposium sought to develop and test preference and reinforcer assessments across various species. The first two studies tested whether preference assessments can inform environmental enrichment programs for loggerhead sea turtles and Bengal tigers. The third study tested a simple, owner-implemented food preference assessment for companion canines. The fourth study tested whether the efficacy of reinforcers for dogs in the form of petting is a function of reinforcer duration. The applications for animal welfare will be discussed.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): animals, choice, individual preferences, preference assessment
Target Audience: The audience should already have a basic understanding of behavior principles and behavior analytic applications. This will assist them in understanding the importance of preference and reinforcer assessments, as well as the methodology itself.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify the importance of preference and reinforcer assessments for animal behavior modification practice; (2) identify how preference assessments can be applied to various species and different putative reinforcers; (3) identify how reinforcer assessments can be applied to dogs and petting as a putative reinforcer.
 

Exploring the Effects of Preference Assessment Outcomes on Environmental Enrichment Devices With Loggerhead Sea Turtles (Caretta caretta)

(Applied Research)
ANDREW BULLA (Georgia Southern University - Armstrong), Amanda Mahoney (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Erin Frick (Eckard College)
Abstract:

Being confined with inadequacy to explore may cause animals housed in managed-care facilities to engage in stereotypic behaviors. Stereotypic behaviors often include pacing, random motor behaviors, or any repetitive behavior without any apparent goal. Enrichment devices prove to be one solution that may help increase the quality of life for animals in managed care. Environmental enrichment provides non-human organisms opportunities to engage in adaptive behaviors and may improve their well-being, however the exposure and enrichment animals receive in the wild can be difficult to replicate. In the current study, we used the results of food and color preference assessments to create individualized enrichment devices. Researchers used highly preferred food in enrichment devices based on the most and least preferred colors of the loggerhead seat turtle. An alternating treatment design was used to assess the effects of each device on stereotypic and adaptive behaviors. Results and implications for practice will be discussed.

 
Making a Tiger’s Day: Free-Operant Assessment and Environmental Enrichment to Improve the Daily Lives of Captive Bengal Tigers (Panthera tigris tigris)
(Applied Research)
Trista Shrock (Missouri State University), MICHAEL C. CLAYTON (Missouri State University)
Abstract: There are more captive tigers in the United States than there are wild tigers in the entire world. Many animals under human care engage in problem behaviors such as excessive grooming and aggression, although the origin of these behaviors is typically unknown. Environmental enrichment may mitigate these issues in captive animals of all kinds. In order to individualize enrichment experiences, the current study used a free-operant assessment procedure to establish a menu of most preferred play items and scents among seven Bengal tigers (Panthera tigris tigris) housed at a sanctuary in southwest Missouri. Each tiger was tested three times with scents (cinnamon and Calvin Klein Obsession perfume) and play items (boxes, balls, leaves, and pumpkins). The importance of rigorous assessment of presumed reinforcers among captive wild animals, as well as the difficulty of effectively assessing tigers while ensuring the safety of both the participants and researchers, is discussed.
 
Simple Food Preference Assessments for Companion Dogs
(Applied Research)
MINDY WAITE (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee), Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University)
Abstract: Preference assessments determine relative rankings among a variety of putative reinforcers. As a result, preference assessments are often used with humans to identify highly preferred items to include in behavioral interventions. Although many owners of companion dogs program food as a reinforcer during training, few determine their selection of putative reinforcers from formal preference assessments, potentially because existing preference assessments for dogs may be too complex or problematic for the typical owner. The purpose of this study was to test the validity, duration, and owner integrity of a simple, owner-implemented paired-stimulus preference assessment for companion dogs. Results suggest the paired-stimulus preference assessment protocol was able to establish relative rankings across various foods for individual dogs. The relative reinforcing efficacy of items identified from the paired-stimulus preference assessment was supported by secondary comparisons of the high- and low-ranked foods using a progressive ratio schedule. Further, owners were able to implement the protocol after a brief virtual demonstration, suggesting the protocol may be simple enough to be widely applied by dog owners and professionals.
 
A Parametric Analysis of the Duration of Petting as a Reinforcer for Shelter Dog Behavior
(Applied Research)
ARIELLE BRIANNA HEGR (California State University - Fresno), Steven W. Payne (California State University, Fresno), Dolly Mizner Stiles (California State University, Fresno)
Abstract: Previous research has indicated that petting dogs in the absence of food reinforcers can be effective for teaching new skills. However, the most effective duration of petting is not clear. It is important for animal shelter staff to be aware of the most efficient duration of petting to increase desirable behavior in dogs because 1) petting dogs is more cost effective than using edible reinforcers and 2) dogs may be more likely to be adopted if they exhibit desirable behaviors. Using a reversal design, eight dogs of varying breeds and ages at a local animal shelter served as subjects in which the efficacy of different durations of petting as reinforcers for a simple operant response were compared. Following baseline, the conditions included petting for durations of 5 s, 20 s, and 1 min for each response. Overall, results indicate that there may be individual preferences for dogs when receiving different lengths of attention. However, all dogs responded more frequently during all attention conditions relative to baseline, suggesting that even low durations of petting may serve as reinforcers for low-effort behaviors. Implications of these results will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #61
CE Offered: BACB
Efficacy and Efficiency in Skill Acquisition: Novel Approaches to Measurement and Procedural Refinement
Saturday, May 29, 2021
11:00 AM–12:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Daniel E Conine (Georgia State University)
Discussant: Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
CE Instructor: Daniel E Conine, Ph.D.
Abstract: A wide variety of principles and teaching strategies exist for establishing new skills in the repertoires of children with autism. Each of the studies in this symposium extends previous research in this area with a focus on improving the overall efficacy and efficiency of intervention through the use of novel measurement strategies or through the refinement of specific procedural variables. Topics investigated include the use of continuous (all trials) versus discontinuous (probe) data collection, evaluating prompt dependence when teaching behavior chains, the role of task interspersal in error correction procedures, and the use of a screening condition to predict treatment efficacy when teaching response to name. Findings from these studies have implications for clinical practice and future research in the area of skill acquisition for children with autism.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): error correction, probe data, skill acquisition, task analysis
Target Audience: Clinicians, researchers, students
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, attendees will be able to describe: 1) the potential impacts of using mastery criteria according to continuous or discontinuous data collection when teaching skills, 2) ways to assess prompt dependence when teaching behavior chains, 3) the impact of task interspersal during error correction, and 4) procedures to teaching response to name to children with autism.
 
A Comparison of Continuous and Discontinuous Data Collection in Discrete Trial Teaching
LISA PABST WILLIAMS (Florida Autism Center), Crystal M. Slanzi (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Daniel E Conine (Georgia State University), James E. Carr (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
Abstract: Previous studies comparing continuous and discontinuous measurement have reported different outcomes regarding the effects of each type on sessions to acquisition and maintenance of skills. Specifically, some studies have found that skills mastered using a mastery criterion based on discontinuous data were acquired in fewer sessions than those based on continuous data, but were less likely to be maintained, whereas other studies have found no difference. This may be due to procedural differences such as the percent correct required for mastery or variations in prompts or target selection. Mastery criteria in previous studies were based on a single target rather than a set of targets. The purpose of the current study is to extend previous research in this area by comparing the effects of continuous and discontinuous measurement by when mastery criteria are based on correct responding across all three targets as a set rather than with individual teaching targets. In the preliminary results, there has been a considerable difference in rate of acquisition in 1 out of 3 participants and almost no difference in 2 of the 3 participants. Levels of maintenance have been variable across all 3 participants.
 
An Evaluation of Prompting Procedures on Prompt Dependence and Task Mastery
EMMA GRAUERHOLZ-FISHER (Salve Regina University), Jonathan K Fernand (Aurora University), Brandon C. Perez (University of Florida), Haleh Amanieh (West Virginia University), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract: Horner and Keilitz (1975) demonstrated that individuals with intellectual disabilities could learn a very complex self-care task with targeted training and established the least-to-most prompt sequence as an effective procedure for teaching chained responses. However, Horner and Keilitz considered a step to have been completed with “no help,” and thus differentially reinforced, independent responses and responses that occurred after the general prompt. Because true independent responding was not differentially reinforced, prompt dependence could have emerged at the general prompt. The purpose of this study is to evaluate whether there is a temporal difference between when a subject masters a daily living skill at the general prompt level versus at the independent level and whether prompt dependence at the general prompt can emerge under the reinforcement contingencies used by Horner and Keilitz. Initial results from six children with autism show that a majority of tasks were mastered at the general prompt before the independent level. Of the tasks that were mastered in the general prompt first, the average number of sessions between mastery at the general prompt and mastery at the independent level was 13.50. One subject was found to be prompt dependent at the general prompt for one task.
 
The Efficacy and Efficiency of Error-Correction: An Examination of Dependent Measures During Instruction
JESSI REIDY (Marquette University), Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University), Mary Halbur (Marquette University), Lauren Debertin (Marquette University), Alyssa P. Scott (Marquette University), Courtney Lyn Meyerhofer (Marquette University), Xi'an Maya Williams (Marquette University), Marisa E. McKee (Marquette University)
Abstract: Various error correction procedures have proven to be effective across individuals when correcting learner errors. However, there are still inconsistent results concerning which error correction procedures lead to more efficacious and efficient acquisition (McGhan and Lerman, 2013). This may be due to the possibility of multiple sources of stimulus control present during error correction trials (Carroll, Joachim, St. Peter, & Robinson, 2015). Literature has shown that overt repeated responses between trials may inhibit learning, as the learner may be rehearsing the target response (Kodak, Campbell, Bergmann, LeBlanc, & Kurtz-Nelson, 2016). To prevent this rehearsal, tasks could be interspersed between trials; however, there is minimal empirical evidence on the efficacy of interspersed tasks between error-correction trials. Therefore, the goal of the current study was to compare the efficacy and efficiency of three commonly-used error correction procedures as compared to a control. Results indicated that the interspersal of either nonverbal, or verbal, tasks between error correction trials led to more efficacious and efficient acquisition for participants across both sets. However, the overt repeated responses and responses given without attending indicated mixed results. Future research could use different verbal operants and further investigate the relationship between overt repeated responses and independent correct responses.
 
Assessment and Treatment of Response to Name in Children With Autism
DANIEL E CONINE (Georgia State University), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Molly A Barlow (Dartmouth College), Cynthia Dela Rosa (Florida Autism Center), Abigail Petronelli (Florida Institute of Technology), Emma Grauerholz-Fisher (Salve Regina University)
Abstract: Response to name (RTN) is an early developmental milestone, deficits in which are associated with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The current study extends previous research on this target behavior by evaluating an abbreviated assessment and treatment model for RTN with thirteen children with ASD. In phase one, a naturalistic social baseline was conducted with all participants. In phase two, a series of treatment conditions involving the use of tangible reinforcement was evaluated with all children for whom RTN did not meet mastery criteria in phase one. In phase three, treatment components were removed, schedules of tangible reinforcement were thinned, and generalization to other people was assessed. Results indicate that tangible reinforcement procedures can produce rapid increases in discriminated response to name, sometimes without the addition of response prompts. The total number of trials to mastery was reduced in the current study relative to previous research. This study also investigates whether baseline patterns of RTN from phase one could be used to predict the treatment that was ultimately necessary in phase two. Results provide preliminary evidence to suggest that using this sort of baseline as a screening to predict treatment effects could further reduce trials to mastery.
 
 
Symposium #62
CE Offered: BACB
Emergent Responding: Recent Advances and Future Directions
Saturday, May 29, 2021
11:00 AM–12:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Maria Clara Cordeiro (Marquette University)
Discussant: Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento)
CE Instructor: Caio F. Miguel, Ph.D.
Abstract: The current symposium provides a discussion of research studies aimed at producing generative responding, including evaluations of multiple exemplar training, instructive feedback, and matrix training. The first paper will present a study that compared the efficacy and efficiency of serial multiple exemplar training, concurrent multiple exemplar training, and instructive feedback for producing the generalization of tacts of various stimuli types with individuals with autism spectrum disorder. The second paper will present a study that assessed recombinative generalization with novel combinations of abstract stimuli by programming specific training histories for undergraduate students during matrix training. The third paper will present a study that taught who, what, and where intraverbal-tacts using matrix training and evaluated the efficacy of matrix training, and evaluated the efficacy of matrix training across two matrices. The fourth paper will present a study that evaluated the efficacy and efficiency of incorporating instructive feedback within matrix training to teach children with autism spectrum disorder to label objects and adjectives.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Generative Responding, Instructive Feedback, Matrix Training, Multiple Exemplars
Target Audience: The target audience is professionals and researchers in behavior analysis
Learning Objectives: Attendees will be able to describe a variety of methods for producing generative responding. Attendees will be able to: (1) describe how to use matrix training to produce emergent responding; (2) describe how to use multiple exemplar training to produce emergent responding; (3) describe how to use instructive feedback to produce emergent responding.
 

Comparing the Efficacy and Efficiency of Tact Training Procedures for Generalization With Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

(Applied Research)
GABRIELLA RACHAL VAN DEN ELZEN (University of Nebraska Medical Center’s Munroe-Meyer Institute), Regina A. Carroll (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract:

Programming for generalization is a critical component of applied behavior analysis. Previous research has evaluated several procedures for achieving stimulus generalization in the context of tact training with children with autism spectrum disorder, including serial multiple exemplar training (S-MET), concurrent multiple exemplar training (C-MET), and instructive feedback (IF). Although previous research has compared some or all of these procedures, results have been mixed. In the present study, we used an adapted alternating treatments design to directly compare the efficacy and efficiency of S-MET, C-MET, and IF for producing generalization of tacts of various types of stimuli (e.g., color photographs, black and white outlines, colored drawings) with four males with autism spectrum disorder. For most participants, C-MET led to generalization in the fewest training sessions, followed by IF. These results suggest that S-MET is unlikely to lead to generalization more efficiently than other conditions, but that the ideal training arrangement may be idiosyncratic.

 
The Effects of Varying Matrix Training Arrangements on Recombinative Generalization
(Basic Research)
Rebecca Durham (University of North Texas), Samantha Bergmann (University of North Texas), Karen A. Toussaint (University of North Texas), MARCUS DANIEL STRUM (University of North Texas), Chelsea Christina Elwood (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Recombinative generalization is a stimulus control process that involves responding to novel stimulus combinations, and it can be facilitated through an instructional approach, matrix training. A learner’s history with constituent stimuli and the arrangement of combination stimuli within the instructional matrix may affect the likelihood of recombinative generalization. To investigate this further, the current project assessed recombinative generalization with novel combinations of abstract stimuli by programming specific training histories for undergraduate student participants. The matrix training conditions were: (a) overlap with known (i.e., previously acquired) constituents, (b) overlap with unknown (i.e., not previously acquired) constituents, (c) nonoverlap with known constituents, and (d) nonoverlap with unknown constituents. We evaluated whether and the extent to which recombinative generalization occurred in each matrix training condition in comparison to a condition that included teaching the constituents and providing a word-order rule. Finally, we compared the total training trials to a condition in which we directly trained all constituents and combinations. The results suggested both overlap conditions and the nonoverlap with known constituents condition produced recombinative generalization, and the nonoverlap with known constituents condition was the most efficient. These results could inform the training order and stimulus arrangements practitioners employ to program for recombinative generalization.
 
Teaching Who, What, and Where Using Matrix Training
(Applied Research)
MARIA CLARA CORDEIRO (Marquette University), Mary Halbur (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University), Gabriella Rachal Van Den Elzen (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute), Jessi Reidy (Marquette University)
Abstract: Teaching alternating Wh- questions consists of training conditional discriminations under multiple sources of control which may lead to response errors (Sundberg & Sundberg, 2011). The purpose of the current study was to teach who, what, and where intraverbal-tacts in the presence of 2D stimuli. Additionally, we wanted to determine the efficacy of matrix training across two 5x5x5 matrices. Matrix training consists of teaching two or more responses in the presence of a single stimulus comprised of multiple stimulus components (Pauwels, Ahearn, & Cohen, 2015). Two children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) first learned to tact individual components (e.g., “towel” in the presence of a towel on a white background). We then implemented non-overlap training of diagonal 1 from Matrix 1. After training, participant one demonstrated stimulus generalization in Matrix 1 and stimulus generalization to novel stimuli in Matrix 2. The second participant is still in data collection. Results suggest that training who, what, and where in the presence of compound stimuli from one diagonal in one matrix (i.e., 15 intraverbal-tacts) may to lead to intraverbal-tacts across novel stimuli combinations (i.e., recombinative generalization) and in the presence of entirely novel stimuli (i.e., response generalization).
 

Matrix Training With and Without Instructive Feedback

(Applied Research)
ALEXANDRA MARIE CAMPANARO (Caldwell University), Bryan Rickoski (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Danielle L. Gureghian (Garden Academy)
Abstract:

The current study examined the efficacy and efficiency of incorporating the use of instructive feedback within matrix training to teach children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) to label common objects and adjectives. The study was conducted in a private school providing educational services to students with ASD based on the principles of applied behavior analysis. We taught one set of responses using a non-overlapping matrix, a second set of responses using an overlapping matrix, and a third set of responses using a non-overlapping matrix along with secondary targets to three individuals with ASD. The results demonstrated that all teaching methods were effective and all trained and untrained responses were acquired. Additionally, results will be discussed across different measures of efficiency, including training sessions and training time to mastery. Our findings will be discussed in light of the extant matrix training and instructive feedback literatures. Additionally, we will provide directions for future research.

 
 
Symposium #63
CE Offered: BACB
Research Trends, Practical Considerations, and Future Directions in Pediatric Feeding Disorders
Saturday, May 29, 2021
11:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT
Online
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Valdeep Saini (Brock University)
Discussant: Caitlin A. Kirkwood (Center for Pediatric Behavioral Health)
CE Instructor: Caitlin A. Kirkwood, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Pediatric feeding disorders (also termed avoidant/restrictive food intake disorders) are characterized by food refusal or extreme food selectivity by type, texture, brand, shape, or color. Some children develop feeding problems due to a medical condition such as reflux or a severe illness. Some have poor oral motor skills and have difficulty chewing and swallowing, which impacts their diet. This symposium will explore issues related to the assessment and treatment of feeding disorders and provide overviews of recent advances in the area of behavioral interventions for children who engage in food refusal, food selectivity, or inappropriate mealtime behavior. Topics such as treating liquid expulsion, interpreting functional assessment results, multidisciplinary approaches to feeding tube dependence, and indices of child happiness and unhappiness during treatment will be explored. This symposium will be suitable for researchers and practitioners alike and will be valuable for those new to the area of pediatric feeding disorders as well as experts in the field.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): feeding disorders
Target Audience:

Beginner

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to (1) identify the difference between re-presentation and modified chin prompt when treating liquid expulsion; (2) describe reasons for why children become tube dependent; (3) state what ongoing visual inspection is and how it relates to interpreting functional analysis; (4) describe how environmental enrichment affects child happiness during treatment of a feeding disorder.
 

An Evaluation of Environmental Enrichment on Indices of Happiness and Unhappiness During Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Disorders

LAURA E PHIPPS (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kathryn M. Peterson (Rutgers University and Children's Specialized Hospital), Cathleen C. Piazza (Rutgers University)
Abstract:

Caregivers may discount the clinical benefits of an effective intervention if it does not appear to lead to positive changes in their child’s affective behavior (Dillon & Carr, 2007). Some researchers suggest that when children appear to enjoy teaching procedures, caregivers may be more likely to seek out the treatment for their child and adhere to implementing the procedures (Green et al., 2005; Kazdin, 1980). Escape extinction, an empirically supported intervention for the treatment of pediatric feeding disorders, is often necessary to improve consumption of healthy, targeted foods for children with feeding disorders. However, extinction may occasionally be associated with undesirable side effects (e.g., bursts, increased emotional responding) (Bachmeyer, 2009; Woods & Borrerro, 2019). In the current study, we evaluated the effects of environmental enrichment (i.e., noncontingent reinforcement) combined with escape and attention extinction procedures on treatment effectiveness and behavioral indices of happiness and unhappiness in the treatment of pediatric feeding disorders. We will discuss these findings and address future directions of the study in terms of intervening on child happiness or unhappiness during treatment.

 

Intensive Multidisciplinary Intervention for Patients With Feeding Tube Dependence: An Electronic Medical Record Review

ADDAM J WAWRZONEK (The Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine; Michigan State University), William G. Sharp (The Marcus Autism Center), Valerie M. Volkert (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine), Rashelle Berry (Marcus Autism Center), Kathryn Holman Stubbs (Marcus Institute), Carla Luevano (Marcus Institute), Courtney McCracken (Marcus Institute), Lawrence Scahill (Marcus Institute)
Abstract:

The extant literature on pediatric feeding disorders indicates intensive, multidisciplinary treatment holds benefits for children with severe feeding difficulties, such as patients relying on enteral nutrition (e.g., gastrostomy tube). The most common methodology documenting outcomes for these programs are Nonrandomized Studies (NRS). Although NRS represents a valuable tool for providing insight to intervention, prior research utilizing NRS included potential bias concerning data abstraction. Additionally, there is a lack of standardization across studies regarding uniformity of outcome measures, and description of patient characteristics and treatment protocols. The purpose of the present study was to examine the clinical presentations, intervention characteristics, and treatment outcomes in a sample of children receiving intensive, multidisciplinary intervention for feeding tube dependence. This study followed the Strengthening the Reporting of Observational Studies in Epidemiology (STROBE) criteria to plan the study, guide data abstraction and structure the study’s methodology. We conducted a retrospective electronic medical review to gather outcome data for patients admitted to an intensive day treatment feeding program. The review included 81 individuals dependent on enteral nutrition. We will describe treatment setting and protocols and outcome measures including demographics, anthropometrics, meal-time behaviors, oral/enteral intake and caregiver satisfaction at admission, discharge and follow-up.

 
 
Symposium #64
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Culture, Race, and Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 29, 2021
11:00 AM–12:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: CSS/PCH; Domain: Translational
Chair: Mychal Machado (University of Alaska Anchorage)
Discussant: Shahla Susan Ala'i (University of North Texas)
CE Instructor: Shahla Susan Ala'i, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium will address three questions through four presentations related to race, culture, and behavior analysis. The first presentation will address the question of how preferences for behavior-analytic treatment strategies align across caregivers and providers of different races, and then address the implications misalignments across racial groups might have for best practice. The second and third presentations will conceptually address the question of how behavior analysts can assess for and build multicultural and antiracist education, practice, and research. Examples of an assessment tool for research and recommendations for graduate training programs in behavior analysis will be provided. The final presentation will conceptually address the question of how behavior analysis can be applied to larger cultural and race-based issues by reviewing police use-of-force reform. A discussion of these presentations will follow and focus on how behavior analysts can contribute to improvements in cultural humility and competence.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Culture, Education, Policing, Race
Target Audience:

The target audience for this workshop includes college students, early-career researchers, BACB certificants in-training (e.g., RBTs), behavior analysts (BCaBAs, BCBAs, BCBA-Ds), and behavioral health aides or direct care workers with a working knowledge of the principles of behavior and basic behavior analytic procedures (e.g., antecedent strategies, differential reinforcement, etc.).

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to (1) identify at least one implication misalignments across racial groups might have for best practice; (2) describe one possible tool for assessing cultural sensitivity in behavior analytic research; (3) identify at least one recommendation to promote antiracist and multicultural graduate training programs in behavior analysis; and (4) identify at least one way behavior analysts might improve the assessment and efficacy of police use-of-force reform.
 
Diversity submission Assessing Correspondence Between Caregiver and Provider Treatment Preference in Alaska
(Applied Research)
KRISTIN RIALL (University of Alaska Anchorage), Katelynn Marie Mobley (University of Alaska Anchorage), Mychal Machado (University of Alaska Anchorage)
Abstract: Research shows that social validity is a key component of effective behavior analytic treatment and that treatment fidelity is crucial to success. This study expands upon Kawari et al.’s 2017 research on caregiver preferences by conducting a between-groups analysis to determine preferences for behavioral treatments, and how these preferences aligned between BCBAs and Alaska Native and non-indigenous caregivers in Alaska. Participants completed a web-based questionnaire including four scenarios describing problem behavior and selected how they would prefer to respond. Responses were compared across groups to identify potential differences. Results showed discrepancies in treatment preference across groups. These differences could have implications for treatment fidelity in the absence of additional strategies by providers working with Alaska Native caregivers. This research lays the groundwork for community-based research and improved theory centering on the needs of indigenous caregivers in Alaska who support an individual with Autism.
 
Diversity submission 

A Look at Using Culturally Responsive Research Practices in the Field of Behavior Analysis

(Theory)
SHERI KINGSDORF (Masaryk University), Karel Pancocha (Masaryk University)
Abstract:

Culturally competent practices are materializing in the clinical work of behavior analysts. This growth may be the result of added components to coursework, continuing education training, and client-focused curricular materials. However, applied behavior analysis (ABA) research has been slower to see these changes. With ABA research guiding the work of new and seasoned practitioners, it is imperative that it strongly reinforces components of cultural responsiveness. Researchers outside the field of ABA, Dr. Bal and Dr. Trainor, have recognized the importance of research demonstrating cultural competence. Resultantly, they developed the Culturally Responsive Research Rubric for evaluating studies. The 15-item rubric is built upon existing tools for assessing research quality, but is not aimed at commonly accepted indicators (e.g., experimental design). Rather, the focus is on a set of culturally responsive criteria (e.g., how culture guided design). To bridge gaps in ABA research and cultural competence, two behavior analysts aim to introduce the rubric, discuss its applicability to the field of ABA, give examples of rubric components that align with the work of behavior analysts, and present a review of the behavioral research on pyramidal parent training through the lens of the rubric.

 
Diversity submission 

Towards the Development of Antiracist and Multicultural Graduate Training Programs in Behavior Analysis

(Theory)
Adel Najdowski (Pepperdine University), LUSINEH GHARAPETIAN (Pepperdine University), Victorya Jewett (Pepperdine University)
Abstract:

Racist policies and inequity are prevalent in society; this includes higher education institutions. Many behavior analytic training programs have been complicit in omitting cultural humility and antiracist ideas in their curricula and institutional practices. As societal demands for allyship and transformational change increase, programs must rise to the challenge and act as agents of change in our clinical, professional, and personal communities. The current paper offers a multitude of strategies for institutions to develop an antiracist and multicultural approach. These recommendations encompass policies that may be promoted on the following levels: (a) organizational infrastructure and leadership, (b) curriculum and pedagogy, (c) research, and (d) with faculty, students, and staff.

 
Diversity submission 

A Behavioral Analysis of Two Strategies to Eliminate Racial Bias in Police Use-of-Force

(Theory)
ASHLEY MARIE LUGO (Florida Institute of Technology), Mychal Machado (University of Alaska Anchorage)
Abstract:

Structural racism is rooted in American social systems that were supposedly designed to promote our right to life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness. Social systems like policing, for example, are built on a foundation of discriminatory practices designed to disenfranchise Black, Indigenous, and people of color (BIPOC). One of the most recent visible examples of racially-biased policing is the excessive use-of-force by officers toward BIPOC. In response, advocates, policy makers, and researchers have sought solutions. Police use-of-force reforms such as Body-Worn Cameras (BWCs) and Implicit Bias Training (IBT) have become popular and are currently being applied in many police departments across the country. However, evidence supporting the effectiveness of these reform strategies to reduce use-of-force is mixed, and further evaluations are needed to understand why these strategies are purported to be an effective solution. The purpose of the current review is to ignite future empirical evaluations of use-of-force reform. Following a summary of the research conducted to date on BWCs and IBT, we will conclude with a brief discussion of how behavior analysts might improve and foster strategies that are efficacious.

 
 
Symposium #65
CE Offered: BACB
Automatic or Undifferentiated Functional Analysis Results for Individuals With Challenging Behavior: Expanding Our Understanding and Effectiveness
Saturday, May 29, 2021
11:00 AM–12:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: David R Donnelly (In Private Practice; Webster University)
Discussant: David R Donnelly (In Private Practice)
CE Instructor: David R Donnelly, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Since first published (Iwata et al., 1982), the process of Functional Analysis (FA) has profoundly changed the process and effectiveness of Applied Behavior Analytical (ABA) treatment for individuals with challenging behaviors. Across ages and diagnoses, ABA has provided empirically validated evidence based treatment for behaviors maintained by attention, escape from demand, or tangibles. Yet in the years that have followed, the identification of automatic (assumed to be sensory) or undifferentiated findings has not kept pace, and this has left Behavior Analysts without a clear approach to treatment. This often results in needing to rely on default technologies that are often controversial, and less effective. In this symposium, we will discuss the potential significance of medical issues on understanding the individual’s idiosyncratic function(s) of behavior; Looking at neuro-biological variables as potential motivating operations in further clarification of the function(s) of behavior; and working toward awareness of environmentally mediated variables informed by fine grained analysis of automatic reinforcement maintaining the behavior. Practical suggestions regarding more effective practice and research to address challenging behavior will be included.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): ASD/DD, Biological MOs, Undifferentiated/Automatic FA
Target Audience:

This symposium is intended for intermediate behavior analysts engaged in research and application of applied behavior analysis in treatment of challenging behaviors.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this symposium, participants will be able to: 1) Identify potential biological influences/motivating operations in the assessment and treatment of challenging behavior 2) identify biological measurement associated with anxiety, and evidence of habituation; 3) Demonstrate awareness of the application of Matching Law in the treatment of automatically reinforced behavior
 
Toward a Biological Analysis of Automatic Functions of Challenging Behavior
(Theory)
ELIZABETH ANDRESEN (Autism Learning Partners), David R Donnelly (In Private Practice; Webster University)
Abstract: The field of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) has greatly progressed since Iwata and colleagues (1982/1994) established a method to analyze and understand challenging behavior with the standard functional analysis (FA). However, behavior analysts continue to face difficulty when analyzing and treating complex behaviors; particularly self-injurious behavior (SIB) maintained by automatic reinforcement. Automatic reinforcement as we know it is defined by the absence of social reinforcement; however, does this really indicate full understanding? Recent data suggest that treatment for automatic reinforcement, especially when indicated by an undifferentiated FA pattern, is significantly less effective than treatments for socially mediated behaviors (Hagopian, Rooker, & Zarcone, 2015). Additionally, despite a significant literature base supporting biological components of these complex behaviors, little research has been done in this area since the late 20th century, and little has been incorporated into functional analysis methodologies. This presentation will serve as a critical review of the literature analyzing behaviors maintained by automatic reinforcement, indicated through functional analysis, citing data from behavior analytic and neurobiological journals. All in all, this presentation will strongly suggest a synthesis of biological and environmental variables when analyzing behavior to promote the most effective treatment.
 

Automatic Reinforcement and Anxiety: Measuring Physiological Responses

(Applied Research)
SHAWN E. HAPPE (Harmony Behavioral Health)
Abstract:

Nearly 40% of individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) have at least one comorbid anxiety disorder (van Steensel, 2011). Behaviors associated with anxiety have shown greater differences in heart rate range (Chock & Koesler, 2013). Additionally, some individuals with ASD manifest hyper- or hypo-reactivity to sensory input (Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 5th Edition [DSM-V], 2013). Due to this, physiological measures that require contact with the skin may present problems for individuals with atypical responses to tactile stimulation. In order to address this concern, a habituation protocol was used to assess participants’ tolerance to wearing a vest for the collection of physiological measures. Specifically, a repeated presentation procedure was conducted to decrease possible sensitivity to a vest (Thompson & Spencer, 1966). The results indicated that all six participants in this study successfully completed the habituation protocol and none required a lengthy fade in protocol for wearing the vest. Based on these results, apparatus using these types of physiological measures are feasible for conducting research. These findings should encourage other researchers interested in assessing physiological responses in individuals with possible sensory sensitivities.

 

Physiological Measures and Matching Treatment: Examining the Relationship Between Physiological Responses and Challenging Behaviors

(Applied Research)
NANCY I. SALINAS (Harmony Behavioral Health)
Abstract:

The diagnostic severity of ASD is partly based on restrictive and repetitive patterns of behaviors, interests, and activities (APA, 2013). Automatic reinforcement function accounts for 16.9% of restrictive and repetitive behaviors and 25% of self-injurious behaviors (SIB) based on functional analyses (Beavers, Iwata, and Lerman, 2013; Hagopian, 2015). The types of behaviors within this category include 1) stereotyped or restrictive motor movements or vocalizations, 2) insistence in sameness, inflexibilities with routines, ritualized vocal or non-vocal behavior, 3) highly restricted/fixated interests, and 4) hyper-/hypo- reactivity to sensory factors (APA, 2013; CDC, 2013). Due to the nature of automatically reinforced behaviors, it is recommended that physiological assessments be used to determine relationships between physiological events and behavior (Romanczyk and Gillis, 2006). Tools that are sensitive to biological activity may help to discern sources of automatic reinforcement. The current investigation is a continuation of the utilization of functional analysis, treatment analysis, and physiological measures to investigate the role that positive and negative automatic reinforcement play in the treatment of problem behaviors. The results show an association between non-socially mediated behaviors and physiological events and adds to the empirical basis for differentiating operant psychology principles for operant and respondent conditioning.

 
Rethinking Automatic Reinforcement: Matching Law Contribution to Developing Effective Treatment
(Theory)
ZHICHUN ZHOU (Webster University)
Abstract: The lack of immediate external socially-mediated consequences has led people to use cognitive structures or other mental processes in explaining complex behavior (e.g., self-injurious behavior, pica, rumination) observed in clinics, schools and/or homes. But how can behavior analysts not be compelled to accept hypothetical constructs as explanations? B.F. Skinner’s extensive use of automatic reinforcement and the perplexing undifferentiated result derived from functional analysis (FA) have provided good enough justifications for us to take a closer look at the concept of automatic reinforcement. Indeed, the concept of automatic reinforcement can provide us a parsimonious explanation to complex behavior. The current presentation discusses the parsimony featured in automatic reinforcement from an angle that has not yet been explored in the field of applied behavior analysis. That is, the matching law. More specifically, the presentation provides a nuanced understanding of the concept of matching law and explores how it can be integrated to the development of interventions for behavior that is maintained by automatic reinforcement. The presentation further examines how to program the schedule of socially-mediated reinforcement to compete and wane the effects of the schedule of automatic reinforcement produced by certain behavior.
 
 
Symposium #66
CE Offered: BACB
Extending the Renewal Literature Through Basic and Translational Research
Saturday, May 29, 2021
11:00 AM–12:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: EAB; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Madeleine Keevy (University of Nebraska Medical Center; Children's Specialized Hospital - Rutgers University Center for Autism Research, Education, and Services)
Discussant: Michael Kelley (University of Scranton)
CE Instructor: Madeleine Keevy, M.S.
Abstract:

Although behavior-analytic treatments are often effective in achieving initial reductions in a target behavior, target behavior may relapse due to changes in reinforcement or stimulus conditions. Renewal occurs when changes in the stimulus context following treatment produce relapse of extinguished behavior. Researchers typically examine renewal using a three-phase arrangement. After reinforcement of target behavior in Context A followed by extinction in Context B, the organism transitions to Context A (ABA renewal) or a new context (ABC renewal), and extinction continues. This symposium presents four basic and translational renewal studies that demonstrate the varied applications of the renewal paradigm. Our first presenter will present a study conducted with rats that compared ABA renewal after extinction or omission training in Phase B. The second presenter will describe two studies conducted with rats: the first using an ABC renewal preparation, and the second examining the effects of discriminative training on ABC renewal. The third presentation details a series of translational studies modeling renewal of problem behavior in dual-language homes and by multilingual individuals with autism and other developmental disabilities. The final presenter will speak about a translational renewal study conducted in an analog organizational setting.

Target Audience:

Researchers interested in the experimental analysis of behavior, translational research, and relapse research will be an appropriate target audience. Practitioners interested in understanding the behavioral mechanisms of relapse of undesirable behavior may also be appropriate.

 

ABA Renewal After Response Elimination With an Extinction or an Omission Contingency

CATALINA REY (University of Vermont), Eric A. Thrailkill (University of Vermont), Kate Goldberg (University of Vermont), Mark E. Bouton (University of Vermont)
Abstract:

Insights from extinction research have been useful to researchers and clinicians in the domain of applied behavior analysis. Behavioral treatments are effective for producing initial reductions in problem behavior; however, relapse after treatment is common and a major barrier to treatment efficacy. It is possible that relapse might be influenced by the specific response elimination technique and that different treatments for problem behavior might be differentially susceptible to relapse. The present study compared ABA renewal after responding was eliminated by extinction or omission training in rats. In this experiment, lever pressing was reinforced with food pellets in Context A and then eliminated with either extinction or omission training in Context B. The response was then tested in Contexts A and B in either the presence or absence of free food pellets delivered on a random time schedule. All rats showed higher responding when tested in Context A than Context B, and there was little evidence that omission training attenuated this ABA renewal effect. Also, noncontingent pellets increased responding after extinction but not after omission training. The results provide new information about factors creating relapse after omission training.

 
Context-Discrimination Training During Treatment May Reduce ABC Renewal
WILLIAM SULLIVAN (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Andrew R. Craig (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Kaitlyn Browning (Utah State University), Nicole DeRosa (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Emily L. Baxter (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Henry S. Roane (SUNY Upstate Medical University)
Abstract: Craig, Sullivan, and Roane (2019) showed that intermittently re-exposing rats to reinforcement for lever pressing in a training (A) context while eliminating lever pressing in a second (B) context increased ABA renewal of lever pressing relative to rats that experienced only Context B during response elimination. Experiment 1 replicated their procedure while assessing renewal in the presence of a novel context (i.e., ABC renewal). Unlike in Craig and colleagues’ experiment, renewal was reduced in the group that experienced re-exposure to Context A during lever-press elimination relative to rats that experienced only Context B. In Experiment 2, rats pressed levers in a two-component multiple schedule. For one group, reinforcement was delivered at the same rate in both components. For the other, lever pressing was reinforced in one component but not in the other. Overall reinforcer rates were controlled between groups. In a test where a novel discriminative context was introduced under extinction, rats in the group that experienced discriminative training lever pressed less than rats that experienced non-discriminative training. Together, data from both experiments suggest discriminative training reduces the probability that organisms will respond in novel contexts.
 
An Evaluation of the Effects of Multiple Languages on Renewal of Responding
FABIOLA VARGAS LONDONO (The University of Texas at Austin), Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin), Ashley Bagwell (The University of Texas at Austin), Andrea Ramirez-Cristoforo (The University of Texas at Austin), Monique Barnett (The University of Texas at Austin), Travis Wong (The University of Texas at Austin), Henry S. Roane (Upstate Medical University)
Abstract: Renewal is a type of relapse that involves the recurrence of responding during changes in stimulus context. Renewal is typically characterized by a sequence of phases in which baseline reinforcement of responding is following by conditions in which responding is eliminated. Renewal in the form of recurrence of responding can occur when changes in stimulus context occur while response-elimination contingencies remain unchanged. Neely et al. (2019) demonstrated that language can impact the recurrence of problem behavior in the form of resurgence. We will present the results of an experiment in which we focused on the effects of language as stimulus context on the recurrence of responding in the form of renewal. Specifically, we will present data from a series of translational experimental preparations including arrangements with (a) non-clinical responses with non-clinical multilingual individuals that served as analogues to clinical situations in which there may be a risk of renewal of problem behavior in dual-language homes and (b) renewal of non-clinical responses exhibited by multilingual individuals with autism and other developmental disabilities. Results will be discussed both in terms of potential clinical implications as well as possible future directions in translational and applied research contexts.
 

Operant Renewal of Desirable Behavior in a Simulated Workplace: A Translational Model

MATTHEW NOVAK (University of Kansas), Abigail Blackman (University of Kansas), Tyler Erath (University of Kansas), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Relapse may be a particularly relevant framework for understanding the ways in which stimuli influence employee responding, given that organizational settings are replete with changing stimulus contexts and contingencies. The purpose of this use-inspired basic study was to develop a translational model to evaluate workplace contexts within a renewal framework that focused on the renewal of desirable employee behavior. Adults without a diagnosiscompleted a computerized check processing task in a simulated workplace environment in which color-correlated stimuli served as contextual changes across phases. Findings demonstrated renewal of desirable behavior across all six participants. The current study and its findings extend the human operant literature on renewal by demonstrating one type of translational model that may bring together operant renewal and organizational behavior management. Implications of these findings as they apply to performance management of staff and future research will be presented.

 
 
Symposium #67
CE Offered: BACB
Adaptations of the Morningside Model of Generative Instruction to Online and Other Alternative Learning Environments
Saturday, May 29, 2021
11:00 AM–12:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy)
Discussant: Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy)
CE Instructor: Jennifer Wertalik, Ph.D.
Abstract: Due to the Covid-19 pandemic, Morningside Academy and colleagues who implement the Morningside Model of Generative Instruction have been forced to adapt their practices to unique learning environments, including fully online, remote instruction and live instruction in student living quarters at a residential special education school. First, Morningside teacher Nicole Erickson will describe the process of assessment, selection, and subsequent instruction of learning, organization, and technology skills necessary for students to learn reading, writing, and math in an online environment. Second, Morningside teacher Hannah Jenkins will describe how mathetics-based instruction facilitates meaningful active student responding during online learning. Then, Judge Rotenberg Center Special Education Director Justin Halton will describe how MMGI was adapted to deliver instruction in the living and dining rooms of on campus student residences. Finally, Georgia Southern University - Armstrong professor Dr. Andrew Bulla will present best practices in instructional design strategies for teaching behavior analysis to college students preparing for the BCaBA exam.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Assessment, Basic Skills, Instruction, Online-learning
Target Audience: The audience should be aware of basic principles of behavioral education, and be familiar with terms such as fluency, Precision Teaching, and direct instruction.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to define three behaviors categorized as learning skills. At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to discriminate instances of meaningful active student responding from instances of active student responding that are not meaningful. At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to describe how one effective instructional strategy can be modified to online learning platforms.
 

Assessing and Teaching Learning Skills in Online Environments With the Morningside Model of Generative Instruction

(Service Delivery)
NICOLE ERICKSON (Morningside Academy), Andrew Robert Kieta (Morningside Academy)
Abstract:

A central component of the Morningside Model of Generative Instruction is teaching students specific repertoires, called “learning skills”, that allow them to more effective and more confident learners in the classroom. Online learning created many challenges for teachers and students, particularly in the area of learning skills instruction. Morningside teachers had to assess, then teach, not only the specific skills needed to effectively learn in the remote setting, but also those that would be necessary for in-person setting. This presentation will focus on that assessment, instruction, and measurement process. With the students working at home, amidst several distractions, online learning created a unique opportunity to teach the students to advocate for themselves and to take control of their own learning. To develop these independent learning repertoires, students were taught to identify when they were confused, what part of the instruction confused them, and how to ask specific questions to get the information necessary to be successful. Students were then coached to track these behaviors using Morningside’s Daily Support Card and the Standard Celeration Chart, to set goals to decrease the amount of time between activities and the number of prompts given in each instructional period.

 

Creating Meaningful Student Responding, Errorless Learning, and Immediate Feedback With Generative Instruction in Online Environments

(Service Delivery)
HANNAH JENKINS (Morningside Academy), Joanne K. Robbins (Morningside Academy)
Abstract:

As the world of remote learning unfolds, old habits and patterns must be adjusted for technological advances. Markle describes good instructional design as having meaningful active responding, errorless learning, and immediate feedback. Donald Cook observed, “...the principles of active response and low error rate were widely cited, but they were often misunderstood and misapplied.” Often overlooked is the word meaningful; being active is not enough. Responding that is a function of prompting, copying, or echoing, are all active, yet all should be avoided when teaching cognitive tasks. When Morningside Academy moved to online learning, faculty had to stay true to the model. The author will provide examples of response requests that require active responding, how a mathetics approach limits errors and facilitates an error analysis, and new ways to to provide immediate feedback.

 

High Rate Responding and Academic Performance With Morningside’s Generative Instruction Model During a Pandemic

(Service Delivery)
JUSTIN HALTON (Judge Rotenberg Center)
Abstract:

Learning at the Judge Rotenberg Center shifted from the school buildings to individual residences. Dining rooms and living areas became classrooms and teachers were tasked with instructing a new group of students organized by residential assignment to accommodate the school health and safety plan. High rate responding activities during ELA instruction occurred at the school daily before moving to in-person instruction from the residences. From March-June, students continued to engage in high rate responding activities during ELA instruction, from their residence opposed to the structure of the classroom. This presentation aims to share data from one classroom/residential group of students diagnosed with severe disabilities and between the ages of 15-19, before, during, and after initial pandemic response adaptations to learning environments within the Judge Rotenberg Center. This Presentation will also detail steps taken to deliver in-person instruction from the residential environment. Data presented was collected using the IReady Assessment tool for both Reading and Math for each student.

 

Applying Instructional Design Principles and Evidence-Based Teaching Strategies to the Online Classroom

(Service Delivery)
JENNIFER WERTALIK (Georgia Southern University), Andrew Bulla (Georgia Southern University - Armstrong)
Abstract:

Behavior analysis offers a variety of instructional technologies to teach all types of students a variety of skills. Many college-level instructors have incorporated behavior analytic techniques to the college classroom successfully to improve learning outcomes across subject areas. While there are a plethora of data available on the effectiveness of these techniques in face-to-face classroom, several issues arise regarding the practicality of these techniques in an online classroom. The current presentation highlights the literature on instructional design and evidence-based instructional strategies as it applies to virtual learning. Additionally, the presenters offer practical recommendations with associated examples on how to extend additional strategies to meet the demand of virtual learning.

 
 
Special Event #68
CE Offered: BACB
International Task Force on Education in Behavior Science and Application
Saturday, May 29, 2021
11:00 AM–12:50 PM EDT
Online
Domain: Theory
Chair: Peter R. Killeen (Arizona State University)
CE Instructor: Peter R. Killeen, Ph.D.
Panelists: JENNA MRLJAK (Association for Behavior Analysis International), SMITA AWASTHI (Behavior Momentum India), KANAKO OTSUI (Kindai University), INGUNN SANDAKER (Oslo Metropolitan University/ OsloMet)
Abstract:

The ABAI International Task Force on Education was formed in 2020. It includes representatives from ten countries. The goal of the task force is to develop a model of education that can meet the needs of constituents around the world. The task force generated a model of education that has been reviewed and supported by the ABAI Accreditation and VCS Boards, and the ABAI Executive Council. Constituents from India, Japan, and Norway will provide an update on the on the task force’s progress. We welcome attendance of all those interested in this effort.

JENNA MRLJAK (Association for Behavior Analysis International)
SMITA AWASTHI (Behavior Momentum India)
KANAKO OTSUI (Kindai University)
INGUNN SANDAKER (Oslo Metropolitan University/ OsloMet)
 
 
Symposium #69
CE Offered: BACB
Caregiver Training: An Integral Component of Behavior-Analytic Service Delivery
Saturday, May 29, 2021
11:00 AM–12:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Translational
Chair: William Sullivan (SUNY Upstate Medical University)
CE Instructor: William Sullivan, Ph.D.
Abstract:

In order for behavior-analytic treatments to be maximally effective, caregiver training (e.g., parents, teachers) is necessary. This symposium will describe four studies examining methods for assessing variables related to poor caregiver performance and strategies for training caregivers to implement behavioral interventions. The first study describes an evaluation of the psychometric properties of the Performance Diagnostic Checklist-Human Services, designed to assess the environmental determinants of poor staff performance. The second study will present data examining the utility of a self-instructional manual for training special-education teachers and graduate students in behavior analysis to select appropriate prompting strategies. The third presentation describes a study evaluating methods for training staff to implement task analyses with high levels of fidelity. Finally, the fourth presentation will describe a randomized controlled trial assessing the effects of a manualized parent-training program targeting high-frequency challenging behaviors displayed by children with autism spectrum disorder. Training caregivers to become effective treatment agents is an integral part of behavior-analytic service delivery and each presentation will provide thoughtful insights on the topic. To end, the discussant will review the collective findings and provide directions for future research.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): autism, parent training, staff training, treatment integrity
Target Audience:

The target audience for this symposium will be students, researchers, and practitioners that are interested in caregiver training.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the clinical and social significance of caregiver training; (2) describe environmental variables related poor staff performance; (3) summarize at least one research-based strategy for training caregivers.
 
Further Evaluation of the Reliability and Validity of a Staff Performance Assessment Tool
(Applied Research)
Daniel J Cymbal (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), Rachel Thomas (Florida Institute of Technology), HALLIE MARIE ERTEL (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Behavior analysts have recently developed informant-based tools to assess the variables responsible for poor staff performance. One such tool, the Performance Diagnostic Checklist-Human Services (PDC-HS), has been shown to be useful. However, empirical evaluation of the tool’s reliability and validity has been limited. Wilder, Lipschultz, Gehrman, Ertel, & Hodges (2019) found that the PDC-HS was largely valid and reliable when participants scored assessment-based videos depicting a staff performance problem. However, one limitation of this study was the degree to which the staff performance problem depicted in the video accurately represented the complexity of real-world staff problems. The present study extends Wilder et al., utilizing the same experimental framework but with performance problem scripts drawn from actual answers given by supervisors in the field. We collected data from 21 staff participants at varying levels of education and experience working at behavior-analytic therapy sites. Each participant scored three different videos with varying performance problems twice, and these responses provided the basis for calculations of validity, interrater reliability and test-retest reliability. Results suggest that the tool was generally valid and reliable, but differences between the results of Wilder et al. and the current study are apparent. Recommendations for future research are provided.
 
Development and Evaluation of a Decision-Making Tool for Evaluating and Selecting Prompting Strategies
(Applied Research)
LANDON COWAN (Marquette University), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), KALLY M LUCK (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Amber Prell (University of Houston- Clear Lake), Ning Chen (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: An extensive literature has demonstrated the successful application of various response prompts and prompt-fading procedures for teaching students with developmental and intellectual disabilities. However, few practical resources exist to guide special-education teachers and clinicians in the evaluation and selection of a prompting strategy for a given student and a targeted skill. Across three experiments, we used a multiple baseline across participants design to develop and evaluate the efficacy of a self-instructional manual to train 11 special-education teachers and 8 graduate students to evaluate and select appropriate prompting strategies to use with students across a variety of skills. The graduate students also implemented their selected prompting strategy in brief teaching sessions. Results indicated that the self-instructional manual was effective for improving their evaluation, selection, and implementation of appropriate prompting strategies. Social validity data collected from all participants suggested that they found the manual helpful. Results contribute to the literature on the development of decision-making tools to guide teachers and clinicians in the selection of interventions to use with their students.
 
Increasing and Maintaining Procedural Integrity Using a Brief Video Model
(Applied Research)
BRANDI TODARO (Western New England University), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Treatment integrity is an important variable in delivering effective ABA services. Common components of caregiver training include didactic instruction, video modeling, and role play. Mueller et al. (2003) conducted a study in which different training packages were used to train parents to implement feeding protocols. They suggest that little research has been conducted with people who are naïve to the field. The current study sought to examine ways of effectively training new staff to implement a task analysis with a high degree of treatment integrity. Participants were recruited among new hires to the New England Center for Children. A multiple baseline design across a dyad of teachers was used to examine the effects of implementing two types of training procedures, didactic instruction and video modeling. One training procedure was implemented for six training sessions and then the other for an additional six training sessions. Data have been collected for a total of four dyads. Both methods improved integrity and exposure to a second training method further improved integrity. Interobserver agreement data were collected on treatment integrity in a minimum of 33% of each condition and total agreement averaged above 85%.
 

Developing a Behavioral Parent-Training Program Specific to High-Frequency Maladaptive Behaviors in Autism Spectrum Disorders

(Applied Research)
EMILY L. BAXTER (SUNY Upstate Medical University), William Sullivan (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Avery Albert (Syracuse University), Nicole M. DeRosa (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Kevin Antshel (Syracuse University), Henry S. Roane (SUNY Upstate Medical University)
Abstract:

Manualized parent-training protocols (e.g., the Incredible Years) are available to parents whose children engage in problematic behaviors. These protocols typically utilize an eclectic range of therapeutic strategies. To date, however, there has not been a manualized parent-training protocol that exclusively utilizes behavior analytic-based techniques to address problematic behaviors common among children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). We examined the efficacy of a 6-week, focused parent training intervention across 38 parents of children with ASD. Parents were randomized into either a behavioral parent training or an active control intervention. A variety of outcome measures were used to examine the effects of the intervention at baseline, the conclusion of treatment, and at a 6-month follow-up. The primary outcome measure was the Clinical Global Impression-Improvement (CGI-I) scale administered by an Independent Evaluator (IE) who was unaware of treatment assignment. The CGI-I scale score reflected the IE’s assessment of overall improvement from baseline to endpoint. Differences in improvement were found between groups. In the control group, 22.2% of families improved significantly, compared to the treatment group, of which 62% of families improved significantly. Results will be discussed in relation to other manualized parent-training protocols, and directions for future research will be presented.

 
 
Paper Session #72
CE Offered: BACB
Evaluation of Residential Services for Older Adults With Intellectual Disabilities / Developmental Disabilities Residing in the Community
Saturday, May 29, 2021
12:00 PM–12:25 PM EDT
Online
Area: CSS
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Tanya Hough (PENDING)
CE Instructor: Tanya Hough, M.S.
 

Evaluation of Residential Services for Older Adults With Intellectual Disabilities/Developmental Disabilities Residing in the Community

Domain: Service Delivery
TANYA HOUGH (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jack Spear (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
 
Abstract:

People with intellectual disabilities/developmental disabilities in the United States are living longer in recent decades. People 65 and older are in better health than previous decades due to more awareness of the beneficial effects of a healthy diet, preventative medical care, and physical exercise. Individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities are living longer as well. However, this presents challenges in meeting the needs of this population. This paper details the results of a survey developed to assess several areas of services, including social engagement, health-related services, group home environment, and staff training and development, were evaluated to identify areas in need of improvement. Participants consisted of 95 direct care staff working for a not-for-profit agency providing residential services to adults with intellectual disabilities/developmental disabilities. The results of the survey indicate that need for improving social engagement opportunities for older adults residing in the community and more training on working with older adults with intellectual disabilities/developmental disabilities for direct care staff in a residential setting. The goal of the current study was to examine residential services through the eyes of direct care staff to see if the increasing needs of older adults with intellectual disabilities/developmental disabilities are being met.

 
Target Audience: Target audience is intermediate, including junior BCBAs working within the first 5 years of their certifications and practitioners and/or supervisors working with older adults with ASD/ID/DD.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) use assessment to evaluate the effectiveness and quality of their services provided to older adults with ASD/ID/DD; (2) use assessment to identify areas in their organization that need to be address to enhance the quality of services provided to older adults with ASD/ID/DD.
 
 
Paper Session #73
CE Offered: BACB
Behavior Analysis Was Never Clear About "Slope" in Graphed Data
Saturday, May 29, 2021
12:00 PM–12:25 PM EDT
Online
Area: PCH
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Chad Kinney (Florida Tech)
CE Instructor: Chad Kinney, Ph.D.
 
Behavior Analysis Was Never Clear About "Slope" in Graphed Data
Domain: Applied Research
CHAD KINNEY (Florida Tech)
 
Abstract: Behavior analysts (and mathematicians alike) have struggled with accurate and reliable quantification of geometric slope on non-homogenous and non-standard graphs. Virtually all graphs in behavior analysis are non-homogenous (i.e., scale values/distances are unequal between axes), and most are non-standard. However, this presentation does NOT advocate increased use of standard displays. Instead, newly discovered mathematical equations will demonstrate that a standard semi-log display is no longer necessary to quickly achieve reliable and accurate quantification of geometric slope—even if data are plotted across various custom-made non-standard graphs with linear axes. This presentation will demonstrate how the new equations clarify the relation between algebraic and geometric slope, and reveal applications that will be used to improve interrater agreement of visual inspection (and more) in the future.
 
Target Audience:

Attendees should have basic understanding of algebraic slope, angles of inclination, and ratios.

Learning Objectives:

At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to (1) describe the difference between algebraic and geometric slope, and (2) describe how altering the new equation of graphic induced variability (i.e., the Graphic Variability Quotient [GVQ]) measurably alters the appearance of slope and variability on any time-series graph. 

 
 
Symposium #74
CE Offered: BACB
Some Extensions and Additions to Video Modeling Practices: Advances in Intervention and Training
Saturday, May 29, 2021
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Christopher M. Rosado (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
CE Instructor: Christopher M. Rosado, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Video modeling has been used widely in behavior analysis. The literature has cited its use as a consumer teaching procedure (e.g., teaching children with Autisms perspective-taking skills, play skills, etc), as well as a method of staff training (e.g., preference assessments, functional analysis, discrete trial training). Video models afford learners access to a well-produced model, which may increase the over quality of the model, as well as provide opportunities to display and highlight specific features of the modeled behavior. This symposium will discuss several applied studies that attempt to extend the current literature. The reviewed studies will discuss advances in digital technology for the delivery of video models, and conceptual extensions of commonly used procedures which may provide clarity on best practices.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Behavior Analyst, Licensed Psychologist, Graduate Students

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe how video models can increase the likelihood of response acquisition during staff training; (2) describe at least three technological advancements pertaining to the use of video models in treatment and training; (3) Describe at least two methods of using video models during the treatment of individuals with Autism.
 

The Effectiveness of Behavior Skills Training and Multiple Video Exemplar Training in Teaching Children With Autism to Identify Interested and Disinterested Behavior of a Listener

BRANDON GANN (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Teresa Cardon (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

A concurrent multiple baseline design, across participants, was implemented to investigate the effects of behavioral skills training (BST) on the identification of interest and disinterest of a conversational listener. In addition to BST, pre-recorded video exemplars were created and used to model the target behaviors in tandem with lag reinforcement schedules. During baseline, all participants were shown three video-exemplars with no feedback. The mean accuracy score for all participants during baseline was 12.2%. During the training condition, BST, multiple-video exemplar training and lag reinforcement was used to teach participants how to identify if a conversational listener is either interested or disinterested in what the speaker is saying. All participants researched a 100% mastery criterion with an average maintenance criterion of 98.7%. From baseline to training, all participants had a non-overlapping data score of 96.7%, acquiring the skills needed to identify the interest and disinterest of a conversational listener. Additionally, all participants generalized skills with family and friends’ post-study, with all families observing participants attempts to re-engage the disinterested conversational partner.

 

The Use of Immersive Video Modeling as a Method of Staff Training in Therapeutic Staff

CHRISTOPHER M. ROSADO (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Dorothy Xuan Zhang (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology; George Mason University; ABA Professional Committee of China Association of Rehabilitation of Disabled Persons (ABA-CARDP), Amanda Mahoney (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jack Spear (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

High procedural integrity is essential for the implementation of behavior analytic procedures. Procedural integrity can vary across staff; however, evidence-based training procedures can increase the likelihood interventions are implemented in the manner they were designed. Despite the availability of evidence-based training procedures, organizations continue to rely on didactic based trainings. This may be because many training procedures require a trainer to provide feedback. Video modeling is a training procedure that can be used without the use of performance feedback. The literature is mixed regarding the success of video model trainings without the use of feedback. Therefore, the purpose of the current study was to evaluate the use of a video model training procedure, in which participants viewed content through a head mounted device to eliminate the need for performance feedback. The data for three participants were evaluated using a multiple-probe design across target skills. By the end of intervention, all participants met mastery criteria for each target behavior without the need of performance feedback. One participant required video models with voiceover instructions to master each target skill. Two participants met mastery criteria for a portion of targets skills with video models alone. The results of this study suggest that video models delivered through a head-mounted device, also known as immersive video modeling, can train direct care staff in common behavior analytic procedures without the need for performance feedback.

 

Analysis of Live-Modeling Without Prompting and Video-Modeling Without Prompts for Teaching Imitation to Children With Autism

TRACY CAPOTE-SANCHEZ (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Teresa Cardon (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

Previous studies indicate that video-modeling is a more effective intervention method to teach children on the autism spectrum how to imitate actions or activities. However, McDowell, Gutierrez, and Bennett (2015) conducted an alternating treatment design in which they compared live-modeling with prompts to video-modeling without prompts and found that live-modeling was a more effective intervention method. The purpose of the current study was to compare whether video-modeling without prompts and live-modeling without prompts is a more effective intervention for increasing imitation in children diagnosed with autism. The results were inconclusive, however the results of one participant suggest that video-modeling without prompts is a more effective intervention treatment for children on the autism spectrum with some prerequisite imitative skills. Implications related to this finding are discussed.

 
 
Symposium #75
CE Offered: BACB/QABA/NASP — 
Supervision
Recent Developments in Applying Behavioral Skills Training in Contemporary Services
Saturday, May 29, 2021
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Sarah Davis (Brock University)
CE Instructor: Lindsay Maffei-Almodovar, Ph.D.
Abstract: Today, training staff and family members takes place in many different service contexts outside of the university-based laboratory or demonstration project. Although Behavioral Skills Training is a well established evidence-based practice for caregivers in autism and developmental disabilities services, we still need more demonstrations from the field of applications and related issues. This symposium will illustrate those issues with three empirical papers. The first illustrates the application of telehealth. The second addresses organizational issues in ABA organizations. The second addresses large-scale application of behavioral skills training over several years.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Caregiver training, Staff turnover, Telehealth
Target Audience: Audience members should have basic graduate level skills and knowledge in behavior analysis, such as knowledge of staff training methods, evidence-based practices, basic teaching strategies and behavior analytic concepts.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe the use of telehealth methods to train parents to teach adaptive behavior skills to older children and adolescents with autism; (2) Describe factors, including independent variables that could be manipulated to influence staff turn over; and (3) Describe the strategies used to implement large scale application of behavioral skills training over extended periods of time.
 

Parent-Implemented Behavior Interventions via Telehealth for Older Children and Adolescents

(Applied Research)
CHRISTINE DREW (Auburn University), Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon)
Abstract:

This study used independent ABAB withdrawal designs to determine whether BPT increased parent fidelity of implementation of function-based intervention which then resulted in decreasing rates of child challenging behavior while increasing rates of appropriate replacement behavior. Four participants aged 8-17 were included in the study with their parents serving as interventionists. The routines of concern were mealtime, toothbrushing, and room cleaning with various topographies of challenging behavior impacting the quality of these family routines. Each parent achieved high treatment fidelity with one session of BPT and bug-in-ear coaching. Three participants had an immediate decrease in challenging behavior upon the introduction of the intervention. Three participants showed reliable reversals to their challenging behavior with the withdrawal of the intervention and corresponding decreases in challenging behavior when the intervention was reintroduced. All parents reported high acceptability, ease of use, and contextual fit pre- and post-intervention. Results and implications for practice and future research were discussed.

 

An Examination of Variables That Predict Turnover, Staff and Caregiver Satisfaction in Behavior-Analytic Organizations

(Applied Research)
DANIEL J CYMBAL (Florida Tech), Sara Gershfeld Litvak (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), Gary Burns (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Staff turnover can pose a significant problem for human service organizations. For Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) service providers, turnover may be particularly problematic due to the resources required for training. Accreditation organizations such as the Behavioral Health Center for Excellence® (BHCOE®) collect large amounts of organizational data that can point to trends in ABA organizations and provide a basis for problem identification and intervention. In this study, we evaluated BHCOE® data to examine potential predictors of staff turnover as well as staff and caregiver satisfaction in ABA organizations. Results of multiple regression analyses suggest that high rates of turnover among job classes (i.e., technicians and supervisors) correlate with each other’s turnover. Behavior Technicians are also more likely to turnover when wages are lower and caregiver satisfaction wanes. Staff satisfaction was not a significant turnover predictor but was generally predicted by caregiver satisfaction. These findings suggest that turnover and satisfaction are multi-faceted processes worthy of examination; we provide broad recommendations for improvement and avenues for further study.

 
Pyramidal Behavioral Skills Training, Productivity Monitoring, Goal Setting, Feedback and Teacher Incentives Across Three Schools: Six Years of Data
(Service Delivery)
LINDSAY MAFFEI-ALMODOVAR (Quality Services for the Autism Community (QSAC)), Cynthia E. Martinez (Quality Services for the Autism Community), Lillian Rothmaler (QSAC), Peter Sturmey (The Graduate Center and Queens College, City University of New York)
Abstract: Adequate training productivity is an important goal for schools serving students with autism due to frequent staff turnover and a need for newly hired staff to implement behavior analytic protocols correctly soon after being hired. The presenting author monitored the weekly and cumulative number of behavior analytic skills trained to staff by clinical coordinators and classroom teachers across three schools over six years. Weekly permanent product counts before and after the implementation of pyramidal behavioral skills training, public posting, goal setting and feedback, and teacher incentives indicated that these practices may have contributed to an increased proportion of weekly training completed by teachers over time and increased overall training productivity from year to year. Variables including staff and trainer turnover, staffing additions and shortages, differing numbers of students and behavioral support needs in classrooms, and new or different job responsibilities assigned to clinical coordinators or teachers made training productivity an important aspect of service delivery to monitor, but also interfered with isolating responsible factors when increased productivity occurred.
 
 
Symposium #76
CE Offered: BACB
Assessment and Treatment of Challenging Behavior
Saturday, May 29, 2021
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: AUT/CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Sarah C. Mead Jasperse (Emirates College for Advanced Education )
CE Instructor: Sarah C. Mead Jasperse, Ph.D.
Abstract: Different variations of functional analyses have been evaluated in the literature to identify the variables that maintain challenging behavior in order to guide treatment development. In this symposium, presenters will offer recent research on the assessment and treatment of severe challenging behavior in individuals with autism or developmental disabilities. The presentations will be on the use of noncontingent reinforcement as a treatment for severe automatically maintained self-injury, the use of a latency-based functional analysis to assess and develop a function-based treatment for elopement, and the assessment of problem behavior when consequences are delivered for the emission of appropriate requests as well as challenging behavior during functional analyses.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): challenging behavior, functional assessment
Target Audience: intermediate - some experience on the assessment and treatment of problem behavior
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will learn how latency functional analyses may be used to assess elopement and identify a function-based treatment 2. Participants will learn how noncontingent reinforcement may be used as a treatment for automatically maintained problem behavior 3. Participants will learn how placing contingencies on appropriate and inappropriate behavior may be used to identify the function of problem behavior using functional analyses.
 

Some Effects of Noncontingent Delivery of Competing Stimuli on Automatically Maintained Self-Injurious Behavior and Compliance With Mastered Tasks

MATTHEW LEAL (Florida Institute of Technology), Claudia Campos (Florida Institute of Technology), Yanerys Leon (University of Miami), Laura Wilcke (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Automatically reinforced problem behavior may be difficult to treat due to practitioners’ inability to manipulate the establishing operations or functional reinforcers. Noncontingent reinforcement is one of the common interventions used to treat automatically maintained self-injury because the noncontingent delivery of the stimuli competes with engaging in the problem behavior. Although this intervention is effective, it might be difficult to implement in settings in which individuals are expected to engage in functional activities (e.g., schoolwork, daily living tasks) without engaging in problem behavior. Thus, the purpose of this study was to further evaluate the effects of noncontingent delivery of competing stimuli on automatically maintained self-injury and compliance for mastered tasks. Two children with developmental disabilities who engaged in severe self-injurious behavior participated in this study.

 

Assessment and Function-Based Treatment of Elopement in Children With Autism

MARISSA E. KAMLOWSKY (University of Kansas), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), Ansley Catherine Hodges (Nemours Children's Hospital & Florida Institute of Technology), Hallie Marie Ertel (Florida Institute of Technology), Laurel Esther Domino (Florida Institute of Technology), Natalia Colon (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Elopement is a dangerous behavior exhibited by some individuals with autism, and accurately identifying the function of elopement is important to develop successful treatments. Functional analyses for elopement have been developed to mimic contingencies appearing in the natural environment; however, some of these analyses are limited by the required retrieval component. The current study replicated previous research which used a latency-based functional analysis that eliminates the retrieval component in order to safely and more precisely identify the function of elopement. In addition, we extended previous latency-based research by evaluating a treatment to reduce elopement. Specifically, we evaluated latency-based functional analyses to assess elopement exhibited by three children with autism. We then implemented function-based treatment packages for both children. Results showed that the treatment packages were effective to reduce elopement.

 
An Evaluation of a Functional Analysis for Appropriate Behavior
Heather Hancock (Aurora University; Little City Foundation), SARAH C. MEAD JASPERSE (Emirates College for Advanced Education), Caritina Cervantes (Aurora University; Little City Foundation), Maria Vander Pluym (Little City Foundation), Arlette Ramos (Aurora University; Little City Foundation)
Abstract: To some degree, standard function-based intervention model in behavioral assessment is based on the assumption that there is a skill deficit and the client should be the focus of the intervention. An alternative explanation exists that challenging behavior could be occurring because caregivers are not responding to appropriate requests. Three adolescent males diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder and a history of engaging in challenging behavior participated. With each participant, a functional analysis (FA) was conducted, but consequences were delivered for the emission of appropriate requests as well as challenging behavior. For two participants, challenging behavior did not occur and appropriate requests occurred more in one of the test conditions relative to the others. For the third participant, appropriate requests rarely occurred and challenging behavior occurred more often in two of the test conditions relative to the others. The results tentatively suggest that FA methodology could be modified to assess the existence of appropriate requests in an individual’s repertoire prior to moving to the intervention phase, which could inform the selection of the most appropriate intervention target.
 
 
Symposium #77
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission The Road Less Traveled: Revolutionizing Applied Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 29, 2021
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: CSS/CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Samantha Fuesy (Adapt & Transform Behavior, LLC (ATBx))
CE Instructor: Samantha Fuesy, M.A.
Abstract: Applied behavior analysis (ABA) has historically been implemented and carried out most commonly in clinical settings with adults and children diagnosed with autism and developmental disabilities. Within recent years, the field of ABA has been disseminating its implementation of services and interventions to other settings and populations. Behavior analysts at Adapt & Transform Behavior, LLC have been providing ABA services within juvenile detention and residential facilities in multiple states within the past 4 years. The company has been one of the firsts within the country to have detention staff be credentialed as registered behavior technicians and implement ABA services facility-wide. The presentations included in this symposium will provide a closer look at the effectiveness of the application of ABA with youth involved in juvenile/criminal justice systems. Additionally, the presenters will discuss barriers to youth accessing treatment, current misconceptions and need for additional research to assist in correcting systemic issues with commonly used treatments that are leading to potentially dangerous outcomes for this vulnerable population.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Criminal Justice, Facility-Wide PBIS, Juvenile Justice, Youth
Target Audience: Prerequisite skills include; basic understanding of behavior analysis, Behavior Analysts, Students, Crime and Delinquency, PBIS, trauma
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Implement a pyramidal staff training protocol; (2) evaluate most effective ways to implement facility wide interventions; (3) pinpoint specific needs for future research in this area.
 
Diversity submission 

Diversifying ABA to New Places Using Behavior Skills Training and Feedback to Increase Proficiency Within Detention Staff

SARA HORDGES (Adapt & Transform Behavior, LLC)
Abstract:

The application of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) in the juvenile justice settings is a fairly new area of research for ABA. Recently Adapt & Transform Behavior, LLC behavior analysts have trained detention center administrators, supervisors and staff to become credentialed as registered behavior technicians (RBTs). The introduction of RBTs to this setting was hypothesized to increase the effectiveness of facility wide interventions put in place by the Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) and aid in the fidelity of staff compliance with mandated facility operating procedures. The purpose of the case studies to be presented were to evaluate the effects of evidence-based interventions in the implementation and proficiency of daily detention roles and responsibilities. Pyramidal training (BCBA ? RBT? Detention staff) was used to train detention officers using behavior skills training on conducting effective and proficient searches on youth. Secondarily, a multicomponent intervention was implemented by RBTs to increase level card proficiencies.

 
Diversity submission 

Using High Density ABA to Increase Effectiveness and Efficiency of Facility-Wide Interventions in the Juvenile Residential Facility

EMILY KIEFFER (Adapt & Transform Behavior LLC)
Abstract:

As research shows, high intensity Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) for individualized interventions is a successful approach. However, in many cases the density of services is minimized by institutions in the name of cost savings. This presentation will review a case study demonstrating the ability of highly effective FW-PBIS systems to be put in place at a quicker pace with high fidelity when high intensity Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) interventions are implemented by Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs). Prior to the introduction of high doses of ABA, the facility was experiencing high rates of self injury, property destruction, fighting and noncompliance that resulted in multiple escapes, arrests and hospitalizations of youth alongside high rates of staff turnover and terminations. These issues resulted in financial consequences (in the form of fines, hospitalizations, freezes and on boarding) for the program that outweighed the cost of attempting to bypass the use of BCBAs. The results of this case study show that both facility wide and individualized interventions were effectively put in place within three months and services were systematically faded and maintained at a lower level over the next year.

 
Diversity submission When Helping Hurts
SAMANTHA FUESY (Adapt & Transform Behavior)
Abstract: Interventions used in treatment facilities/programs for youth involved juvenile justice systems typically include a range of mental health interventions from psychotherapy, CBT, group therapy, psychotropic medications, etc. combined with religious interventions, mentors and punitive consequences. The introduction of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) has begun but at a much slower pace due to many roadblocks and systemic issues within the current service delivery models. Because of a lack of research and behavior analytic presence at the policy level many youth are denied access to ABA services who need them. As a result unproven and, in many cases, potentially harmful treatments are being implemented with these vulnerable populations instead. Our data will show this is especially true in cases involving youth who engage in self injurious behaviors and/or severe aggression. One intervention in particular, the “Baker Act”, when used incorrectly has resulted in shaping up more severe and dangerous behaviors, a phenomenon that has been observed across multiple states.
 
 
Panel #78
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Behavioral Barriers to Climate Sustainability: A Challenge to Our Field
Saturday, May 29, 2021
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: CSS/PCH; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Susan M. Schneider, Ph.D.
Chair: Susan M. Schneider (Root Solutions)
KATHERINE MARTINI (Bell’s Brewery)
CRISS WILHITE (California State University Fresno)
BRIAN JADRO (New England Behavior Analysts for Sustainability)
Abstract:

The climate crisis challenges all of us to step up our sustainability efforts as soon as possible: The Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change warns that global greenhouse gas emissions must be cut by nearly 50% by 2030. How can we help accomplish the necessary changes using behavior-analytic principles? A high-profile study by the American Psychological Association found that two of the major behavioral barriers to more individual climate action are a sense of futility, and the difficulty of transitioning to new green habits (see the 2009 report from the APA Task Force on the Interface Between Psychology and Global Climate Change). Both of these - motivation and habits - are areas where behavior analysis offers major contributions. How can we build on what we have already accomplished in climate action? How can we transfer what has worked in our related areas of strength? Each of the panelists is experienced in behavioral sustainability, and will offer a few suggestions. Opening the floor to the audience, we will attempt to put together a plan of action.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

All behavior analysts concerned about climate change and environmental sustainability

Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will be able to describe examples of behavior analytic research on sustainability 2. Attendees will be able to describe how behavior analysis methods can be employed to help motivate sustainable behaviors. 3. Attendees will be able to describe how behavior analysis methods can facilitate the transition from carbon-heavy to green habits.
Keyword(s): barriers, Climate change,, habits, sustainability
 
 
Symposium #79
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Toward an Inclusive and Diverse Behavior Analysis: Advantages and Barriers to International Collaboration
Saturday, May 29, 2021
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: CSS/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Elana Keissa Sickman (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Tom G. Szabo (Florida Institute of Technology)
CE Instructor: Zhihui Yi, M.S.
Abstract:

Behavior analysis is expanding and diversifying to include analysts from multiple and diverse backgrounds, from Western and non-Western countries, and who speak many different languages. Fostering internationalization and diversity in our field is not only necessary to achieve optimal growth as a field but represents a strategy of turning science inward to improve the way that we operate behavior analysis as a unified and diverse field. The first talk will explore potential advantages that bilingual behavior analysts may have in areas of derived relational responding and psychological flexibility that can translate to work with clients. The second talk will discuss several barriers that international students face when completing graduate training and work within the United States. Addressing these barriers may ultimately confer several advantages not only to practitioners, but this work can also serve to improve the overall quality and scope of our evolving field.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Bilingual, Diversity, International students, Relational Frames
Target Audience:

BCBAs

Learning Objectives: (1) Identify strengths in derived relational responding that are related to biligualism; (2) Identify the relationship between diversity and psychological flexibility; (3) Identify barriers for international students in US behavior analysis programs
 
Diversity submission The Effect of Bilingual Experience on Derived Relational Responding and Psychological Flexibility
ZHIHUI YI (Univeristy of Illinois at Chicago), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago)
Abstract: The behavior of translation is conceptualized by Skinner as a special case of intraverbal behavior where the stimuli are in one language, and the response is in another. However, as Skinner pointed out, it is somewhat difficult to account for the interchangeability in responses among bilingual speakers where they may produce two different languages or use them in the same sentence when presented with the same stimuli. Stimulus equivalence, and subsequently, Relational Frame Theory (RFT), seems to account for this phenomenon where two different languages can be viewed as two relational networks connected by the same stimuli or constructs they are related to. By repeatedly engaging in relational framing and the derivation of equivalent and non-equivalent relationships between two different verbal operants, bilingual speakers are able to produce novel verbal behavior in a new language. To test this hypothesis, the current study compared the differences in derived relational responding between bilingual and English-only speakers. Forty participants participated in the study. Preliminary evidence suggests that bilingual speakers were able to engage in derived relational responding more fluently than English-only speakers. We also examined the differences in psychological flexibility after controlling for anxiety and depressive symptoms.
 
Diversity submission 

Barriers and Considerations for International Students in Behavior Analytic Graduate Programs

Sidhant Sehgal (The Chicago School), Rocco G Catrone (SIU-Carbondale), Manish K. Goyal (Southern Illinois University), Sebastian Garcia-Zambrano (Southern Illinois University), Danielle Wilhelmina Kennedy (The Chicago School), SOMCHART SAKULKOO (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

There are over 38 thousand BCBAs worldwide with roughly 2 thousand residing outside of North America (BACB, n.d.). With behavior analytic work being highly sought after and needed (Carr and Nosik, 2017), the 103 institutions outside of north America that have a verified course sequences (VCS; ABAI, n.d.) serve as the educational hubs abroad before the BACB decisions to pull back certification to only USA and Canadian certificants. Many students, however, come from around the world to the USA in order to complete these courses sequences in hopes of becoming a BCBA. There is a surprising lack of data regarding international students engaged in this coursework in addition to outcomes of individuals who have graduated from USA-based institutions. International students also experience more barriers and hurdles to overcome during their time than local students (Mallinckrodt, et al. 1992; Sawir, 2005; Lian & Wallace, 2020) making the education/learning experience received, as well as future job prospects, inequitable. Given this lack of data and concerns regarding access to resources, this manuscript will be addressing the various barriers that inhibit the training experience and overall comfort of these students while completing their graduate education in behavior analytic programs. These barriers will be broken down into administrative, structural, and cultural barriers being behaviorally defined, identification of what is included within that barrier, and author lived experiences with each. Suggestions for policy change as well as future research will be suggested in order to create a more equitable model of support for international students.

 
 
Symposium #81
CE Offered: BACB
An Evaluation of Procedures to Increase Acquisition or Independence for Individuals With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities Across the Lifespan
Saturday, May 29, 2021
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: J Turner Butler Braren (University of South Florida)
CE Instructor: Natalie Mandel, M.S.
Abstract:

This symposium presents three papers that evaluate procedures to increase skill acquisition or independence for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) across the life span. The first paper by Mandel et al. evaluated the effect of different stimulus modalities on the efficacy and efficiency of tact of actions acquisition in young participants diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). The second paper by Braren et al. evaluated the predictive validity of a brief error-correction assessment when using Discrete Trial Instruction to teach adult participants with IDD to build LEGO® structures. The third paper by Budge et al. evaluated the effects of staff proximity on the performance of adults with ASD in completing vocational tasks at job sites. Audiences can expect to learn more about current research targeting the improved efficacy and efficiency of skill acquisition procedures, as well as research on procedures to increase skill acquisition or independence in adults with IDD.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): adults, IDD, independence, skill acquisition
Target Audience:

Attendees should have experience with DTT methodology; experience in implementing multi-component procedures with fidelity (e.g., model, error correction); experience with using multiple baseline, alternating treatments, multi-element designs; experience with verbal behavior.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1)identify multiple types of error-correction procedures; (2) identify multiple stimulus modes used to teach tacts; (3) describe procedure to systematically fade behavioral interventions (e.g., staff proximity) while maintaining high levels of vocational task completion in for adults with IDD.
 
An Evaluation of the Impact of Stimulus Mode on Acquisition, Maintenance, and Generalization of Tacts of Actions
NATALIE MANDEL (University of South Florida), Catia Cividini-Motta (University of South Florida), Jeff Schram (AchieveAbility Therapy)
Abstract: Individuals with an autism spectrum disorder or communication delay may experience deficits in tacting. Furthermore, children with and without language impairments display a gap in acquisition of tacting actions as compared to objects, suggesting actions are more difficult to learn (e.g., Sheng & McGregor, 2010). One variable that may impact acquisition of tacts of actions is the type of stimulus (e.g., picture of the action; video of the action) used during training. This study compared acquisition of tacts of actions taught using pictures, videos, and in-vivo models. Data were also collected on generalization and maintenance of the acquired tacts as well as participant preference towards the stimulus mode used during tact training. All three participants acquired all tacts, independent of the stimulus mode used during training. However, tacts of actions taught using an in-vivo model were acquired in fewer sessions and had greater generalization and maintenance outcomes. In addition, preference for a specific stimulus mode was idiosyncratic across participants.
 

Extending Brief Error-Correction Assessments to Adults With Intellectual or Developmental Disabilities

J TURNER BUTLER BRAREN (University of South Florida), Andrew L. Samaha (University of South Florida), Karie John (University of South Florida)
Abstract: We extended Carroll et al. (2018) by evaluating the predictive validity of a brief error-correction assessment (brief assessment) in adults with intellectual or developmental disabilities using leisure skills. One brief assessment and one validation assessment were conducted for each participant. During Phase 1, we evaluated acquisition during both assessments, and evaluated correspondence using a decision-making model similar to Carroll et al. During Phase 2, we developed an empirical decision-making model to identify the most relevant and predictive dependent measures related to efficiency and intrusiveness. Then, we applied our model to identify a target error-correction procedure (ECP) for efficiency and a target ECP for intrusiveness. During Phase 3, we evaluated overall correspondence across a range of dependent variables. Overall, low correspondence was obtained when applying a decision-making model to identify target ECPs (Phases 1 and 2), but overall correspondence between measures taken during both assessments was high (Phase 3). Finally, we discussed clinical implications for these results.
 

Evaluating the Role of Staff Proximity During Vocational Tasks for Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder

JENNA BUDGE (Rutgers University), James Maraventano (Rutgers University), Meghan Hoffmann (Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University)
Abstract:

As school-age students with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) transition into adult services, resources can diminish significantly. Adults with ASD may still require substantial supports and supervision to achieve successful outcomes. However, drastic reductions in financial resources upon turning 21 can have significant adverse effects on the ability to provide adequate staffing. While employment in the competitive workforce is the preferred outcome, lower levels of staff oversight may hinder the ability to procure employment for adults on the spectrum with significant support needs. Perceptions of potential employers on adult workers with ASD include a lack of productivity and the higher level of supervision that may be required (Morgan & Alexander, 2005). In order to be successful in an integrated work setting, adults with ASD must display the ability to perform work tasks thoroughly and independently. The purpose of the present study was to assess the role of staff proximity on the quality of vocational tasks in adults on the spectrum. Permanent products of completed tasks were measured at the employment setting of two participants. Assessment results indicated a negative correlation between staff proximity and task completion. The quality of work decreased as the instructor’s proximity from the participant increased. After achieving this outcome, intervention options will be examined to improve the quality of work performed in the absence of an instructor. Further, implications will be discussed for the importance of fading behavioral intervention plans as children age out of school-based placements.

 
 
Symposium #82
CE Offered: BACB
Child Development: Recent Advancements in Theory and Basic and Applied Research
Saturday, May 29, 2021
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: DEV/PCH; Domain: Theory
Chair: Nicole Luke (Brock University)
CE Instructor: Genevieve M. DeBernardis, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavior analysts need to understand the process of child development in order to understand the development of atypical behavior. Behavior analysis has increasingly focused on treatment of problem behavior but seldom examines the process of development itself. Behavioral systems theory (BST) is a fundamentally behavioral approach to understanding the developmental process. BST combines dynamic systems and developmental systems theories with the principles of behavior analysis. This symposium identifies recent developments in the field of behavioral development since the publication of Child and Adolescent Development: A Behavioral Systems Approach by Novak and Pelaez. The talks will review the principles of behavioral systems theory and identify new trends in behavior analysis that have emerged in recent years. The first paper will outline BST’s principles. It will present some new concepts that have emerged in both behavior analysis and developmental psychology relevant to BST. The second paper will examine basic areas of research in child development, including cognitive, social learning, communication and language development and present relevant new research in these areas. The final paper will present a behavioral systems application to problem behaviors such as Autism Spectrum Disorder and ADHD. A review of research literature relevant to these areas will be covered.

Target Audience:

Educators, practitioners, and researchers interested in the area of child development.

 
Behavioral Systems Theory: A Contextual Behavioral Model of Development
GARY D. NOVAK (California State University Stanislaus)
Abstract: In creating Child and Adolescent Development: A Behavioral Systems Theory, Novak and Pelaez fashioned a theory of child development that looked at traditional concepts in developmental psychology, such as cognition, language, social-emotional development, family dynamics, and education, but analyzed them from a contextual behavioral framework. To do this required the melding of behavioral principles with a compatible developmental perspective, which was found in dynamic systems theory and a contextualistic behavioral viewpoint that was emerging. We have called this approach Behavioral Systems Theory (BST). This paper will provide an overview of BST as it has emerged over the past 25 years. Concepts such as multiple determination, equifinality, nonlinearity, coalescent organization, behavioral cusps, and emergence will be presented. The role of ontogenetic and phylogenetic contingencies will be discussed. As will the behavioral significance of the unravelling of the human genome. Dynamic cascades, stimulus equivalence, relational framing, and the four-term contingency will be introduced as new extensions to BST.
 
Basic Research in Understanding Child Development Phenomena
MARTHA PELAEZ (Florida International University)
Abstract: Pelaez examines various areas of basic behavioral research in early child development. The phenomena studied and discussed in her textbook (with Novak) from a behavior systems approach (BST) include: the development of attachment patterns between caregiver and child and the emergence of separation “anxiety”; the acquisition of young children’s fears, including fear of the dark and fear of strangers; operant-learning procedures and conjugate/synchronized reinforcement in the study of infant perception and memory; the early development of infant vocalizations via contingent motherese speech and adult vocal imitation; tacting and manding as early verbal operants required for later language development; rule-governed behavior as higher order skill that explains child’s moral development. The main focus of this presentation will be on examining the developmental progression of basic early social communication skills that include: eye contact, joint attention, social referencing, naming, and perspective taking. In this effort, the presenter will discuss the relation between the emergence of these skills and stimulus-class formation and derived-relational responding in young children.
 

A Behavioral Systems Theory Approach to the Treatment of Childhood Behavior Disorders

GENEVIEVE M. DEBERNARDIS (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

This paper examines the emerging areas of application in child development and the critical role of a behavioral systems theory approach toward the comprehensive treatment of childhood behavior disorders. From this standpoint, behavior disorders are the result of the same developmental process as other behaviors, where genetic-constitutional, historical, physiological, environmental, and behavior dynamical interactions must be considered. In particular, common childhood behavior disorders including Autism Spectrum Disorder and Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder will be discussed, with emphasis on the importance of initial diagnosis and early behavioral interventions in preventing further maladaptive behavior patterns. The relationship between the person-environment interactions and efficacy of treatment will be outlined. A review of relevant research in these areas will be covered, highlighting the critical role of certain treatments such as social skills training and early language interventions. Further, implications and opportunities to incorporate behavioral systems theory within areas of applied child development will be discussed.

 
 
Invited Panel #83
CE Offered: BACB/NASP
Computer Technology and the Future of Behavior Analysis: A Panel With Discussion
Saturday, May 29, 2021
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: SCI; Domain: Theory
Chair: Jonathan W. Pinkston (Western New England University)
CE Instructor: Darlene Crone-Todd, Ph.D.
Panelists: CASEY CLAY (University of Missouri), DARLENE CRONE-TODD (Salem State University), AARON FISCHER (University of Utah)
Abstract:

This panel will be a discussion of Dr. Ellie Kazemi’s SQAB Tutorial on the utility of computer technologies in behavior analysis.

Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe contemporary applications of computer technologies in behavior analysis; (2) describe the research questions to be addressed by computer technologies; (3) describe resources to leverage computer technologies in behavior analysis.
CASEY CLAY (University of Missouri)
Dr. Casey Clay is an Assistant Professor in the Department of Special Education at the University of Missouri. He is a Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA-D) and Licensed Behavior Analyst (LBA) in the state of Missouri. He received a Master of Science degree from Northeastern University in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) and a Ph.D. from Utah State University in Disability Disciplines. After his Ph.D. program he completed a Post-doctoral fellowship at the University of Missouri. He has over 10 years of clinical experience designing and implementing ABA programs with individuals with disabilities including working at the ASSERT preschool and Behavior Support Clinic in Logan, UT; the New England Center for Children in Boston, MA; and the MU Thompson Center for Autism and Neurodevelopmental disabilities in Columbia, MO. He also has published his research in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA), Behavior Analysis in Practice, Research in Developmental Disabilities, and Learning and Motivation. He has also served as a guest reviewer for JABA, Journal of Behavioral Education, Behavioral Interventions, and The Behavior Analyst. His research focuses on evaluation of preference for and reinforcing efficacy of novel stimuli (e.g., social interactions, therapy animals), reduction of severe problem behavior, and methodologies to increase efficiency of skills training for clinicians and pre-service behavior analysts.
DARLENE CRONE-TODD (Salem State University)
Darlene E. Crone-Todd (University of Manitoba, 2002) is a Full Professor in Psychology at Salem State University. She designed and coordinates the graduate program in Behavior Analysis, and has presented in over 50 symposiums at conferences worldwide, including time spent researching and presenting in Brazil. She has published research in peer-reviewed journals including, The Behavior Analyst Today, The Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, and Substance Use and Misuse. Dr. Crone-Todd completed a post-doc at the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine in Behavior Pharmacology in 2003. Her current research interests include human choice behavior, computer-mediated learning environments, higher-order thinking, basic and applied research in behavioral pharmacology, and shaping behavior. Ongoing projects involve behavioral interventions related to wellness, and to facilitating student success.
AARON FISCHER (University of Utah)
Dr. Fischer has been working with individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), and individuals with social-emotional and behavioral problems, and their families, for over 15 years. He graduated from the University of Miami, where he earned a bachelor’s degree in psychology and worked as a research coordinator at the Center for Autism and Related Disabilities. Dr. Fischer completed his master’s and doctoral degree in school psychology at Louisiana State University. Before arriving at the University of Utah in 2014, he completed his predoctoral internship in clinical psychology at the May Institute in Massachusetts. His internship and graduate work focused on providing evidence-based practices in schools, hospitals, and mental health clinics to children with disabilities and their families. Specifically, Dr. Fischer’s clinical interests concentrate on the assessment and treatment of children and adolescents with ASD and related disorders, as well as providing support and training to their families. Additionally, he has extensive experience in the assessment and treatment of problem behavior, as well as the acquisition of adaptive skills, in individuals with ASD and developmental disabilities. As such, his scholarship is considerably influenced by his applied work in those areas. Currently, Dr. Fischer is the Dee Endowed Professor of school psychology, an adjunct assistant professor of psychiatry, and director of the Huntsman Mental health Institute HOME program interdisciplinary pediatric feeding disorders clinic at the University of Utah. Additionally, Dr. Fischer is a Licensed Psychologist and Licensed Board Certified Behavior Analyst.
 
 
Invited Symposium #98
CE Offered: BACB
Values and Choice: Contemporary Experimental Research on Bias
Saturday, May 29, 2021
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT
Online
Domain: Translational
Chair: Michele R. Traub (St. Cloud State University)
CE Instructor: Michele R. Traub, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Experimental behavior analysis has produced a robust literature on the role of bias in matching and choice. Despite its beginnings in the laboratory, this work has extended far beyond simple choice models and operant responses to address how bias impacts social responding. This symposium will present contemporary research on the assessment of implicit bias, translational models of choice, and the ways in which bias can impact the choices researchers make within the laboratory.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. 

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe in broad terms how the IRAP has been used to study implicit bias; (2) explain how recent experimental analyses of the IRAP have refined the RFT view of implicit bias; (3) discuss the relationship between delay disounting and bias; (4) describe how bias has impacted women in research; (5) describe how bias has impacted the inclusion of female laboratory animals in research; (6) describe potential harm from the exclusion of women and female laboratory animals in research.
 

The Study of Implicit Bias in Behavior Analysis: A Cautionary Tale

(Service Delivery)
DERMOT BARNES-HOLMES (Ulster University)
Abstract:

The study of implicit bias in behavior analysis has been dominated by one particular method, the implicit relational assessment procedure (IRAP). The IRAP could be considered quite unusual as a method for studying implicit bias because it targets verbal relations as defined within relational frame theory (RFT). In contrast, implicit bias in the non-behavior-analytic “mainstream” literature is often interpreted as reflecting the strength of associative links in a mental realm (e.g., a memory store). Despite this conceptual difference, research on implicit bias using the IRAP could be seen as relatively successful, at least in terms of number of published studies and the results of a meta-analysis of IRAP studies. On balance, until relatively recently IRAP research tended to focus on the method as a measure of implicit bias without conducting experimental analyses of the multiple variables, from an RFT perspective, that are brought into play when participants complete an IRAP. Conducting these more recent experimental analyses has served to produce an increasingly sophisticated and complex understanding of exactly what so called “implicit bias” involves from an RFT and a behavior-analytic perspective. The current paper will provide an overview of this research story.

Dr. Dermot Barnes-Holmes graduated from the University of Ulster in 1985 with a B.Sc. in Psychology and in 1990 with a D.Phil. in behavior analysis. His first tenured position was in the Department of Applied Psychology at University College Cork, where he founded and led the Behavior Analysis and Cognitive Science unit. In 1999 he accepted the foundation professorship in psychology and head-of-department position at the National University of Ireland Maynooth. In 2015 he accepted a life-time senior professorship at Ghent University in Belgium. In 2020 he returned to his alma mater on a fractional contract as a full professor at Ulster University. Dr. Barnes-Holmes is known internationally for the analysis of human language and cognition through the development of Relational Frame Theory with Steven C. Hayes, and its application in various psychological settings. He was the world's most prolific author in the experimental analysis of human behavior between the years 1980 and 1999. He was awarded the Don Hake Translational Research Award in 2012 by the American Psychological Association, is a past president and fellow of the Association for Contextual Behavioral Science, is a recipient of the Quad-L Lecture Award from the University of New Mexico and became an Odysseus laureate in 2015 when he received an Odysseus Type 1 award from the Flemish Science Foundation in Belgium.
 

The Role of Delay Discounting in Explicit and Implicit Racial Bias

(Service Delivery)
D. PEREZ (University of Utah), Melanie Domenech-Rodriguez (Utah State University), Amy Odum (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Delay discounting measures a facet of impulsivity and is related to various socially significant behaviors. Researchers suggest that altruism and impulsivity arise from the same underlying mechanism; thus, individuals are less altruistic towards people that are different from themselves (e.g., a different race or ethnicity). However, researchers have yet to analyze the relation between delay discounting and implicit and explicit racial bias. In the present study, participants will complete a delay discounting procedure and several Likert scale surveys: the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP), the Color-Blind Racial Attitudes Scale (CoBRAS), and the Scale of Ethnocultural Empathy (SEE). The delay discounting task will assess discounting for two delayed magnitudes (i.e., $100 & $1000) using an adjusting amount procedure. The IRAP measures implicit racial bias by having participants categorize stimuli based on either pro-Latino stereotypes or pro-White stereotypes; the difference in the length of time required to categorize stimuli that are consistent or inconsistent with the stereotypes measures bias. To examine explicit racial bias, we will use the total scores on the CoBRAS and the SEE. We expect participants who steeply discount delayed rewards will be more implicitly and explicitly racially biased toward members of a different race or ethnicity.

D. Perez is a doctoral student in the Experimental Behavior Analysis Program at Utah State University. D completed her Bachelor's degree in Psychology at California State University Northridge. Her research interests are racial bias, social discounting, delay discounting, impulsivity, and incorporating multicultural psychology into behavior analysis. In her free time, she enjoys photography, hiking, kayaking, and spending time with her dog, Luna.
 

Mouse-ogyny: Bias Against Female Laboratory Animals

(Service Delivery)
AMY ODUM (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Historically, women have experienced bias in science. This bias has affected women as participants in research, as well as women as conductors of research. Although little recognized, another form of bias extends to female laboratory animals. Female laboratory animals, particularly rodents, have long been regarded as more variable in their behavior and other dependent measures and therefore were excluded from experiments. I will describe the inclusion of female laboratory animals in the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. I will describe trends over time in the inclusion of female laboratory animals for different types of animals (e.g., pigeons and rats). For studies involving both sexes and in which animals are identified by sex, I will examine the level of variability in the behavior of male and female animals. Finally, I will review published data describing the variability in a wide variety of dependent measures for both male and female laboratory animals. These data show that female laboratory animals have been excluded from research based on bias rather than fact. The exclusion of female laboratory animals precludes learning about genuine sex differences with important health implications and is no longer allowed in NIH-funded research.

Amy Odum is a Professor in the Department of Psychology at Utah State University. Her research interests are in basic behavioral phenomena, such as response persistence, sensitivity to delayed outcomes, conditional discriminations, and environmental influences on drug effects. She is committed to increasing diversity and inclusion in behavior analysis. Her work has been funded by the National Institute on Drug Abuse and the National Institute of Mental Health. She completed a post-doctoral fellowship at the University of Vermont’s Human Behavioral Pharmacology Laboratory after earning her Ph.D. and M.A. in Psychology, specializing in Behavior Analysis, from West Virginia University. She received a B.S. in Psychology from the University of Florida. Dr. Odum has served as President of the Society for the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and Division 25 of the American Psychological Association. She is a Fellow of ABAI and was Editor in Chief of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior.
 
 
Symposium #99
CE Offered: BACB
Expanding the Influence of Behavior-Analytic Contributions to Great Animal Welfare
Saturday, May 29, 2021
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: AAB/TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Terri M. Bright (MSPCA Angell)
CE Instructor: Terri M. Bright, M.S.
Abstract:

Over the past decade, animal welfare has become a focal point for laboratory, equine, companion, and zoological animals. This presents a unique expansion opportunity for the behavior analytic community. In 2001, the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis published its first applied animal behavior (AAB) article. Since then, AAB research has continued to gain momentum and demonstrated effectiveness with species ranging from rats, dogs, horses, birds, big cats, non-human primates, and killer whales. Previous research has improved animal welfare by utilizing discrete trial training, functional analysis, extinction, noncontingent reinforcement, and differential reinforcement procedures. This symposium highlights efforts being made to continue the reach of AAB by furthering research to puppy guide dogs, domestic cats, penguins, Asian elephants, and birds of prey. Attendees can expect to learn about descriptive functional behavioral assessments, behavior skills training, procedural fidelity, and how effective data-based decisions have been used with animals, their caretakers, and successfully improved animal welfare. The symposium will shed light the challenges practitioners face with zoological research, the necessity of collaborative diverse teams and innovative approaches, along with the impact and adaptations zoological research required due to Covid-19.

Instruction Level: Advanced
 
Implementing Functional Behavior Assessment of Undesired Puppy Behavior in a Guide Dog Training Organization
JANIE A FUNK (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Guide dogs are an important resource for the community with visual impairment. Puppies begin training for a career of a guide dog as early as eight weeks old until they are upwards of two years old. Despite the many resources allocated towards preparing the dogs for their guide dog career, a leading guide dog training organization reports over half of dogs in the training program fail to meet behavioral standards. Guide dogs are trained in a complex system making it difficult to pinpoint the primary contributor(s) to poor training outcomes. However, the puppy-raising period has been identified as a period during which puppies begin to engage in behaviors that threaten their suitability as a guide dog. The present research evaluated the treatment utility of a descriptive functional behavior assessment for puppy raisers’ management of undesired puppy behavior. The assessment informed a successful function-based intervention for three of the four participants. Results suggest utility of functional assessment of puppy behavior and assessing puppy raisers’ compliance to organizational training protocols. Implementation of assessment-informed behavioral intervention is an important step towards data-based decisions regarding the puppies’ best interest when it comes to continuing the career path of a guide dog.
 

Improving Rescued Bird-of-Prey Welfare With Behavior Skills Training

MEGAN ELISE MACKELLAR (SeaWorld Orlando)
Abstract:

Animal welfare has become a leading discussion within the zoological community. Several accrediting organizations require zoos to have management positions that oversee animal training/behavior, enrichment, and animal welfare. The Five Freedoms, Five Domains Model, and the Opportunities to Thrive are animal welfare models that zoos adapt to assess animals in their care. In many cases, the skill of the animal trainer (trainer), animal-trainer dynamic, and the frequency or quality of animal-trainer interactions are not considered in these models. At SeaWorld Orlando, we assessed the frequency of off-perch trainer interactions (OPTI) with four rescued birds of prey (BOP). Behavior Skills Training (BST) was implemented to teach five critical BOP-trainer interaction skills across four novice dyads. BST criteria was set at five consecutive trials at 100% fidelity, one test trial per day. Trial-by-trial interobserver agreement was 98% across 50% of BST intervention and 97% across 33% of maintenance trials. Results demonstrated a total increase of OPTI at 128% from baseline to maintenance phases. This presentation will discuss our method and results, how we addressed an instructional limitation from our killer whale study, suggestions for future zoological welfare research, and will address the challenges and adaptations the study encountered due to Covid-19.

 

Enhancing Captive Animal Welfare: Behavior Analysis Can’t Do It Alone

KATHRYN L. KALAFUT (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

Applied animal behavior is a fast-growing area of behavior analysis. Many of its practitioners operate in captive animal environments such as animal shelters, sanctuaries, zoos, and aquariums. These environments provide considerable challenges for research. For example, staff often have limited time to collect behavioral data and require significant study to understand each species’ natural histories. Moreover, staff must carefully consider the widely different physical and mental capabilities of the species being studied. To address these challenges, practitioners must look outside our field to identify creative solutions. This presentation will discuss four studies now being conducted at The Cincinnati Zoo & Botanical Garden. The subjects include Asian elephants, little blue penguins, African penguins, and domestic cats. Each study seeks to better understand these animals’ behavior and enhance their welfare. In addition, the presentation will examine each study’s unique challenges and setbacks. Finally, the presentation will explain the development of these studies and describe the diverse team needed to conduct this research. The unique data presented here illustrate the need for novel approaches when studying captive animal welfare as well as the immense benefits of a diverse collaborative team.

 
 
Panel #100
CE Offered: BACB
Building a Framework of Resources, Training, and Data Analysis Regarding Prior Authorization and Claims Denials for Health-Insurance-Funded Applied Behavior Analysis Services: Preliminary Results
Saturday, May 29, 2021
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: AUT/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Hannah Stauffer, M.A.
Chair: Hannah Stauffer (Kadiant)
DIANA M. DAVIS WILSON (Aspen Behavioral Consulting; Arizona Association for Behavior Analysis)
TORI BEJAR (Kadiant)
ALLISON BERNSTEIN (Kadiant)
Abstract:

As of 2019, all 50 states in the continental United States have taken action to require state-regulated health plans to provide meaningful coverage for the treatment of autism. Although the need for insurance-funded applied behavior analysis services is exponentially growing, Board Certified Behavior Analysts and related support teams often have little to no formal training in working with these payers. Simultaneously, insurance companies are establishing increasingly complex internal review processes that may or may not be informed by members of our field, resulting in increased opportunities for denials based on medical necessity. The current panel serves to provide both the conceptualization and implementation of an internal framework that organizations could adopt to assist with clinicians and administrative support teams in decreasing the likelihood of preauthorization and claims denials, as well as to equip clinicians to effectively advocate for appropriate levels of care when services are denied. The panel will also discuss how internal metadata can be developed and maintained cross-functionally to pinpoint areas for needed training, updating resources, or engaging in dialogues with payers.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Introductory understanding of working with health plans. Awareness of prior authorization processes. Working knowledge of CPT codes.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify contributing factors leading to prior authorization insurance denials; (2) analyze and prioritize antecedent strategies to decrease the likelihood of insurance denials, and (3) describe a system to develop on internal metadata system to analyze denials trends.
Keyword(s): Appeal, CPT, denials, insurance
 
 
Panel #102
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Diversity submission Incorporating Multiculturalism and Antiracism in Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 29, 2021
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: CSS; Domain: Theory
CE Instructor: Elizabeth Fong, Ph.D.
Chair: Corina Jimenez-Gomez (Auburn University)
ELIZABETH FONG (Pepperdine University)
SHAWN CAPELL (Covenant 15:16 LLC)
LAUREN BEAULIEU (Newton Public Schools)
Abstract:

The profound effects of social injustice have been become undeniable and the systemic challenges affect the work of behavior analysts. For many, including culture in behavior analytic work may feel completely incompatible with our science. For those seeking to learn more, it can be overwhelming to dive into this area and it may clash with a lifetime of personal learning history. Behavior analysts unsure how to incorporate multiculturalism, diversity, and antiracism into their behavior analytic work, how to reconcile this with our science, and where to begin to learn about this topic are invited to this panel discussion. In this event, panelists with varying perspectives and levels of expertise will discuss existing resources within and outside the field of behavior analysis, how we can understand antiracism from a behavioral perspective, how to utilize behavioral tools to support culturally competent practice and supervision, and make recommendations for the training of culturally competent behavior analysts.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Target audience include graduate students, practitioners, and faculty.

Learning Objectives: (1) Attendees will be able to define cultural competency, (2) Attendees will be able to identify the importance of cultural competency in behavior analysis, and (3) Attendees will be able identify how cultural competency can be embedded in their current training or practice of behavior analysis.
Keyword(s): antiracism, diversity, ethics, multiculturalism
 
 
Panel #103
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Diversity submission Freedom or Exploitation: The Integration of Behavior Analysis in a Capitalistic System
Saturday, May 29, 2021
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: CSS; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Joshua Garner, Ph.D.
Chair: Adam Peal (The Behavioral Education Research Initiative )
DON TOGADE (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology; George Brown College, Toronto, Canada)
JENNIFER KLAPATCH TOTSCH (Envision Unlimited)
JOSHUA GARNER (Behavioral Education Research Initiative)
Abstract:

The concept of freedom is analyzed in reference to the negative consequences of a capitalist system. Specifically, the contingencies that interfere with clinical and educational quality will be addressed. These contingencies include the exploitation of the labor force by private equity firms and universities, as well as the restrictions of for-profit health insurance. Each contingency highlighted may seem like a system in which we are free to behave as clinicians or educators. However, we hope to point out the restrictive and arguably unethical contingencies that capitalism produces, as these contingencies interfere with our ability to provide high-quality services. Furthermore, we provide solutions to these issues as well as the challenges we will likely encounter in pursuit of changing the system.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

This content is intermediate to advanced. The prerequisite skills should include knowing the BCBA codes of ethics as well as an understanding of meta-contingencies.

Learning Objectives: Objective 1: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to define capitalism and exploitation. Objective 2: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to apply various forms of exploitation to the labor of professors, BCBAs, and RBTs. Objective 3: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to define freedom based on Skinner, Goldiamond, Baum, and Marx. Objective 4: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to engage in philosophical doubt regarding the nature of capitalism and their own work place, particularly the contingencies that interfere with their ability to provide high quality services. Objective 5: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to define solutions to these issues.
Keyword(s): ABA, Capitalism, Freedom, Theory
 
 
Panel #104
CE Offered: BACB
Treating Complex Clients into Adulthood: Incorporating Mental Health and Behavioral Health Services
Saturday, May 29, 2021
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: DDA/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Laurie Tarter, Psy.D.
Chair: Laurie Tarter (Encompass Behavioral Health, Community Research Foundation, Advance North)
TIERRA AIRMET (Community Research Foundation, Advance North)
JEAN JANSSEN (Community Research Foundation, Advance North)
NILOFAR SEDIQI (Community Research Foundation, Advance North)
Abstract: Adults with Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities often face complex issues when addressing their mental and behavioral health needs. Frequently, co-occurring issues within mental health diagnosis and Intellectual Disabilities/Developmental Disabilities (ID/DD), go over looked and are underserved. Examples include clients with co-occurring diagnoses such as Schizophrenia, Bipolar Disorders, Anxiety, Depression, and Substance use Issues in conjunction with an ID/DD diagnosis. This panel will present a collaborative treatment approach for adults with ID/DD and a mental health diagnosis. The focus is on bridging the gap between mental health issues and behavioral health issues. The panel will identify signs that the client may need mental health and possibly substance use treatment, in addition to Applied Behavior Analysis services. The treatment team includes mental health, behavioral health, substance use treatment, and nursing providers. The model being presented incorporates mental health treatment approaches such as Dialectical Behavioral Therapy special skills, Cognitive Behavior Therapy, and Motivational Interviewing, in conjunction with ABA services. They will address how an interdisciplinary team can work with a client and other supporting providers to treat the whole person. This presentation can provide a model for an underserved adult population with co-occurring disorders.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: BCBA, Mental Health Providers
Learning Objectives: (1) Methods to bridge the gap between mental health issues and behavioral health issues. The panel will identify signs that the client may need mental health and possibly substance use treatment, in addition to Applied Behavior Analysis services. (2) How to incorporate mental health treatment approaches such as Dialectical Behavioral Therapy special skills, Cognitive Behavior Therapy, and Motivational Interviewing, in conjunction with ABA services. (3) How an interdisciplinary team can work with a client and other supporting providers to treat an underserved adult population with co-occurring disorders.
Keyword(s): Adults, Co-Occuring Disrders, ID/DD, Mental Health
 
 
Symposium #105
CE Offered: BACB
Facilitating Derived Responding of Educationally and Socially Relevant Skills for Children With Autism and Other Developmental Disabilities
Saturday, May 29, 2021
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Lina Gilic (SUNY Old Westbury)
CE Instructor: Gabrielle T. Lee, Ph.D.
Abstract:

In this symposium, we introduce instructional strategies developed based on the relational frame theory, stimulus equivalence, and the naming theory. In the first study, we taught relational responding of symbolic play, tacting pretend stimulus properties, in the play context to three children with autism. The second study used an equivalence-based instruction to facilitate the emergence of untaught relations of Chinese words for two elementary-aged students with intellectual disability. The third study involved using intensive tact instruction to establish naming for young children with autism who lacked this important capacity for advanced learning. The implications of the results will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): derived responding, naming, relational frame, stimulus equivalence
Target Audience:

The audience needs to have a basic understanding of the relational frame theory, stimulus equivalence, and naming theory.

Learning Objectives: 1. Describe an instructional strategy to improve relational responding in symbolic play (tacting pretend properties) 2. Describe an equivalence-based instructional strategy to increase novel behavior 3. Describe the intensive tact procedure to establish naming
 

Improving Pretend Play for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder Through Experiencing Sensory Properties of Real Objects

GABRIELLE T. LEE (Western University), Xiaoyi Hu (Education and Research Center for Children with Autism, Faculty of Education, Beijing Normal University), yanhong liu (Beijing Normal University), ZiJin Yang (Long Yuan School, China)
Abstract:

Symbolic play is important in child development. Children with autism spectrum disorder often lack symbolic play skills. Attribution of pretend properties (APP) is one type of symbolic play in which a child tacts pretend properties of an object (e.g., smelling a toy flower and saying, “It smells like a rose!”) in the play context. The purpose of the study was to increase APP in children who lacked such play skills. The intervention involved having the child experience and tact sensory properties (see, hear, smell, taste, touch) of actual objects (e.g., an actual apple). The test objects, including mock objects (e.g., a toy apple) and arbitrary objects (e.g., a ping pong ball), were used to evaluate whether tact response for sensory properties were transferred to non-actual objects. Three Chinese boys (5-6 years of age) with ASD served as participants. A multiple probe across five objects design was used. Results indicated that the intervention effectively increased APP for mock and arbitrary objects and maintained for 7 or 10 weeks. Non-target properties for test objects also occurred for two children.

 

The Effectiveness of Equivalence-Based Instruction on the Emergence of Symmetry and Transitivity in Chinese Vocabulary for Two Students With Intellectual Disability in Taiwan

Hsin-chuan Tsai (National Changhua University of Education), HUA FENG (National ChangHua University of Education)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to investigate the effect of equivalence-based instruction on symmetry and transitivity of Chinese vocabulary. Two elementary-aged students with intellectual disability participated in the study. A multiple probe across behaviors design was used. Three types of stimuli included textual words (A), pictures (B), and utterances of object names (C). The participants had acquired tacting the pictures (B = C) before the study. The results indicated that when the equivalence relation of textual words and corresponding pictures (A = B) were taught, the symmetrical relation (B = A) and the transitive relations (A = C and C = A) emerged without direct training.

 
 
Panel #106
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Behavior Analysts and Public Schools: Creating and Maintaining a Collaborative and Ethical Partnership
Saturday, May 29, 2021
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Selena J Layden, Ph.D.
Chair: Selena J Layden (Old Dominion University)
LAUREN MARIE VETERE (Virginia Commonwealth University)
DANIEL J. IRWIN (Virginia Department of Education)
HAYLEY FLYNN MULLINS (Campbell County Public Schools)
Abstract: Public school districts are recognizing the impact behavior analysts can have with students both with and without disabilities. Behavior analysts are serving in a broadening role within public schools, including individual and classroom service delivery, staff training, and systemic change initiatives. However, establishing and maintaining a collaborative and ethical partnership can be challenging. Schools often have limited knowledge regarding the skills of behavior analysts as well as our ethical code. This panel presentation will bring together behavior analysts who have a wide variety of experiences working in and with multiple public school districts to discuss strategies and considerations for successful collaboration as both a school district employee or a contracted behavior analyst. The discussion will focus on practical and ethical recommendations to foster an effective and long-term relationship that will benefit both the behavior analyst and the school district. The panelists will discuss considerations for guiding resolutions to ethical issues within the public school setting.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: BCBAs or BCBA-Ds who are currently or wish to practice in public school settings. Participants should have some experience within a public school setting and be fluent on the Professional and Ethics Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts.
Learning Objectives: 1. Identify at least 5 challenges to establishing and maintaining a collaborative partnership with public school districts based on the Professional and Ethics Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts. 2. Describe at least 3 resolutions to issues identified in the presentation with support from the Professional and Ethics Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts. 3. Formulate and describe at least 3 guiding considerations for resolving ethical challenges within a public school setting.
Keyword(s): Collaborative partnerships, Ethical practice, Public education, Public schools
 
 
Invited Tutorial #107
CE Offered: BACB/PSY/QABA
SQAB Tutorial: Back to the Lab: Human Behavioral Pharmacology Methods, Outcomes and Meanings
Saturday, May 29, 2021
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research
BACB/PSY/QABA CE Offered. CE Instructor: William Stoops, Ph.D.
Chair: Derek D. Reed (University of Kansas)
Presenting Authors: : WILLIAM STOOPS (University of Kentucky)
Abstract:

Human behavioral pharmacology methods have been used to rigorously evaluate the effects of a range of centrally acting drugs in human beings under controlled conditions. Methods like drug self-administration and drug-discrimination have been adapted from non-human laboratory animal models. Because humans have the capacity to communicate verbally, self-report methods are also commonly used to understand drug effects. This presentation will provide an overview of these traditional human behavioral pharmacology methods, as well as more novel measures that have been introduced to the field. Representative data will be shared and the benefits, challenges and translational relevance of each method will be discussed. This session will cover guiding principles in the design of human behavioral pharmacology studies (e.g., using placebo controls, testing multiple doses) along with ethical (e.g., avoiding enrollment of individuals seeking treatment, determining capacity to consent) and safety (e.g., dose selection, pre-screening of participants for exclusionary health problems) that must be addressed when conducting these types of studies.

Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) understand basic methods used in human behavioral pharmacology research; (2) know how ethical and safety issues are addressed in human behavioral pharmacology studies; (3) appreciate the clinical relevance of human behavioral pharmacology findings.
 
WILLIAM STOOPS (University of Kentucky)
Dr. William W. Stoops, a Professor in the Departments of Behavioral Science, Psychiatry and Psychology at the University of Kentucky, earned his Bachelor’s degree in Psychology from Davidson College in Davidson, NC and his Master’s degree and Ph.D. in Psychology from the University of Kentucky. His research evaluates the behavioral and pharmacological factors that contribute to drug use disorders, focusing primarily on stimulant drugs. Dr. Stoops’ research contributions resulted in receipt of the 2016 Psychologist of the Year Award from the Kentucky Psychological Association, the 2013 Joseph Cochin Young Investigator Award from the College on Problems of Drug Dependence and the 2008 Wyeth Young Psychopharmacologist Award from Division 28 (Psychopharmacology and Substance Abuse) of the American Psychological Association (APA). Dr. Stoops currently serves on the College on Problems of Drug Dependence Board of Directors and is Editor of Experimental and Clinical Psychopharmacology.
 
 
Panel #109
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
PDS: Peering Behind the Curtain: ABAI Journal Editors Discuss the Peer Review Process
Saturday, May 29, 2021
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Theory
CE Instructor: Tiffany Kodak, Ph.D.
Chair: Donald A. Hantula (Temple University)
MARK A. MATTAINI (Jane Addams College of Social Work-University of Illinois at Chicago)
STEPHANIE M. PETERSON (Western Michigan University)
TIFFANY KODAK (Marquette University)
Abstract:

The peer-review process may seem mystifying and frightening to students who have not had experience in publishing and reviewing papers. After a brief overview of the peer review process in general and ethical concerns in peer review, Editors of ABAI journals Behavior & Social Issues, Behavior Analysis in Practice, Education & Treatment of Children and The Analysis of Verbal Behavior will discuss how peer review operates in their respective journals, what an author should expect in the peer review process, and how to respond to reviewers. Each editors’ presentation will be brief to allow for questions and discussion with the audience.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

The target audience is graduate students in the field who are interested in or actively submitting manuscripts for peer-review.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the panel, participants will be able to: 1) understand how manuscripts move through the peer-review process, 2) describe ethical concerns editors must consider, and 3) learn how to respond to reviews for their own manuscripts.
Keyword(s): Peer Review, Students
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #110
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Assessment Beyond Diagnosis: Meaningful Measurement of Behavior to Advance Clinical Practice and Research in Neurodevelopmental Disorders
Saturday, May 29, 2021
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Lin Du (Teachers College, Columbia University)
CE Instructor: Lin Du, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: SOMER BISHOP (University of California, San Francisco)
Abstract:

Researchers in the field of autism spectrum disorder (ASD) have made significant progress in assessment of social-communication and other ASD-related impairments. However, there is still a great deal to be learned about profiles of ability and disability characteristic of individuals with different neurodevelopmental disorders (NDDs), and about the ways in which particular abnormalities manifest at different points in development. Dr. Bishop will present information about behavioral dimensions that are most relevant to assessment and differential diagnosis of ASD and other NDDs. She will also discuss the importance of considering individual factors such as age, sex, IQ, and language level when interpreting scores from standardized measures for diagnostic or other purposes. Integrated assessment across multiple behavioral domains is not only needed to ensure valid diagnostic practices, but more importantly, to generate individualized and meaningful treatment plans. Improved coordination between diagnostic and treatment providers is essential for increasing efficiency and utility of current assessment practices. Additionally, there is a need for increased coordination of measurement strategies across disciplines, in order to ensure appropriate selection of short-and long-term goals and corresponding measures of change. Ultimately, we must toward more coordinated and goal-directed assessment practices that do not place such a premium on diagnostic labels, but instead focus on generating information that directly facilitates treatment for a given individual at a particular moment in time.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: Clinicians and researchers.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss individual-level factors that affect manifestation and measurement of social-communication deficits and restricted and repetitive behaviors; (2) identify subtypes of social-communication deficits; (3) identify range of domains relevant for assessment and treatment of neurodevelopmental disorders across the lifespan; (4) discuss how to apply assessment results across domains to develop individualized treatment plans and optimize strategies for measuring change in response to treatment.
 
SOMER BISHOP (University of California, San Francisco)
Somer Bishop is a clinical psychologist and Associate Professor in the Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Health and the Weill Institute for Neurosciences at the University of California, San Francisco. Dr. Bishop’s research and clinical interests focus on the assessment of social-communication and restricted and repetitive behaviors characteristic of autism spectrum disorders (ASD), and how these symptom dimensions are affected by individual and contextual factors across the lifespan. At UCSF, Dr. Bishop’s lab is focused on identifying and refining dimensional measures of ASD-related behavior that can be used to delineate phenotypic and etiologic similarities and differences between ASD and other developmental disorders, taking into account individual factors such as age, sex, IQ, and language level. She is interested in developing trans-diagnostic tools that can be used in both clinical and research settings to assess profiles of social-communicative and other behavioral strengths and challenges across development in varied clinical populations (e.g., ASD, intellectual disability, ADHD). Her work has been funded by NICHD, HRSA, DoD, and the Autism Science Foundation. She has co-authored more than 70 peer-reviewed publications and serves on multiple journal editorial boards. At the UCSF Center for ASDs and NDDs, Dr. Bishop participates in comprehensive, multi-disciplinary assessment and treatment of children and adults with ASD and related disorders. She directs the diagnostic training program, conducting multiple-day trainings on widely used autism diagnostic tools and best diagnostic practices for professionals from all over the world.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #111
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
Bidirectional Naming and Problem Solving
Saturday, May 29, 2021
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: VBC
Chair: Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
CE Instructor: Caio Miguel, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: CAIO MIGUEL (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract:

We often solve problems by engaging in mediating strategies such as talking to ourselves. In order to accurately use and respond to these strategies, we must understand what we are saying. The term bidirectional naming (BiN) has been used to describe the integration of both listener and speaker behaviors that leads to speaking with understanding. In this talk, I will describe a series of studies showing that in the absence of either speaker or listener behaviors, participants often fail to solve problems in the form of matching-to-sample and categorization tasks. These results suggest that to solve complex tasks participants must be verbal. Thus, I will propose that the BiN repertoire is one of the most important skills learned during language development and must be prioritized in early intensive behavioral intervention.

Target Audience:

Basic and applied researchers, clinicians.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) distinguish between tasting and naming; (2) explain how bidirectional naming is developed through typical child-caregiver interaction; (3) discuss how derived stimulus relations research conducted with adults may be influenced by BiN.
 
CAIO MIGUEL (California State University, Sacramento)
Dr. Caio Miguel is a professor of psychology and director of the Verbal Behavior Research Laboratory at California State University, Sacramento. He holds adjunct appointments at Endicott College, MA., and at the University of São Paulo, Brazil. He is the past-editor of The Analysis of Verbal Behavior and past-Associate editor for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis Dr. Miguel's research focuses on the study of verbal and verbally-mediated behaviors. He has given hundreds of professional presentations in North America, South America and Europe, and has had over 70 manuscripts published in English, Portuguese, and Spanish. He is the recipient of the 2013-2014 award for outstanding scholarly work by the College of Social Sciences and Interdisciplinary Studies at Sacramento State, the 2014 Outstanding Mentor Award by the Student Committee of the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI), the 2019 Award for Excellence in Teaching Verbal Behavior from the Verbal Behavior Special Interest Group of ABAI, and the 2019 Alumni Achievement Award from the Department of Psychology at Western Michigan University.
 
 
Symposium #112
CE Offered: BACB
Advances on the Sequence of Discrimination Training and Variables That Affect Acquisition
Saturday, May 29, 2021
3:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Mary Halbur (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University)
CE Instructor: Mary Halbur, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The purpose of the present symposium is to provide an overview of research advances on variables that impact the efficiency of language acquisition interventions. Two presentations will discuss the role of stimulus disparity within conditional discrimination training and two presentations will evaluate the efficiency of instructional sequences on acquisition of targets. In the first study, Halbur and colleagues compared the acquisition of high-disparate sounds, low-disparate sounds, and words as sample stimuli during conditional discrimination training for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). In the second study, Wu and colleagues manipulated stimulus disparity of color saturation and conducted analyses to identify error patterns during conditional discrimination training. In the third study, Martin, Lechago, and Romo investigated acquisition of listener skills when the instructional sequences (i.e., English-Spanish, Spanish-English, mixed language) were varied for bilingual children with ASD. In the fourth study, Devine, Cox, and Petursdottir conducted multiple experiments that evaluated the impact of tact instruction on the establishment of bidirectional intraverbals and other relations. Following the four presentations, our discussant will summarize, provide clinical recommendations for efficient teaching procedures, and suggest areas for future research.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): conditional discriminations, emergence, instructional sequencing, stimulus disparity
Target Audience:

behavior analysts, graduate students, researchers

Learning Objectives: Following the symposium attendees will be able to: 1. Describe recent research that evaluates the efficiency of behavioral interventions 2. Consider procedures to analyze error patterns during conditional discrimination training 3. Identify areas for future research on instructional sequences and stimulus disparity during discrimination training.
 
Comparison of Sounds and Words as Sample Stimuli for Discrimination Training
(Applied Research)
MARY HALBUR (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University), Xi'an Maya Williams (Marquette University), Jessi Reidy (Marquette University), Chris Halbur (University of Iowa)
Abstract: Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) often have difficulty acquiring conditional discriminations. However, previous researchers have suggested that the discrimination of nonverbal auditory stimuli may be acquired more efficiently (Eikeseth & Hayward, 2009; Uwer, Albrecht, Suchodoletz, 2002). For example, a child may learn to touch a picture of a piano after hearing the musical instrument more quickly than the word, ‘piano’. The purpose of the present study was to extend previous research by assessing acquisition of automated spoken words to environmental sounds. We compared sets of stimuli comprised of words, high-disparity sounds, and low-disparity sounds for children with ASD in a multiple baseline design. Results suggested that sounds were acquired rather than words or more efficiently than words. However, the similarity and overlap between sounds should be considered. Clinical applications and suggestions for future research will be discussed.
 

Quantitative Analysis of Parametric Changes in Sample Disparity With Children Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder

(Basic Research)
WEIZHI WU (INGCare), Tiara Putri (Florida Institute of Technology), Carolyn Ritchey (Auburn University), Shawn Patrick Gilroy (Louisiana State University), Corina Jimenez-Gomez (Auburn University), Christopher A. Podlesnik (Auburn University)
Abstract:

Conditional discrimination skills are foundational in teaching many functional skills in children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Antecedent- and consequence-based intervention are commonly used without the understanding of patterns comprising these errors. A framework based in behavioral-choice and signal-detection theory can quantify error patterns due to (1) biases for certain stimuli or locations and (2) discriminability of stimuli within the conditional discrimination. Three children diagnosed with ASD responded in delayed matching-to-sample procedure. We manipulated sample disparity through changes in relative color saturation between samples on a touchscreen across four experimental conditions. Sample-disparity differences were high, low, zero, and a return to high disparity. Decreases in sample disparity primarily produced corresponding decreases in discriminability without systematic changes in stimulus or location biases. These findings demonstrate the use of these analyses to identify error patterns during conditional-discrimination performance in a clinically relevant population under laboratory conditions. Further development of this framework could result in the development of technologies for categorizing errors during clinically relevant conditional-discrimination performance with the goal of individualizing interventions to match learner-specific error patterns.

 
Effects of English-Spanish Instructional Sequences and Language Preference on the Acquisition of Conditional Discriminations
(Applied Research)
ARABELLE MARTIN (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Christine Romo (Texana)
Abstract: There is limited research evaluating how teaching multiple languages and identifying preferred language of instruction affect acquisition of verbal behavior for bilingual children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Speaking both the familial native language and the language predominantly spoken in the community is socially, educationally, and culturally relevant. The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of instructional sequences and language preference on the rate of acquisition of a receptive identincation task targeting English and Spanish nouns with two Spanish-English bilingual children with ASD. An adapted alternating treatments design was employed to compare three instructional sequences: 1) English-Spanish, 2) Spanish-English, and 3) mixed language (both English and Spanish at same time). Results for one participant showed the mixed language training sequence to be the most efficient training sequence and the Spanish-English training sequence to be the most efficient for the other participant. Results suggest that language preference may not impact the rate of acquisition of receptive identification targets in both languages. The results of this study provide empirical support for teaching both the familial and the dominant culture to bilingual children with ASD. Data will be collected for a third participant.
 

Tact Instruction as a First Step Toward Establishing Intraverbals

(Applied Research)
Bailey Devine (Behavior Experts of Texas), ANNA PETURSDOTTIR (Texas Christian University)
Abstract:

Two experiments were conducted with typically developing children (5-9 years) as participants to evaluate the effects of tact instruction on the establishment of intraverbal relations between the names of U.S. states and their respective state birds and jowers. In Experiment 1 (4 participants) we compared the eMciency of two instructional sequences; tact-before-intraverbal and listenerbefore- intraverbal, using an adapted alternating-treatments design combined with a multiple-baseline design across participants. After tact instruction, all participants performed at mastery in probes for bidirectional intraverbals and other derived relations, so intraverbal instruction was not necessary. By contrast, only one participant demonstrated intraverbals at mastery after listener instruction. The remaining three went on to receive intraverbal instruction, but the listener-before-intraverbal sequence resulted in a greater number of trials before intraverbals were established than did tact instruction alone. In Experiment 2 (3 participants), tact-only instruction was compared with intraverbal-only instruction without a preliminary step. Tact instruction established bidirectional intraverbals for all participants, whereas unidirectional intraverbal instruction did so for 2 of 3 participants. Tact instruction took fewer trials than intraverbal instruction for 2 participants, whereas intraverbal instruction took fewer trials for 1 participant. The process of building intraverbal repertoires may be achieved most efficiently through tact instruction.

 
 
Symposium #113
CE Offered: BACB
Implementing Evidence-Based Practices for Students With Autism in School Settings
Saturday, May 29, 2021
3:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Rachel García (University of South Florida)
Discussant: Jeffrey Michael Chan (Northern Illinois University)
CE Instructor: Jeffrey Michael Chan, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The majority of evidence-based practices for students with autism are based in the concepts and principles of behavior analysis. Furthermore, research indicates that access to evidence-based practices has a positive effect on educational outcomes of students with autism. Most children with autism receive the majority of their education in public school settings; however, many barriers to accurate and sustained implementation of evidence-based practices in schools exist. To ensure more children with autism benefit from access to evidence-based practices, it is critical to evaluate and address barriers to implementation in school settings. This symposium consists of the presentation of four projects addressing implementation of evidence-based practices in school setting. The first presentation will report findings on special educators’ use of a variety of evidence-based practices. The second presentation will report an evaluation of a collaborative framework to facilitate school professionals to implement evidence-based practices. Next, an evaluation of a technology-based self-management intervention in school settings will be presented. Finally, the results of a systematic literature review of functional analyses conducted in school settings will be shared. The final discussion will summarize these studies, highlight the applied value of the results, and discuss future research.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): autism, evidence-based practices, school
Target Audience:

The target audience is "basic" and includes graduate students, practicing BCBAs, and researchers. The target audience would have a specific interest in working in school settings.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Identify the most commonly utilized evidence-based practices in school settings. 2. Describe the Modular Approach to Autism Programming in Schools. 3. Describe strategies associated iwth a team-based framework for implementing evidence-based strategies in school settings. 4. Describe how to implement I-Connect, a technology-based self-management interventions 5. Identify functional analysis methodologies that have been evaluated in school settings.
 

Use of Evidence-Based Practices for Autism in Schools: A Survey of Public-School Special Educators

Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University), Stephanie Gerow (Baylor University), PROVIDENCE LIVELY (Baylor University), Tracey Sulak (Baylor University), Julia M Hrabal (Baylor University), Kathleen Hine (Baylor University), MacKenzie Raye Wicker (Baylor University)
Abstract:

The educational progress of students with autism is dependent on frequent, intense exposure to evidence based practices delivered with a high degree of fidelity. In 2020, the National Clearinghouse on Autism Evidence & Practice identified 28 evidence-based practices for children with autism, many of which are based on the concepts and principles of applied behavior analysis (Steinbrenner et al., 2020). The majority of students with autism receive educational services in public schools; therefore, it is critical that evidence-based practices are implemented in this context. We surveyed 84 special educators who work with students with autism in public schools about their implementation of these 28 evidence-based practices. Results indicated variability in the frequency with which educators report implementing each of the 28 practices. We evaluated potential moderating variables such as grade level taught, instructional setting, and years of experience. The results of this study further indicate that additional efforts are required to promote consistent implementation of evidence-based practices in public education. Practical implications and recommendations for future research will be discussed.

 
A Modular Approach for Autism Programming in Schools (MAAPS): Virtual Adaptation to a Pilot Study
ROSE IOVANNONE (University of South Florida/Florida Mental Health), Suzannah J. Iadarola (University of Rochester)
Abstract: Although there are established evidence-based interventions for students with autism, they are often not implemented as intended in school settings. Multiple factors impact school implementation including lack of resources, inadequate training, and transfer of research-based interventions to classrooms. Modular Approach to Autism Programming in Schools (MAAPS) is a collaborative, team-based framework that guides school teams to select and implement evidence-based interventions, utilizing a modular approach that customizes specific interventions to best address individual student needs. Results from a pilot study, using an underpowered randomized controlled trial (RCT), showed that MAAPS is feasible and acceptable for school implementation and has promise of improving academic, social, and behavioral outcomes of elementary students with autism. MAAPS is currently undergoing a large, 4-year RCT across three states. Due to the pandemic we adapted delivery of the research and intervention activities from in-vivo to 100% virtual. Virtual adaptations were made based upon best practices, as well as emphasis on implementation factors related to buy-in and uptake. Data will show that virtual delivery of intervention research, such as MAAPS that includes ongoing coaching support to teachers, is feasible and effective.
 
I-Connect: Evidence for a Technology-Based Self-Management Intervention
GRETCHEN SCHEIBEL (University of Kansas), Howard P. Wills (Juniper Gardens Children's Project)
Abstract: Independent assessment, adjustment and maintenance of behavior is a valuable skill for students receiving special education and a critical skill for individuals with disabilities later in life. I-Connect is a technology-based self-management intervention which has demonstrated positive effects in 14 cases across 6 peer-reviewed studies, resulting positive outcomes in academic and behavioral outcomes in elementary and middle school classrooms. This session will present an overview of using I-Connect to target prosocial behavior in schools and a meta-analysis of the existing literature base yielding, with strong confidence, a large omnibus effect size and similar effect sizes for popular I-Connect treatment packages and population. Additionally, the session will review evidence-based quality indicators determining I-Connect is an evidence-based practice to be used in special education environments along with resources for implementing I-Connect to support students with disabilities. The session will summarize the evidence that supports the use of a simple, cost-effective self-management intervention to target academic and behavioral outcomes.
 
A Systematic Review of Functional Analysis in Public Schools
ROSS NESSELRODE (The University of Texas at Austin), Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin), Lauren Wright (The University of Texas at Austin)
Abstract: Experimental functional analysis (FA) is often used in clinical settings to identify maintaining variables of behavior but may not used as part of functional behavior assessments (FBA) in public schools. Barriers such as time, staff training, and effective current practice have limited the use of FA in public school FBA. Recent literature has shown effective variations of FA that can be used to appropriately address these barriers and effectively train school staff on the procedure. The purpose of the current study was to review the literature pertaining to FA in schools focusing on method, topographies, and results of problem behavior. Results of this review showed that analogue functional analysis (AFA) are conducted most often in school settings; but recent trends show that use of adapted formats (e.g., trial-based FA and brief FA) are increasing. Analysis of FA results identified most frequent topographies and maintaining variables of problem behavior in the reviewed studies. Trends in teacher-implemented FA are discussed, as well as discrepancies surrounding the terminology of FA in the literature base. Implications for further research, such as social validity of FA in public schools and use of multiple targeted topographies within school-based FA.
 
 
Symposium #114
CE Offered: BACB
Accountability Through Data Collection: Narrowing the Bridge Between Science and Practice
Saturday, May 29, 2021
3:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: CBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Matthew L. Edelstein (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Kimberly Sloman (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment/ Florida Institute of Technology )
CE Instructor: Matthew L. Edelstein, Psy.D.
Abstract:

Distinguishing it from other service-delivery fields, behavior analysis places strong emphasis on accountability through ongoing data collection and objective progress monitoring. As part of this model, behavior analysts are expected to use data to guide their clinical decision-making. However, these decisions are only meaningful when the data they are based on are reliable and valid. In this symposium, we address issues related to data collection in the practice of behavior analysis. In the first presentation, Dr. Morris will review data collection practices reported by Board Certified Behavior Analysts and their relation to data integrity. In the second, Ms. Snyder will discuss barriers to reliable and accurate data collection by group home staff. In the third, Dr. Becraft will present data on the validity of parent report of severe problem behavior. In the fourth, Dr. Edelstein will discuss the validity of parent report via telehealth. Collectively, these studies further our understanding of factors impacting data collection in behavior analytic practice, which is critical to evaluating and improving outcomes for recipients of behavioral services.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Data Collection, Parent Report
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts, licensed psychologists, clinicians

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to discuss methods to ensure data collection is reliable and valid 2. Participants will be able to identify best practices in data collection 3. Participants will be able to describe environmental variables that may impact valid data collection
 
Toward an Understanding of Data Collection Integrity
(Service Delivery)
CODY MORRIS (Salve Regina University)
Abstract: Data collection is essential to the effective practice of behavior analysis. Behavior analysts are even obligated to collect and use data to inform treatment decisions according to the Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts (BACB, 2014). However, it is unclear how trustworthy data collected in applied settings are when behavior analysts are not themselves recording the data. In fact, numerous research studies have reported issues with data collection integrity when supervisors did not directly intervene to ensure compliance with data collection requirements. The first purpose of this talk is to review survey data focused on data collection practices for monitoring problem behavior in applied settings. The reports from the survey will be shared and include information related to reporting requirements, training and monitoring practices, profile of data collectors, modality of collection, etc. The second purpose of this talk is to discuss the relation of commonly reported practices and data collection integrity.
 
A Descriptive Analysis of Baseline Conditions Affecting Data Collection in a Group Home
(Service Delivery)
DAPHNE SNYDER (Western Michigan University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Although the importance of data collection is widely accepted in the field of behavior analysis, there has been limited to no research to date on the naturalistic variables affecting data collection in applied settings. Madsen and colleagues (2016) speculated on barriers present in the group home setting that may affect data collection, but no descriptive research has been conducted on the correspondence between the present barriers and the quality of data collected. Therefore, the purposes of this study were to: (a) evaluate the accuracy and reliability of data collected by group home staff under conditions and over a period of time that are more naturalistic than has been evaluated in past research, and (b) record the presence or absence of environmental variables hypothesized by Madsen and colleagues (2016) to be related to issues in staff data collection. A tool was developed to identify the presence of these variables and accuracy of staff data collection was measured. Data from a case study indicate that many of the speculated variables are present in the group home setting and may affect the accuracy of data collected by staff.
 
The Validity of Parent Report for Evaluating Clinical Endpoints for Severe Problem Behavior
(Applied Research)
JESSICA L BECRAFT (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Patricia F. Kurtz (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Usai Bah (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michael F. Cataldo (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: In practice, behavior analysts or a similarly trained professional typically determine the effectiveness of treatment for child problem behavior. However, parents’ evaluation of treatment effects is critical because parents initiate treatment services, are expected to implement treatment protocols, are responsible for paying for services, determine when treatment is no longer required, and serve as advocates and marketers for services. We compared parent to data collected by trained observers on severe problem behavior in two studies. In the first study, parents reported data on their child’s behavior in baseline and treatment sessions. In the second study, parents scored the level of problem behavior in pre- and post-treatment videos of other children. Results indicate correspondence with trained observers on both a molecular (session-by-session) and molar (overall treatment efficacy) level. These studies suggest parents can accurately detect meaningful clinical endpoints, which can be used to evaluate maintenance and generalization of treatment and justify services to third party payers.
 
Examining the Utility of Parent Report in the Age of Telehealth
(Applied Research)
MATTHEW L. EDELSTEIN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jessica L Becraft (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lesley A. Shawler (Kennedy Krieger Institute Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Alicia Sullivan (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Sherika Harley (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: The ability to use gold-standard behavior data collection by trained observers is limited in large outpatient settings. Establishing parent observation as a reliable and valid alternative is imperative to the continued application of best practice behavioral intervention in these settings, particularly following the move to telehealth service provision as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. The current study assessed the validity of parent data on child problem behavior during virtual sessions at an outpatient clinic. Specifically, parent report was compared to trained observers’ frequency data. Results suggest that parents can accurately report clinically significant changes in target behavior. Specifically, a strong correspondence was noted between parent observation and trained observers when parents are asked to report rates more generally. These reports appear sensitive enough to determine the magnitude of change between high and low rates of problem behavior. Implications for the continued use of parent report in virtual service provision are discussed.
 
 
Symposium #115
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Advancements in Training Procedures to Teach Safety Skills
Saturday, May 29, 2021
3:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Alexandra Marie Campanaro (Caldwell University )
Discussant: Timothy D. Ludwig (Appalachian State University)
CE Instructor: Alexandra Marie Campanaro, M.A.
Abstract:

The current symposium includes four papers broadly focused on teaching safety skills. The first paper will present on the use of interactive computerized training to teach educators how to respond during an active shooter event. They found that after the interactive computerized training, all participants met treatment fidelity criterion, which maintained after a 2-week follow up. The second paper will present comparing in-person behavior skills training, computer-based training, and video modeling to teach safety skills to sidewalkers at equine-assisted therapies. They found participants in the in-vivo BST and interactive computer training conditions completed more steps correctly in a post-training role-play than the participants in the video model condition. The third paper will present using behavior skills training to teach generalized responding of safe sleeping positions of infants to adults. They found behavior skills training significantly improved appropriate arrangement of a safe sleep environment for infants. The final paper will present using behavior skills training to teach swim skills to children with autism. They found behavior skills training showed some improvements in learning swim skills.

Target Audience:

BCBA's, BCBA-D's

Learning Objectives: Attendees will be able to describe how to implement behavior skills training to produce emergent responding. Attendees will be able to describe the use of interactive computerized training to produce emergent responding. Attendees will be able to describe how to teach safety skills to individuals with developmental disabilities to produce emergent responding.
 

Sleeping Beauties: Teaching Adults to Arrange Safe Infant Sleep Environments

JACQUELINE CARROW (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), April N. Kisamore (Hunter College)
Abstract:

The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention state that there are approximately 3,607 sleep related infant deaths each year in the United States. Attempts to teach medical personnel and parents safe infant sleep practices in the infant sleep training literature have demonstrated mixed results. Thus, strategies to teach arrangements of safe infant sleep environments warrants further investigation. Behavioral skills training is an evidenced-based teaching strategy shown to successfully teach various safety skills to children and adults. Additionally, the use of behavioral skills training in training practices have also shown more robust outcomes compared to traditional educational approaches. The current study evaluated the effectiveness of behavioral skills training to teach safe infant sleep practices to adults of typical development. Specifically, differential responding was assessed across multiple environmental arrangements typical to contexts parents may be exposed to when putting an infant to sleep. Results demonstrated behavioral skills training to significantly improve appropriate arrangement of a safe sleep environment for infants for all eight participants.

 

Teaching Water Safety Skills to Children With Autism Using a Train-the-Trainer Model

YOUNG HEE BYUN (University of Virginia), Rose Nevill (University of Virginia), Einar T. Ingvarsson (Virginia Institute of Autism), Rehan Mairajuddin (University of Virginia), Amber Hardin (University of Virginia), Emily M. Istvan (University of Virginia), Lauren Haskins (Virginia Institute of Autism)
Abstract:

Drowning is a leading cause of death in individuals with autism (Guan & Li, 2017a, Guan & Li, 2017b). In this study, swim instructors were instructed in behavioral skills training as a method for teaching water safety to children with autism. Targeted skills were a) safely exiting a body of water; b) rolling from front to back while in water; and c) floating while yelling for help. This study is an extension of Tucker & Ingvarsson (2017), in which three children with autism were taught the same skills by a swim instructor who also had background in behavior analysis. We aimed to evaluate whether swim instructors with no background in behavior analysis could be trained to effectively teach water safety to children to a larger sample. Data from our first three participants (males, ages 6, 8, 10) showed variable improvement in skills in the behavioral skills training phase for all skills. We will present the model of training, outcome data across participants, and data from generalization and maintenance probes. Conclusions regarding the utility of this training protocol, the social acceptability to parents, and recommendations for future water safety training programs will be shared.

 

An Interactive Computerized Training to Teach Educators How to Respond During an Active Shooter Situation

LORRAINE A BECERRA (University of Missouri), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University), Annie Galizio (Utah State University), Stephanie Mattson (Utah State University), Juliana Aguilar (Utah State University), Kassidy Reinert (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Educators are in a unique position during active shooter events as they must decide to prioritize actions that will protect their students. Depending on the situation, the educator should engage in a Run, Hide, or Fight response. Issues related to a student’s disability may create barriers to these already challenging emergency situations. Interactive computerized training is a successful training method to teach educators to implement instruction to individuals with autism spectrum disorder. The purpose of this study was to extend the literature on interactive computerized training by investigating its effects on teaching educators how to respond during an active shooter event. After completing the interactive computerized training, all participants met criterion of 90% fidelity within the Run and Hide checklists. Participants met criterion at a 2-week follow up. Furthermore, all participants indicated that they enjoyed the interactive computerized training materials. Potential limitations and future directions related to interactive computerized training and safety skills training are discussed.

 

Comparing Behavioral Skills Training, Video Modeling, and Interactive Computer Training to Teach Sidewalker Safety Skills

SARAH BRADTKE (West Virginia University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University), Emily K. Hull (West Virginia University), Natalie Ruth Shuler (West Virginia University), Stephanie Jones (West Virginia University), Sijin Wen (West Virginia University), Bethany Smiley (On Eagles' Wings), Carol Petitto (On Eagles' Wings)
Abstract:

Few studies have investigated effective and efficient volunteer training methods, despite the importance of volunteers in many human-service organizations. Effective training procedures are particularly critical for organizations whose volunteers are responsible for safety. For example, sidewalker volunteers at equine-assisted activities and therapies facilities help to maintain the safety of mounted riders with disabilities. It is thus imperative that sidewalkers acquire safety skills and perform them proficiently. The current practice of using in-person behavioral skills training, although effective, limits the number of sidewalkers who can be trained because of constraints on trainer time and resources. Therefore, we compared two efficient training methods, a standard video model (in which participants watched a video without responding to questions) and interactive computer training (in which participants watched the same videos in modules, with embedded active responding questions), to in-person training (behavioral skills training) in the context of training new volunteers at an equine-assisted activities and therapies facility.

 
 
Symposium #116
CE Offered: BACB
Theories, Models, and Their Uses in Behavior Science
Saturday, May 29, 2021
3:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: EAB/BPN; Domain: Theory
Chair: M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University)
Discussant: Lewis A. Bizo (University of Technology Sydney)
CE Instructor: M. Christopher Newland, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Orderly, precise data invite models, such as Mathematical Principles of Reinforcement (MPR). From first principles, MPR derives equations describing how biophysical properties of responding, the retroactive actions of reinforcement contingencies, and reinforcer quality can predict response rate under many schedules. The memory-as-discrimination model places forgetting in a framework of temporal generalization and makes surprising predictions about “forgetting” at short intervals. Presenters will examine theory and its utility in understanding otherwise incomprehensible results. A tutorial on MPR will be provided by its originator, Peter Killeen. Federico Sanabria will describe an extension that incorporates probabilistic, response-by-response modeling. Chris Newland will show that MPR’s parameters are independent and reveal important information about such interventions as chemical exposure or genetic differences. Forgetting and attending are shown by Dalisa Kendricks to comprise separable processes, including temporal generalization and choice. Finally, Lewis Bizo will discuss the how and why of the insights that quantitative models provide into hidden structures and forces on behavior in ways that purely descriptive and inductive methodologies cannot, and their realized and potential applications. Together, these presentations will show the importance of theory in understanding behavior and how it responds to powerful interventions.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): MPR, Quantitative Models, Remembering, Sustained Attention
Target Audience:

The target audiences are basic researchers interested in quantitative theories of behavior and all investigators in how these theories can be extended to understand disparate phenomena. In goth cases, the target audience is advanced.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Explain why a principled approach to theory construction is valuable. 2. Describe the original, molor, implementation of MPR and its extension to a response-by-response analysis. 3. Understand how MPR is helpful in other applications. 4. Explain a behavioral definition of attending, its independence from memory, and how the discrimination model of remembering is supported.
 
Tutorial Introduction to the Mathematical Principles of Reinforcement
PETER R. KILLEEN (Arizona State University)
Abstract: Behavior on schedules of reinforcement is some of the most orderly in the field of psychology as a whole. According to the first modern scientist Galileo, the ideal language for such replicable data is mathematics. Accordingly, I generated a mathematical model of reinforcement schedules ages ago. For transparency, it is predicated on three principles, or axioms stated general enough to be uncontroversial (e.g., reinforcers direct behavior). I note their relationship to Baum’s multimodal model, and Catania’s reflex reserve model. I generated mathematical models for each principle, and for their interaction. Unlike the principles, the models were specific enough to be tested, and expected to eventually fail and be replaced by better models, or models that extended them into new domains. I discuss one or two of the models of basic schedules to give a sense of the machinery; and note how the theory has been extended into those new domains, including adjunctive behaviors, contrast, and behavioral momentum. Finally, I introduce the model for progressive ratio schedules, which will be used by subsequent panelists. In this presentation the subjects were animals; the procedures were exposure to various schedules of reinforcement; the data showed general conformity to the principles and models.
 

Can Mathematical Principles of Reinforcement Inform Us About Chemical and Genetic Effects on Behavior?

M. CHRISTOPHER NEWLAND (Auburn University)
Abstract:

Drugs and environmental contaminants can have long-lasting, sometimes irreversible, behavioral effects and mouse strains are well-known for their behavior profiles. Characterizing these in ways that are behaviorally meaningful, that is, linking them to behavioral mechanisms and neural corelates often proves challenging. Mathematical Principles of Reinforcement (MPR), a theoretical framework built from first principles, claims that three independent parameters are uniquely linked to specific behavioral mechanisms. To be useful, these parameters should reveal specific and independent information about chemical interventions or genetic differences in behavioral profiles. Here, I summarize how MPR has been used to characterize the impact of cocaine, d-amphetamine, and methylmercury during adolescence in rodent models as well as how these parameters differ across three mouse strains. Adolescent exposure to methylmercury is related to an increased in the saturation rate in two studies and minimum response time in one. Adolescent cocaine exposure increased saturation rate and steepened discounting in the same animals. In a comparison of different mouse strains, higher saturation rates in BALB/c mice, as compared with C57Bl/6 mice, as well as higher discounting rates were observed. The MPR parameters are sensitive to a variety of interventions and unmask the determinants of differing behavioral profiles.

 

Theory, Models, and Scientific Progress: The Case of Mathematical Principles of Reinforcement 2.0

FEDERICO SANABRIA (Arizona State University)
Abstract:

Scientific progress is an upward spiral that cycles between problem identification, hypothesis formulation, model specification, and empirical evaluation. This process is partially self-contained (empirical failures lead to new problems, and so on) and partially feeds from external factors (new empirical and analytical techniques). An example of upward-spiral progress in behavior analysis is the Mathematical Principles of Reinforcement (MPR): It originates with the problem of schedule control over aggregated performance, it formulates principles that govern such performance, and it specifies the mathematical properties of those principles, motivating empirical research on those properties. Self-contained progress is reflected on refinements in model specification. Developments in the microstructure of motivated behavior constitute external factors that may contribute to the evolution of MPR. These developments suggest new problems (e.g., how does the organization of behavior in bouts emerge?) and new data (e.g., response-by-response changes in inter-response times) that may be incorporated into the scope and models of MPR 2.0. For MPR 2.0 to address these new problems and leverage these new data, it must specify not only the central tendency of model parameters but also their distribution and sequential dependency. Examples and simulations of such specifications are presented and contrasted against extant behavioral data.

 

Distracted Recall and Choosing to Ignore: Differentiable Determinants of Forgetting and Sustained Attending

DALISA KENDRICKS (Auburn University), M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University)
Abstract:

White’s quantitative model of remembering holds that delay-related errors are due to both forgetting and temporal generalization deficits, and that this becomes noticeable when training is conducted with delays longer than 0s. Accuracy is theorized to peak close to the trained delay and decrease at longer and, remarkably, shorter delays. The construct of sustained attention may also emerge from processes like forgetting, generalization, and choice. Can these processes be isolated? In rodent (mouse and rat) models, both attending and forgetting were assessed simultaneously in a single preparation. Forgetting (errors after long delays) and temporal generalization (errors after short delays) were uniquely affected by changing testing and training delays, interventions that did not affect detection at a 0 sec delay (termed sustained attention). Attending was uniquely affected by concurrently available reinforcers and changing the duration of the stimulus to be detected but not by adding visual distractors. What is referred to as sustained attention may emerge from behavioral processes of generalization and choice and can be distinguished from forgetting and temporal generalization. Understanding the determinants of these phenomena is important in interpreting drug and neurotoxicant effects.

 
 
Symposium #117
CE Offered: BACB
Advances in the Application of Evidence-Based Training Procedures
Saturday, May 29, 2021
3:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Robert LaRue (Rutgers University)
Discussant: Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas)
CE Instructor: Richard G. Smith, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavior analysts have an ethical responsibility to use evidence-based procedures for the purpose of training staff to implement programming. Behavioral skills training (BST) is a well-established procedure used by behavior analysts for the purpose of training parents and staff members. While BST has strong empirical support and is commonly used in applied settings, the COVID-19 pandemic has presented unique challenges to the provision of effective training. These training challenges can have detrimental effects on parents, staff, and the individuals they are trying to help. The purpose of the current symposium is to share some recent advances in the delivery of behavioral skills training. Symposium topics will include: using computer-based training to train teachers to develop token-based reinforcement systems, using remote training to teach staff to write skill acquisition programs, using virtual platforms to train staff to implement functional analyses, and to train staff to select appropriate data collection procedures. The symposium will conclude with a discussion about best practices regarding training.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): BST, telehealth
Target Audience:

intermediate

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to identify the key components of effective training. At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to identify constraints to training procedures when trainers cannot be physically present in the training environment with trainees. At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to identify strategies for improving the quality of training via telehealth.
 
Virtual Evaluation of Computer-Based Instruction for Preparing Teachers to Establish Token-Based Reinforcement Systems
SAMANTHA JEAN BOYLE (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Ning Chen (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Kelsey Leadingham (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: The COVID-19 pandemic has increased the need to evaluate the effectiveness of virtual training models. Although many teachers use token-based reinforcement systems in classrooms, few receive specialized training in how to establish them. In this study, six teachers received computer-based training that included lectures, written materials, and video models on how to establish tokens as conditioned reinforcers and how to thin the token exchange schedule. The experimenter used a multiple baseline design across teachers to evaluate the effects of the training on teacher's implementation of the treatment components. Pre- and post-training sessions were conducted via virtual role plays with confederate students. Four of six teachers met the mastery criterion with computer-based training alone, and the remaining two participants did so after the experimenter prompted them to review the written training materials. The experimenter evaluated generalization to in-person role play for three of the teachers. All three teachers continued to perform at mastery criterion levels when implementing the procedures with a family or friend who acted as a confederate student. Results suggest the efficacy of virtual training models for providing remote instruction and for evaluating training outcomes.
 

Training Behavior Analysts to Conduct Functional Analyses Using a Remote Group Behavioral Skills Training Package

LINDSAY LLOVERAS (University of Florida), Savannah Tate (University of Florida), Kerri P. Peters (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Abstract: Behavioral skills training (BST) is a well-established procedure often used to train individuals how to perform a variety of complex skills. Previous research has used BST to train parents, teachers, and clinicians how to conduct a variety of clinical procedures, including functional analysis (FA) of problem behavior. Although this procedure has been demonstrated to be very effective, it can be time consuming and resource intensive. In the present study, 13 behavior analysts were trained to conduct functional analyses of problem behavior and 6 behavior analysts were trained to disseminate the training throughout the company (i.e., how to train others). All participants were employees of a multi-state early intervention clinic. The training was conducted 100% remotely, and trainers acted as child role-play partners. Participants experienced baseline, an instruction/discussion component, a post-instruction probe, group BST, and a post-BST probe. For some participants, in-situ probes were also conducted. All participants achieved mastery, and in-situ errors were low.

 

Training ABA Providers to Develop Skill Acquisition Protocols From Research Articles

ALLISON PARKER (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

According to the Behavior Analyst Certification Board, services commonly provided by behavior analysts include writing and revising protocols for teaching new skills. Such protocols are often based on in-house or commercially available templates or pre-existing protocols, sometimes lacking individualization or recent research considerations. To our knowledge, there are currently no published, peer-reviewed articles on developing skill acquisition protocols. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effectiveness of computer-based instruction (CBI) and on acquisition of skills related to writing an individualized protocol based on a research article. Fourteen students enrolled in a university behavior analysis program participated in a matched-subjects group experimental design. The training was separated into three modules on protocol components, identifying important information in a research article, and individualizing the protocol for a learner. Following training, the mean score for the CBI group increased by 40%, and the mean score for the manual group increased by 16%, a statistically significant difference in group means. This study contributes to the literature by applying CBI training procedures to a complex skill, as well as evaluating training in the absence of a trainer, and provides a technology for clinicians to effectively and efficiently learn to write a technological, individualized, and empirically-based protocol.

 
Training Graduate Students to Select Measurement Methods
EMILY WHITE (Western New England University), Amanda Karsten (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: The purpose of this series of studies was to explore necessary and sufficient conditions for ABA trainees to select appropriate measurement methods in a variety of trained and untrained contexts. In Study 1, we taught students of behavior analysis who were also employed as behavior technicians to select among seven measurement methods in response to trial-unique written scenarios. In Study 2, we evaluated a package to teach discriminated responding between complete measurement scenarios and scenarios that omitted critical contextual variables (i.e., problem scenarios). Performance was assessed via written exams as well as staged, naturalistic probes with confederates. Results for Study 1 and Study 2 indicate that training was efficacious for participants to perform accurately on scenario-based exams including complete and problem scenarios with some evidence of transfer to staged assessments for participants in Study 2 (i.e., accurate performance on at least 1 of 2 probe types for 4 of 4 participants).
 
 
Invited Panel #121
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Diversity submission Exploring Publication Bias in Behavior Analysis Research
Saturday, May 29, 2021
4:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT
Online
Domain: Theory
Chair: Matthew Tincani (Temple University)
CE Instructor: Matthew Tincani, Ph.D.
Panelists: MARK GALIZIO (University of North Carolina Wilmington), JOEL RINGDAHL (University of Georgia), JASON TRAVERS (Temple University)
Abstract:

Publication bias is the disproportionate representation of studies with certain characteristics, such as strong experimental effect, in the published research literature. Publication bias skews the body of scientific knowledge by overrepresenting studies with specific methodologies, analytic techniques, and data, which distorts the scientific literature and, ultimately, foments public distrust in science. Scholars in psychology and education have documented the presence of publication bias within these broad bodies of research. However, to date, behavior analysts have focused little attention on the possibility of publication bias in basic and applied behavior analysis research. Participants in this panel will reflect on their experiences as researchers, journal editors, and manuscript reviewers regarding issues of publication bias in behavior analysis. Their discussion will explore whether publication bias is a problem in behavior analysis research; how publication bias might manifest uniquely in our work; the potential impact of publication bias on the corpus of scientific knowledge in basic behavior analysis, applied behavior analysis, and on consumers of behavior analytic interventions; and potential strategies for reducing publication bias.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. 

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) state the definition of publication bias and describe examples of publication bias within scientific research; (2) describe how publication bias could manifest in basic and applied behavior analytic research; (3) discuss possible ways of reducing publication bias in basic and applied behavior analysis research.
MARK GALIZIO (University of North Carolina Wilmington)

Dr. Galizio received his BA from Kent State University and his PhD from the University of Wisconsin- Milwaukee where he worked with Dr. Alan Baron.  In 1976, he joined the faculty at the University of North Carolina Wilmington where he is currently Professor of Psychology. His research interests include behavioral pharmacology,  stimulus control/concept learning, aversive control, and human operant behavior.  He has published two books, more than 100 articles and his research has been supported by NIDA, NSF and NICHD. He is a Fellow of ABAI and four APA divisions and is a past-president of APA Division 25 (Behavior Analysis) and of the Southeastern Association for Behavior Analysis and served as an At-Large member of the ABAI Executive Council. He has served on numerous NIH study sections and chaired two of them. He is currently Editor-in-Chief of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior

JOEL RINGDAHL (University of Georgia)
Joel Ringdahl is an associate professor in the department of communication sciences and special education at the University of Georgia. His research interests include functional analysis and treatment of severe behavior problems, stimulus preference assessments, functional communication training and translational research in the areas of behavioral momentum theory and behavioral economics. He is the editor of Behavior Analysis: Research and Practice.
JASON TRAVERS (Temple University)
Jason Travers, Ph.D., BCBA-D, is an associate professor in the college of education and human development at Temple University. He serves on the editorial board of several journals, including Journal of Special Education Technology, TEACHING Exceptional Children, and Journal of Disability Policy Studies
 
 
Symposium #122
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Advances in the Assessment of Problem Behavior
Saturday, May 29, 2021
4:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Brandon C. Perez (University of Florida)
CE Instructor: Brandon C. Perez, M.S.
Abstract:

Functional analyses have long been the standard for identifying the environmental variables maintaining problematic behavior. Furthermore, there have been many modifications to the original functional analyses procedures described by Iwata et al. (1982/1994). This symposium will discuss three recent advances in the assessment of problem behavior. The first presentation will discuss the use of a no-interaction condition to predict behavioral function and to inform a subsequent treatment analysis. The second presentation will discuss an assessment procedure for determining if response blocking serves as a reinforcer for problem behavior. The final talk will discuss the use of a preference assessment as a potential screening tool for problem behavior maintained by access to tangible items.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): functional analysis, problem behavior
Target Audience:

Understanding of functional analysis procedures

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) use information gathered from a no-interaction condition to inform behavioral function and subsequent treatment recommendations (2) determine the function of response blocking for an individual with problem behavior (3) use a preference assessment to gather information on problem behavior which can inform a subsequent functional analysis
 
Using an Extended No-Interaction Condition to Inform Treatment Analysis
SAVANNAH TATE (University of Florida), Janelle Kirstie Bacotti (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Crystal M. Slanzi (University of Florida)
Abstract: The extended no-interaction condition of an FA has been used to identify whether problem behavior is maintained by automatic reinforcement or by socially mediated reinforcement (Querim et al., 2013). More recently, the condition has been used to predict whether various topographies of problem behavior are maintained by access to tangibles, access to attention, or escape from aversive stimuli (e.g., demands) for individuals with ASD. We extended this work by conducting subsequent treatment analyses following the FA method. In the majority of participants, the extended no-interaction condition successfully predicted behavioral function and informed the treatment analyses such that lower rates of problem behavior occurred.
 
Preliminary Outcomes from a Response Blocking Reinforcer Assessment
CARA L. PHILLIPS (May Institute), Meghan Deshais (Caldwell University), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Jennifer R. Zarcone (The May Institute)
Abstract: Response blocking involves physically preventing a behavior from occurring or from having a potentially dangerous impact. Research has shown that blocking can produce decreases in a variety of problem behaviors (e.g., self-injurious behavior; Jennett et all., 2011; pica; Hagopian & Adelinis, 2001; motor stereotypy; Giles et al., 2012) via punishment or extinction effects (Lerman & Iwata, 1996; Smith, et al, 2013). However, blocking may, at times, have counter-therapeutic effects and produce increases in behavior rather than decreases. The purpose of the current study was to assess whether response blocking may function as a positive reinforcer for children diagnosed with ASD. In brief sessions, an arbitrary response was blocked, then blocking was discontinued mid-way through the session, and a second arbitrary response was blocked. We targeted arbitrary responses to minimize the potential side-effects associated with blocking a response with a strong reinforcement history. An analysis of within-session patterns of responding suggested that for some participants, blocking did serve as a positive reinforcer. Results for other participants suggested that blocking may function as a neutral stimulus or as a punisher. The clinical implications of our findings will be discussed.
 
Problem Behavior During Preference Assessments: A Tangible Function Screening
BRANDON C. PEREZ (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract: Several studies have examined problem behavior occurring during preference assessments. Roane et al., 1998 found that the free-operant (FO) preference assessment generally resulted in less problem behavior than multiple-stimulus-without-replacement (MSWO) and paired-stimulus (PS) preference assessments. This is potentially due to the fact that subjects are given free access to engage with any or all of stimuli in a FO preference assessment and these stimuli are not removed during the session. Whereas, in MSWO and PS arrangements, the stimuli are removed after a period of access and the next array presented. This repeated removal and representation in PS and MSWO may be responsible for elevated problem behavior in these assessments. Furthermore, Kang et al., 2010 and Tung et al., 2017 have replicated and extended Roane et al., 1998 to individuals with problem behavior maintained by access to tangible items. The current study will evaluate the extent to which individuals who engage in problem behavior during preference assessments is indicative of problem behavior maintained by access to tangible items.
 
 
Panel #123
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Supporting Local Development of Sustainable Applied Behavior Analysis and Telehealth Practices in Australia and Europe
Saturday, May 29, 2021
4:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: CSS/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Sheri Kingsdorf, Ph.D.
Chair: Sheri Kingsdorf (Masaryk University )
KAREL PANCOCHA (Masaryk University)
LAUREN COWLED (Great Start Behaviour Services)
ANA MARÍA FORTES FORTES BARRAL (Inercia Digital)
Abstract: This panel will focus on the strategies used by local professionals to support the advancement of the science of behavior and telehealth practices in underserved areas of Australia, the Czech Republic, and Spain. The panelists will share their, and their teams’, experiences of, and recommendations for, practicing in these places. Practitioners from these communities, fluent in the native languages and cultures, will share their trials and tribulations in working to grow applied behavior analysis (ABA) in a sustainable way. Some specific challenges, such as access to resources, aftermath of previous "banking models" of dissemination from overseas, and the need to simultaneously establish a community of practice across all modalities (i.e., in-person, remote, parent-led, therapist-led, etc..) will be explored. Emphasis will be placed on the emergent need for telepractice and its intersection with convincing stakeholders to fund a novel science and method of use. The panel will encourage attendees to share their experiences. Ideally, participants will come away with strategies for success that can be used in their own efforts to establish ABA and telepractice in the underserved areas of the world in which they live and work.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: The intermediate audience should already: 1. Have completed formal education in the subject area of behavior analysis. 2. Be working in the field as a behavior analyst. 3. Have at least some experience in program development and management.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation participants will be able to: 1. Identify challenges that might be faced when growing behavior analysis in communities that are under-resourced and underserved. 2. State actions that should be avoided when working with stakeholders in efforts to expand ABA and telehealth practices. 3. Outline steps that can be taken to establish sustainable telehealth practices in an emergent behavior analytic market.
Keyword(s): Australia, Establishing ABA, Europe, Telehealth
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #124
CE Offered: BACB
Total Worker Health®: An Invitation to Join In!
Saturday, May 29, 2021
4:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Nicole Gravina (University of Florida)
CE Instructor: Nicole Gravina, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: RYAN OLSON (Oregon Health & Science University)
Abstract:

We draw artificial boundaries between our lives at home and at work, and between our waking and sleeping hours. Each person is living a whole life where all of their environments, relationships, behaviors, and physiological states interact. The body we take with us to work is the one we had with us at home, and both work and home environments (resources, physical environment, psychosocial environment, responsibilities/demands) impact our physical health.

Total Worker Health® (TWH) is an approach initiated by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) in 2003 developed to address such interactions, and to advance science and practice for protecting workers’ safety, health, and well-being. The TWH approach represents an expansion of traditional occupational safety and health research and practice, with strong safety protections for workers as its foundation. NIOSH defines TWH as “…policies, programs, and practices that integrate protection from work-related safety and health hazards with promotion of injury and illness prevention efforts to advance worker well-being” (Tamers et al., 2019). TWH recognizes that work is a social determinant of health and therefore takes a holistic approach to worker safety, health, and well-being by acknowledging the interdependence between worker well-being and their success at work. As an extension of traditional occupational safety and controls, the TWH approach prioritizes addressing and removing occupational exposures that threaten the safety and well-being of workers, and prescribes that such hazard reduction is accompanied by efforts to improve the overall health status of workers as well.

This is a very exciting time for occupational science and practice. From a TWH perspective, the “action is in the interactions” between safety, health, and well-being. This includes interactions between work and life exposures and each person’s genes, biology, and daily behaviors. This reciprocol and interactive perspective is highly consistent with Skinnerian and other approaches to behavioral science, as well as organizational systems analysis approaches. Skinner (1957) wrote that “[People] act upon the world, and change it, and are changed in turn by the consequences of their action” (p. 1). Similarly, Bandura (1978) proposed a triadic form of reciprocal determinism, focused on interactions among a person’s environment, traits, and behaviors. At both individual and organizational levels of analysis, systems approaches (Brethower, 1982; Rummler & Brache, 2012) highlight the adaptive importance of reciprocal internal and external feedback processes, as well as sustaining and interactive relationships between each system (person, organization) and its host environment (organization, economy). With its Skinnerian and systems analysis roots, and associated historical emphasis on environmental conditions and interventions, the Organizational Behavior Management community can make great and important contributions in the TWH domain.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: PENDING
 
RYAN OLSON (Oregon Health & Science University)
Dr. Olson earned his bachelor’s degree in Psychology at Utah State University, and advanced degrees in Industrial and Organizational Psychology (MA) and Applied Behavior Analysis (Ph.D.) at Western Michigan University. He was a member of the Psychology Department at Santa Clara University prior to joining the Oregon Institute of Occupational Health Sciences at Oregon Health & Science University. His research program has focused on occupational fatality surveillance and prevention, and safety and health interventions for isolated workers in demanding occupations (e.g., commercial drivers, home care workers). He has expertise in occupational safety, intervention design, and integrating safety into employee health programs. Dr. Olson is a founding investigator and current Co-Director of the Oregon Healthy Workforce Center - one of six Centers of Excellence in Total Worker Health® funded by CDC/NIOSH). He has led two prior intervention research projects in the Center, including the COMmunity of Practice And Safety Support (COMPASS) trial with home care workers, and the current Tech4Rest study to evaluate interventions to improve sleep and reduce fatigue among truck driving teams (anti-vibration driver’s seat, therapeutic mattress, behavioral sleep intervention). In addition to his work within the Center, Dr. Olson serves as the multiple PI for Oregon’s expanded occupational health surveillance program (CDC/NIOSH), and leads an internationally recognized safety and health intervention research program with commercial drivers funded by NHLBI. Dr. Olson is a past President of the Organizational Behavior Management Network and a charter member of the Society for Occupational Health Psychology, and serves on the editorial boards for several journals in these fields.
 
 
Panel #126
CE Offered: BACB
PDS: Success in Academia: Developing Teaching and Service Repertoires
Saturday, May 29, 2021
4:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: TBA; Domain: Theory
CE Instructor: Jonathan A. Schulz, M.A.
Chair: Jonathan A. Schulz (University of Kansas)
LINDA J. PARROTT HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno)
RUTH ANNE REHFELDT (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Chicago)
JANET S. TWYMAN (blast)
Abstract:

Success in academia is measured by accomplishments in three domains: research, teaching, and service. Theoretically, doctoral programs are designed to prepare students to succeed in all three domains; however, the prevailing contingencies of the doctoral graduation requirements may not always reflect this goal. Often, the emphasis in student development is on research. Students are typically required to successfully propose and defend a dissertation, present research at conferences, and publish in peer reviewed journals. In contrast, teaching and service requirements may be considered less stringent. Students might only be required to be the instructor of record for one course or be the primary instructor for a few instructional sessions to meet teaching requirements. As for service, requirements are virtually nonexistent. Therefore, students may need to seek additional opportunities to ensure they are prepared to succeed in teaching and service. This professional development series event brings together three leaders in teaching and service to discuss ways in which students can prepare themselves to be master teachers and engage in meaningful service. Panelists will share methods they use to ensure their teaching is effective, discuss service opportunities, provide their perspectives on ways research, teaching, and service can be integrated, and answer audience questions.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Graduate students

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the panel, participants will be able to: (1) describe how to use evidence-based teaching procedures to instruct undergraduate and graduate students; (2) identify service opportunities to engage in that will further the field; and (3) list the personal and professional benefits of developing teaching and service repertoires.
Keyword(s): Professional Development, Service, Teaching
 
 
Symposium #127
CE Offered: BACB/NASP
Diversity submission Can Behavioral and Developmental Science Live Happily Ever After? An Overview of Naturalistic Developmental Behavioral Intervention
Saturday, May 29, 2021
4:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Melanie Pellecchia (University of Pennsylvania)
Discussant: Sophia R D'Agostino (Hope College)
CE Instructor: Melanie Pellecchia, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Early intervention for young children with autism spectrum disorder is historically rooted within two distinct theoretical foundations: behavioral and developmental sciences. Proponents of each discipline have traditionally held opposing views toward treatment, with little collaboration. A recent shift in autism intervention has led to the emergence of a group of interventions that incorporate elements from both developmental and behavioral science. These naturalistic developmental behavioral interventions (NDBI) have been used effectively in a variety of settings. This symposium includes a series of presentations describing the application of NDBI across a range of settings, with a focus on describing the integration of developmental and behavioral science. The first presentation will provide a broad overview of NDBI, including a description of its core components. The second will describe the implementation of NDBI in a hospital-based clinic setting, including data related to the characteristics of children enrolled in the program. The third will describe outcomes from a group-based delivery of NDBI for preschool-aged children. The final presentation will shed light on the actual use of NDBI strategies by describing the self-reported utilization of developmental and behavioral strategies from a large sample of applied behavior analysis providers.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): early intervention, NDBI
Target Audience:

basic

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Describe the differences between developmental and behavioral approaches to autism intervention. 2) Describe core strategies used within naturalistic developmental behavioral interventions. 3) Discuss how naturalistic developmental behavioral interventions are used in a variety of practice settings.
 
Diversity submission 

Naturalistic Developmental Behavioral Intervention: The Next Frontier for Early Autism Treatment

(Service Delivery)
MELANIE PELLECCHIA (University of Pennsylvania)
Abstract:

A recent trend in early intervention for young children with autism spectrum disorder is the development of interventions that bridge both developmental and behavioral sciences. This new breed of interventions, Naturalistic Developmental Behavioral Interventions (NDBI), merge best practices in these two previously opposing approaches to intervention. NDBI integrate behavioral learning theory and developmentally-focused strategies within natural environments. Several efficacious NDBI treatment models have been successfully implemented across a variety of settings with improved child and family outcomes. Yet, this approach has yet to be disseminated widely among behavior analysts. This presentation will provide an in-depth overview of Naturalistic Developmental Behavioral Interventions, with an emphasis on how this approach can be incorporated into existing applied behavior analysis programs for young children with autism spectrum disorders. The presentation will include: a description of the theoretical background underlying the approach, the core components of NDBI, and examples illustrating its application. A summary of the evidence supporting the effectiveness of NDBI and recommendations for incorporating NDBI strategies into existing programs will be provided.

 
Diversity submission 

The Application of Naturalistic Developmental Behavioral Interventions in a Hospital-Based Autism Center

(Service Delivery)
Ashley Dubin (Nemours/AI duPont Hospital for Children), EMILY BERNABE (Nemours/Alfred I duPont Hospital for Children), Meena Khowaja (Nemours/ Alfred I. Dupont Hospital for Children), Erin Machemer (Nemours/ Alfred I. Dupont Hospital for Children)
Abstract:

This presentation describes the clinical implementation of Naturalistic Developmental Behavioral Interventions (NDBIs; Schreibman et al., 2015) in a hospital-based autism center. Parents of young children recently diagnosed with autism are coached on strategies to promote social communication. Different service delivery models (e.g., telehealth) and the strategies comprising the parent-mediated NDBIs will be discussed. Data will be presented about characteristics of the parents and children referred for, enrolled in, and who have completed one of the center’s NDBI programs. As enrollment in NDBIs is ongoing, we anticipate including additional data related to child social communication and other behaviors over time, and other factors potentially related to enrollment and completion of NDBI programs. Important considerations for implementation of parent-mediated NDBIs in a hospital-based clinic setting will be discussed, including advantages, possible barriers, need for modifications, and future directions for research and practice.

 
Diversity submission 

Follow the Children: A Group-Based Application of Naturalistic Developmental Behavioral Intervention for Preschool Children With Autism

(Service Delivery)
MEGHAN KANE (University of Pennsylvania), Julia Waldman (University of Pennsylvania), David Mandell (University of Pennsylvania)
Abstract:

Group-learning models for young children with autism provide environments rich with opportunities for teaching social communication and interaction skills. Comprehensive preschool programs that incorporate naturalistic developmental behavioral intervention (NDBI) strategies have produced improvements in children’s social communication skills, social engagement, and core ASD symptoms (Stahmer & Ingersoll, 2004; Strain & Bovey, 2011). This presentation will provide an overview of an NDBI treatment model delivered within a group program for preschool-aged children with autism. A description of the treatment model and subsequent changes in children’s social communication skills for 20 preschool-aged children enrolled in the program will be discussed. Staff fidelity was measured using a direct observation fidelity tool designed to measure the core components of a group-based NDBI model. Fidelity was high and averaged over 87% accuracy across all NDBI components. Changes in children’s social communication were measured at baseline and following six months of intervention using the Social Communication Checklist, a curriculum-based measure of social communication. Improvements were observed across all domains, with significant improvements in the group’s overall social communication score (p < .05), social engagement (p <.01), and play skills (p <.05). Implications for research and practice incorporating NDBI into group-based treatment programs will be discussed.

 
Diversity submission 

Self-Reported Utilization of Developmental and Behavioral Intervention Techniques by Applied Behavior Analysis Providers

(Service Delivery)
KYLE M FROST (Michigan State University), Brooke Ingersoll (Michigan State University)
Abstract:

Naturalistic developmental behavioral interventions (NDBIs; Schreibman et al., 2015) are a class of early interventions for autism spectrum disorder with growing empirical support, however, their similarity to Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) as delivered in the community is unknown. This online survey-based study characterized the self-reported utilization of developmental and behavioral intervention techniques in a large sample of ABA providers (n=368) and explored what aspects of provider background predict utilization. Respondents rated the extent to which they used each of a number of intervention techniques in a recent session with a specific child. ABA providers self-reported less use of developmental techniques than behavioral techniques, t(356)=-26.35, p<0.001. Providers with greater self-reported competency in NDBIs reported more frequent use of developmental techniques (Table 1); NDBI competency was not related to use of behavioral techniques, which were reported at high levels across providers. Point-biserial correlations indicated some trending relationships with training background such that providers with a background in psychology reported greater use of developmental techniques and those with backgrounds in ABA and special education reported less use (Table 1). Results suggest that further research on the similarities and differences between NDBIs and ABA delivered in the community is warranted.

 
 
Symposium #128
CE Offered: BACB
Increasing Mask-Wearing in Individuals With Developmental Disabilities: We've Got You Covered!
Saturday, May 29, 2021
4:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Timothy Nipe (Bancroft)
Discussant: Art Dowdy (Temple University)
CE Instructor: Art Dowdy, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The impact of the pandemic caused by Coronavirus (COVID-19) cannot be overstated. One of the only reliable defenses against COVID-19 transmission is the use of facial coverings and masks (CDC, 2020). Unfortunately for many individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) or other intellectual disabilities (ID), donning a mask may be difficult or occasion refusal and other challenging behaviors. On an individual level, refusal to wear a mask can restrict an individual’s access to community supports, and more globally can contribute to an ever-worsening public health crisis. This symposium explores several different approaches to increase the appropriate donning of masks across a number of residential and community settings.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): COVID-19, Differential Reinforcement, Mask Wearing, PPE
Target Audience:

This symposium targets BCBA's and other professionals working with individuals with developmental disabilities across a wide-range of settings.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define the importance of wearing masks for individuals with developmental disabilities and the potential impact of not wearing a mask; (2) how to conduct assessments to guide the treatment of refusal to don personal protective equipment (PPE); (3) how to evaluate the effectiveness of potential treatments designed to increase the wearing of a mask or other PPE; and (4) identify some previously successful treatment protocols that have increased mask-wearing with individuals with developmental disabilities across multiple settings.
 

Anyone Can Do It: A Basic Methodology to Increase Mask Tolerance in the Age of COVID-19

BRYAN FIRLEIN (Bancroft Neurohealth), Alyssa Chalow (Bancroft)
Abstract:

Concerns related to a dearth of opportunities for community access for adults diagnosed with developmental disabilities has increased exponentially amidst restrictions related to Coronavirus. This population is less likely to tolerate mask-wearing, and subsequently less likely to be able to access the community in the age of social distancing. It is important that these individuals are supported through increasing their tolerance to mask-wearing, such that they can engage in functional and enjoyable community activities. In addition, some basic services require mask-wearing without exception, such as some doctors’ offices, so increased mask tolerance is important to overall health and well-being. The present study utilized a non-concurrent multiple baseline across participants design to examine the effectiveness of the use of edible reinforcement to increase mask tolerance across participants. All participants resided in a campus-based residential center for adults, which primarily supports individuals diagnosed with Autism. Analyses of data indicated that participants were likely to tolerate increasing durations of mask-wearing when preferred edible items were delivered contingent upon meeting predetermined criteria. For all four participants, the treatment reliably increased tolerance over time.

 

Teaching Two Children With Autism to Wear a Mask Using a Tolerating Treatment Package

CHRISTINA BAROSKY (Bierman ABA), Katie Laurent (Bierman ABA), Shelby Brand (Bierman ABA)
Abstract:

The Covid-19 Pandemic has escalated the priority of children with autisms ability to tolerate various medical procedures. The Center for Disease Control and Prevention recommendations that any child over the age of 2 wear a mask to limit the spread of Covid-19. The inability to tolerate wearing a mask can limit the child’s ability to go into a public place and have a negative impact on family life. The present study evaluated the use of tolerating programming using shaping of the duration of mask exposure and pairing of preferred stimuli on two children diagnosed with autism. The use of systematic increases in the duration of time that the mask was in place paired with preferred activities resulted in the children wearing masks without the occurrence of challenging behavior for up to an 8-hour therapy day with built in breaks for one child and 15 minute time intervals for the second child. The tolerating behavior was shaped within a 30-day time frame and shown to generalize outside of the therapeutic setting.

 

Evaluation of a Treatment Package to Increase Mask Compliance Within a Residential Treatment Facility

KELLY TRUCKSESS (Bancroft), Timothy Nipe (Bancroft), Gabriel Lopergolo (Bancroft), Adrianna Whitman (Bancroft)
Abstract:

The current COVID-19 pandemic has had a significant impact on the daily behavior of people across the globe. In an effort to limit the proliferation of this global pandemic, the World Health Organization and Centers for Disease Control and Prevention have recommended the use of masks or facial coverings when in public settings. Individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) may be less likely than others to tolerate personal protective equipment (PPE). Challenges with compliance with mask-wearing could limit individuals with ASD and/or ID’s access to education, medical and other community-based resources. This study investigates the effectiveness of treatment components including non-contingent reinforcement, response blocking and response cost to increase compliance with mask-wearing and decrease refusal behavior in 9 individuals with IDD living in a residential treatment facility. The results of this study indicate that NCR effectively increased mask wearing for 3 participants. Response cost was needed to increase mask wearing for 4 participants while the remaining 2 participants required the addition of response blocking. These findings extend the research reporting the effectiveness of these treatment components in increasing the wearing of medically-necessary prostheses (Deleon et al., 2008; Nipe et al., 2018; Richling et al., 2011) to medically-necessary PPE.

 
 
Symposium #129
CE Offered: BACB
Treatment Variations for Problem Behavior in Children With Developmental Disabilities
Saturday, May 29, 2021
4:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center)
Discussant: Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University)
CE Instructor: Colin S. Muething, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavioral treatments are significantly effective in reducing problem behavior in individuals with developmental disabilities (Campbell, 2003). Common treatment components following a functional assessment such as a functional analysis include: extinction, functional communication training, differential reinforcement or noncontingent reinforcement. These components are well studied and empirically supported. However, some problem behavior is maintained by idiosyncratic functions or require variations to common treatment components. This symposium will present recent research on variations to treatments for problem behavior. Extinction, while common, may present an ethical dilemma or may not be feasible depending on a variety of factors. Some treatment components may be included that increase the feasibility of the intervention such as a variable momentary differential reinforcement procedure of other behavior procedure. Finally, treatments for idiosyncratic functions such as social avoidance may require variations in order to successfully reduce problem behavior. Taken together, the results of these studies present important variations for idiosyncratic presentations of problem behavior that may increase success of the intervention and fidelity of implementation.

Target Audience:

RBTs, BCBAs, BCBA-Ds

 

Differential Reinforcement Without Extinction: An Assessment of Sensitivity to and Effects of Reinforcer Parameter Manipulations

HANNAH LYNN MACNAUL (University of South Florida), Catia Cividini-Motta Cividini (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Individuals with an Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) often engage in problem behavior (Horner, Carr, Strain et al., 2002) that may limit access to traditional social and education settings, impact their health, and pose a risk to their safety and the safety of others. One of the most common interventions used to treat problem behavior is differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA), which is often used in combination with extinction (Shirley, Iwata, Kahng, Mazaleski, & Lerman, 1997). Implementation of extinction may pose an ethical dilemma and may not be feasible depending on the setting, topography of problem behavior, and/or size of the client. Therefore, we identified participant’s relative sensitivities to reinforcer parameters (i.e., quality, magnitude, delay) and used results to inform a functional communication training (FCT) intervention to treat problem behavior for four individuals with ASD. Results showed that both FCT conditions were effective at decreasing problem behavior and increasing communicative responses, but treatment effects were more robust when the most sensitive reinforcer parameter was manipulated.

 

Functional Communication Training Without Extinction to Decrease Self-Injurious Behavior With Subtype-1 Automatic Maintained Behavior

JORDAN WIMBERLEY (Autism Treatment Center), Leslie Neely (The University of Texas at San Antonio), Amarie Carnett (Victoria University of Wellington)
Abstract:

Functional communication training with extinction is a common intervention to treat problem behavior. However, there are some instances when an extinction component may not be recommended (e.g. intensity of behavior, safety of program staff, etc.). The purpose of this study was to evaluate an FCT intervention without an extinction component for a child who engaged in stereotype behavior and self-injurious behavior. Researchers conducted a functional analysis that identified the child’s stereotypical behavior was automatically maintained (subtype 1). A second functional analysis identified the self-injurious behavior was evoked when access to the stereotype behavior was not available. Researchers then implemented FCT with manipulation of the parameters of reinforcement (e.g. immediacy and quantity) to favor the functional communitive responses verses the self-injurious behavior. Researchers then implemented schedule thinning and manipulated parameters of reinforcement to favor engagement in competing activities during the FCT schedule thinning. Results suggest that FCT with parameters manipulation can be utilized to decrease challenging behavior and increase appropriate behavior without the use of extinction.

 

Consecutive Case Series of Problem Behavior Maintained by Social Avoidance

EMILY GOTTLIEB (Marcus Autism Center, Children's Healthcare of Atlanta), Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) present with deficits in social interactions (American Psychiatric Association, 2013). These deficits could manifest in the individuals finding social interactions to be aversive and therefore engaging in problem behavior to avoid them. Social avoidance is a specific type of escape maintained problem behavior where the individual engages in problem behavior in order to avoid social interaction (Harper, Iwata, & Camp, 2013). We conducted a consecutive case series analysis targeting individuals who engaged in problem behavior to avoid social interaction. We discuss the various strategies for assessing this function as well as treatment strategies. Multiple treatment components were used across individuals, including proximity fading, differential reinforcement of other behavior, pairing, a multiple schedule of reinforcement, functional communication training, and extinction. Overall, we identified three individuals who showed significant reduction in problem behavior and one individual with no reduction in problem behavior.

 

The Effects of a Variable Momentary Differential Reinforcement of Other Behavior Procedure on Reduction and Maintenance of Problem Behavior

KYLE HAMILTON (University of Missouri), Casey J. Clay (University of Missouri), SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University)
Abstract:

In this symposium, the author will evaluate behavior reduction and maintenance results, as well as discuss future research areas utilizing a variable momentary differential reinforcement of other behavior (VM DRO) procedure. In the present study, two individuals who had been diagnosed with developmental disabilities and autism spectrum disorder participated. Results of functional analyses indicated that problem behavior for both participants was maintained by social-positive reinforcement. VM DRO was effective at reducing one participant’s problem behavior. Fixed interval differential reinforcement of other behavior (FI DRO) was effective at reducing the other participant’s problem behavior. Furthermore, VM DRO failed to maintain the results previously produced by the FI DRO procedure. These findings suggest that VM DRO may not be effective at reducing problem behavior for all individuals and that outcomes may be idiosyncratic. Future research is needed to determine the effects of VM DRO as a maintenance procedure for other DRO procedures.

 
 
Symposium #130
CE Offered: BACB
Relational Frame Theory and Verbal Behavior Development Theory: Moving Forward Together in the Analysis of Human Language and Cognition
Saturday, May 29, 2021
4:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: DEV; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
Discussant: Martha Pelaez (Florida International University)
CE Instructor: Martha Pelaez, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium will focus on the relationship between recent work on naming and recent developments in Relational Frame Theory (RFT). The authors of Study 1 provide an overview of RFT and Verbal Behavior Development Theory (VBDT), and explore points of contact that have been highlighted by conceptual developments in both fields. The authors will argue for the concept of mutually entailed orienting. Study 2 will review existing evidence on the role of early social behaviors on learning names of words. The authors will highlight mutually entailed orienting as a possible predictor for success in listener and speaker trials during word-learning in 24-month old infants. The authors of Study 3 will present a verbal behavioral analysis of five forms of joint attention, including mands, orienting, responding, initiating, and referencing. Implications for teaching will be discussed. The authors of Study 4 will present data on the relationship between bidirectional naming and other derived relations in 20- to 40-month old toddlers. The authors will discuss their findings within the context of the stimulus control for these relations. Finally, Martha Pelaez will discuss these studies in relation to the interaction between early social behaviors and language development.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): joint attention, naming, RFT, VBDT
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts and students of behavior analysis

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the symposium, participants will be able to: 1. Describe some similarities and differences between RFT and VBDT 2. Discuss the role of mutually entailed orienting, joint attention and social referencing for uni-directional naming 3. Provide a behavior analytic account of joint attention 4. Describe the stimulus control for bidirectional naming and other derived relations
 

Relational Frame Theory and Verbal Behavior Development Theory: Reflecting Upon Similarities and Differences

DERMOT BARNES-HOLMES (Ulster University), Maithri Sivaraman (Ghent University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences), Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University), Herbert Roeyers (Ghent University)
Abstract:

Relational frame theory (RFT) and verbal behavior development theory (VBDT) are two behavior analytic perspectives on human language and development. Despite sharing common ground, the theories have largely been developed independently. The overarching aim of the current study is to provide an overview of both theories, and explore points of contact that have been highlighted by conceptual developments in both fields. Recent developments in RFT have focused on cooperation as the driver for arbitrarily applicable relational responding (AARR), and outlined the dynamical variables involved across the levels and dimensions of AARR. In addition, we argue for the concept of mutually entailed orienting as an act of human cooperation. These developments link closely with VBDT research which has underlined the critical role of evolution, and the emergence of bidirectional naming in language development. We present broad similarities between the two approaches in the types of functional-analyses they generate, and discuss areas for future research.

 

Causal or Critical? Mutually Entailed Orienting, Joint Attention, and Social Referencing for Word-Learning

MAITHRI SIVARAMAN (Ghent University), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (Ulster University), Javier Virues Ortega (Universidad Autonoma de Madrid), Herbert Roeyers (Ghent University)
Abstract:

Coordinated attention between parents, children, and objects is thought to play a critical role in early word learning. However, behaviors that involve coordinated attention, often described as joint attention (JA), social referencing (SR), and gaze following (GF) have largely been defined topographically. Mutually entailed orienting, arguably unique to humans, occurs when the infant orients back and forth between the speaker and the stimulus, rather than simply attending to the stimulus. The purpose of this study is to evaluate the role of JA, SR, and mutually entailed orienting on an infant’s listening and speaking repertoire. Participants were forty infants at 24-months of age who belonged to either the elevated likelihood of autism group or the typical likelihood of autism group. We evaluated listener and speaker responses to novel word learning trials and compared the outcomes with mutually entailed orienting, and JA and SR skills. Results showed that children in both groups were more likely to respond correctly when they looked back at the researcher during an exposure to a novel word. We argue that mutually entailed orienting serves to establish the Relating, Orienting, and Evoking (ROE) unit, and offer a behavior analytic perspective on the pre-requisites for early word learning.

 

Joint Attention: A Verbal Behavioral Analysis

GINGER HARMS (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
Abstract:

Joint attention has conventionally been defined by its topography. As a result, behavioral definitions of joint attention in the literature vary, and attempts to teach joint attention often lack socially significant outcomes. More recently, our attention has shifted to the function of joint attention, leading to questions about our intervention methods. An experiment is presented in which the emergence of responding (RJA) and initiating joint attention (IJA) skills occurred as the result of conditioning adult attention as a reinforcer. Expanding on Dube, et al. (2004) and Holth’s (2005) behavioral analyses of joint attention, we present a verbal behavioral analysis of five forms of joint attention, including mands, orienting, responding, initiating, and referencing. Drawing on Skinner (1957) and the Verbal Behavior Developmental Theory (VBDT), we posit that only responding and initiating joint attention are socially motivated exchanges, whereas mands, orienting, and referencing are maintained by tangibles or negative reinforcement. We also discuss implications for teaching joint attention using a functionally-based approach.

 
Establishment of Increased Stimulus Control for Bidirectional Naming Increased Stimulus Control for Other Derived Relations in 20- to 40-Month-Old Toddlers
LEAH FRIEDMAN (Teacher's College, Columbia University; Baptist Medical Center Jacksonville), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences), Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: We examined the effects of the establishment of stimulus control for bidirectional naming (BiN), a verbal developmental cusp, on toddlers’ acquisition of other derived relations using a multiple probe across participants. As a cusp, BiN makes learning the names of things possible by observation alone following exposure to viewing pictures of and hearing the names of novel, familiar stimuli. Previous findings suggested that BiN may be a pre or corequisite for the demonstration of other derived relations. Prior to the intervention, participants demonstrated neither BiN nor categorical arbitrarily applicable relations. The intervention consisted of the exposure of participants to repeated naming experiences with novel sets of stimuli followed by unconsequated probes of listener and speaker responses until stimulus control for the BiN cusp was established. Four of the 6 participants demonstrated mastery of other mutually and combinatorially entailed listener and speaker relations, while 2 of the participants demonstrated increases. Results suggested a functional relation between the strength of the stimulus control for BiN and the emergence of derived relations. We discuss these findings as the result possibly of a history of reinforcement for correspondence.
 
 
Symposium #131
CE Offered: BACB
Procedural Implications of the Concept of Joint Control: Research Review, Applied Research and a Tutorial
Saturday, May 29, 2021
4:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Michael Miklos (Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Network)
Discussant: Vincent Joseph Carbone (Carbone Clinic)
CE Instructor: Michael Miklos, M.S.
Abstract: In order to provide a set of considerations useful for guiding further research and practical applications for the concept of joint control, this symposium will review intervention protocols for applied research relevant to the concept of joint control. Session content will include a research review of publications related to protocols used to establish responding guided by joint control, a study demonstrating a school-based application of methodologies guided by the concept of joint control, and a two-part tutorial focused on a range of subject component skills and features of protocol development. The concept of joint control as described by Lowenkron (1991) provides an operant account of processes that may mediate certain multiply controlled verbal and non-verbal responses. The coming together of several verbal responses to control some other response may be one process in which Bi-directional naming (Miguel, 2016) is established; therefore, there will likely be an increased interest and need for development of strategies to study the process of joint control in applied settings.
Instruction Level: Advanced
Target Audience: Ability to identify components of multiple controlled verbal responses Basic concepts relevant to Bidirectional Naming
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define processes involved in joint control responding (2) list various research supporting applications of joint control in applied settings (3) state protocols utilizing the concept of joint control applicable to applied research and service delivery
 

A Systematic Review of the Analysis of Joint Control Relevant to Children With Autism and/or Other Developmental Disabilities

(Applied Research)
MIGUEL AMPUERO (Berry College), Michael Miklos (Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Network)
Abstract:

Skinner (1957) differentiated the roles of the speaker and the listener in a verbal encounter. Although not extensively emphasized, Skinner suggested an individual often behaves verbally even when responding as a listener. Children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) and other language impairments often display the absence of important, and basic verbal repertoires that limit their ability to engage in a variety of social skills or problem- solving skills. Joint control suggests that multiply controlled verbal responding involves functional control of two 2 or more stimuli or verbal operants. This systematic literature review an introduction to the conceptual basis of the analysis of joint control, as well as provide a summary of publications specifying the relation and implications of the analysis of joint control and joint control training in the acquisition of multiply controlled, non-speaker behaviors (e.g., selection-based behavior; , se- quencing behavior). The synthesis suggests that joint control training presents as a promising analytic tool in guiding interventions to teach complex, multiply controlled verbal and non-verbal repertoires to children diagnosed with autism ASD and/or other developmental disabilities. Recommendations for future research in joint control, as well as the implementation of joint control training, are provided.

 

Using Joint Control to Teach Activities of Daily Living and Vocational Tasks to Students With Autism

(Applied Research)
WILLOW HOZELLA (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology ), Amanda Mahoney (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Yors A. Garcia (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Julie A. Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to conduct a systematic replication and extension of Causin et al. (2013) to assess the efficacy of a self-rehearsal procedure to teach five individuals with autism to follow multiple-step selection of stimuli. Within a multiple probe design across participants, participants were taught to echo and self-echo and then select multiple pictorial stimuli, in the order in which they were requested, from an array of directly-trained and untrained sets of stimuli. The self-rehearsal and accurate selection did not generalize to direction-following related to activities of daily living in the natural environment, so we taught it directly. Probes of novel multiple-step tasks were conducted. Implications for the role of joint control in developing skills sequences to teach generative responding, conceptual analyses of covert verbal behavior, and designing instructional goals related to transition from formal education settings are discussed.

 

Toward Further Applied Empirical Research: A Tutorial on Joint Control Procedures, Part 1

(Service Delivery)
MICHAEL MIKLOS (Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Network), Amiris Dipuglia (PaTTAN/ Autism Initiative)
Abstract:

In this first part of a two-part tutorial, basic component skills involved in establishing jointly controlled responding will be specified including echoic responding for vocal responders, imitative responding for sign-language responders, and critical tact repertoires. Included will be a discussion of strategies to specify sources of control for component responses and methods to establish response strength for rehearsal strategies. Joint control is one example of responding that is multiply controlled. One source of multiple control is the responders own verbal behavior. Implied in this analysis is the emission of previously acquired verbal responses that come to strength in certain stimulus conditions external to the responder, such as an antecedent mand for a selection response. Such previously acquired verbal responses may be covert and as such present ongoing challenges related to response documentation and in certain arrangements, response blocking. The tutorial will include demonstrations of teaching procedures to establish skill sets involved in paradigms to study joint control in applied settings.

 

Toward Further Applied Empirical Research: A Tutorial on Joint Control Procedures, Part 2

(Service Delivery)
AMIRIS DIPUGLIA (PaTTAN/ Autism Initiative), Michael Miklos (Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Network)
Abstract:

In this second part of a two-part tutorial, various protocols relevant to sequences of skills that may involve jointly controlled responding will be described. Examples of forms documenting skill tracking within a hierarchy of listener responding sequences will be provided. Protocols and demonstrations of multiple item listener responding (manded-stimulus selection) will be iterated. The tutorial will also include considerations for establishing jointly controlled listener responding for practical life skills, academic performance, and employment skills. Considerations relevant to the necessary concepts involved in practical applications of jointly controlled responding including prepositional relations and tacts of actions will be presented. Joint control procedures may have a role in establishing yes-no responses relevant to antecedent conditions involving mands to discriminate motivation or the accuracy of an emitted tact as an antecedent stimulus. This session will review a protocol (Carbone, 2014, conference presentation) that identifies a procedure to teach tacting the presence of joint control by saying yes or no.

 
 
Paper Session #132
CE Offered: BACB
Comparing the Minimum Celeration Line and the Personal Best Goal-Setting Approaches During the Mathematical Practice of Students Diagnosed With Autism
Saturday, May 29, 2021
4:30 PM–4:55 PM EDT
Online
Area: EDC
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Athanasios Vostanis (University of Kent)
CE Instructor: Athanasios Vostanis, M.S.
 
Comparing the Minimum Celeration Line and the Personal Best Goal-Setting Approaches During the Mathematical Practice of Students Diagnosed With Autism
Domain: Applied Research
ATHANASIOS VOSTANIS (Tizard Centre, University of Kent), Ciara Padden (Tizard Centre, University of Kent), Aoife McTiernan (School of Psychology, National University of Ireland, Galway), Peter Langdon (Centre for Educational Development, Appraisal and Research, University of Warwick)
 
Abstract: This study compared two-goal setting approaches found in the Precision Teaching literature, namely the minimum celeration line and the beat your personal best during the mathematical practice of three male students diagnosed with autism, aged 8 to 9. An adapted alternating treatments design with a control condition was embedded in a concurrent multiple baseline across participants design. Each approach was randomly allocated to either the multiplication/division (x÷) table of 18 or 19, while no approach was allocated to the x÷14 table that acted as a control. Instruction utilized number families and consisted of (a) untimed practice, (b) frequency-building, (c) performance criteria, (d) graphing, and (e) a token economy. Upon practice completion, an assessment of maintenance, endurance, stability, and application (MESA) was conducted. Participants improved with both conditions and maintained their performance well, while improvements with the control condition were weak. The beat your personal best approach was highlighted as slightly more effective in terms of average performance and more efficient in terms of timings needed to achieve criterion. No differences were identified in terms of learning rate (i.e., celeration) or performance on the MESA. More research is warranted to identify which goal-setting procedure is more appropriate for students in special education.
 
Target Audience:

Attendees should have basic knowledge of Precision Teaching and basic knowledge of goal-setting procedures used in behaviour analysis and education.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation participants will be able to: (1) list the critical components of the two goal-setting procedures discussed; (2) list the benefits and limitations of each procedure, especially in terms of applying them with students with developmental disabilities.
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #137
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Diversity submission Beyond Translation: Ethnic Disparities on Early Identification and Access to Services of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Saturday, May 29, 2021
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Regina A. Carroll (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute)
CE Instructor: Regina A. Carroll, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: CECILIA MONTIEL-NAVA (University of Texas Rio Grande Valley)
Abstract:

Autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is a lifelong disorder that affects children and families in several ways. A growing body of research has documented the ways in which racial disparities affect the rate of identification, access and use of services, and relationship with professionals making the diagnoses. In general, Latino children are diagnosed with ASD later in life; usually with more severe symptoms, lower IQs, and more health conditions, compared with non-Latino children. Furthermore, cultural factors can shape how the signs of ASD are conceptualized and how families accept a positive diagnosis, especially how they are affected by stigma. Diminished access to diagnostic services as well as having a caregiver with a non-English primary language can act as barriers to identifying children with ASD, in particular Latino children. This lecture will review current research in health disparities in both early identification and access to services of Latino children with ASD. Research with this underserved population contributes to enhancing diagnosis and identification methods for Latino children with ASD and assessing the unidentified risk factors and barriers to accessing services, hence improving their outcomes.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

researchers, allied health professionals, educators

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss health disparities in children with ASD with race, ethnicity, culture, socioeconomic status, environment, and geography; (2) discuss under-identification of ASD in Hispanic children can result in families not receiving the services they need to improve health outcomes; (3) explain the importance of developing a culturally sensitive model as a way to increase the identification, diagnosis and referral to available services of ASD in Hispanic children.
 
CECILIA MONTIEL-NAVA (University of Texas Rio Grande Valley)
Dr. Cecilia Montiel-Nava, a bilingual child clinical psychologist, holds a Ph.D. in Clinical Psychology from the Universidad Central de Venezuela (UCV), an M.S. in Clinical Psychology from Loyola University Maryland, and a B.A. in Psychology from the Universidad Rafael Urdaneta (Venezuela). Dr. Montiel-Nava’s research focuses on three topics: 1) Understanding ethnic disparities among children with autism spectrum and neurodevelopmental disorders, 2) Evidence-based interventions that can be carried out by parents of children with developmental delays in underserved populations, and 3) Validity and acculturation of diagnostic instruments. Since 2015, she has been involved with Red Espectro Autista Latinoamerica (Latin American Autism Spectrum Network [REAL]), that aims to foster international collaboration for research in Latin American countries. She is also a member of the WHO/AS team for the implementation and evaluation of WHO Caregivers Skills Training (CST) pilot projects in various countries (Argentina, Brazil, Chile, India, Peru, Trinidad & Tobago, and Uruguay). Her longer-term goals include developing a package for early identification and early intervention that could be broadly and freely administered in underserved populations in the valley. As a clinician, researcher, and human being, she wants parents to feel that their socio-economic status, ethnicity, or location are not another hurdle to overcome in the road to gain a better outcome for their child. She is an author of two books and more than 45 research reports, articles, and book chapters.
 
 
Panel #138
CE Offered: BACB
Development of a Framework to Promote Research Opportunities and Collaboration With Internal and External Stakeholders in an Applied Behavioral Analytical Organization
Saturday, May 29, 2021
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: AUT/OBM; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Paula Kenyon, Ph.D.
Chair: Shannon Luoma (California State University, Sacramento; Kadiant)
FRANCINE HOLGUIN (Kadiant)
ALLISON J. WOMACK (Kadiant)
PAULA KENYON (Kadiant)
Abstract:

Within the field of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA), it is widely accepted that evidence-based practice (EBP), or the integration of the best available evidence with clinical expertise, client values, and context (Slocum et al., 2014) should be guiding principle in clinical decision making. However, there continues to be a research-to-practice gap in which practitioners are not readily implementing the most up to date evidence-based practices. In order to promote evidence-based practices within clinical settings, clinicians should have readily available access to literature and should be exposed and encouraged to participate in research opportunities. The current panel aims to discuss the conceptualization and implementation of a research framework developed within an organization, with the aim of working collaboratively with internal and external stakeholders to move the field of ABA forward by reviewing, conducting, and publishing innovated research. The panel will review the evolution of a steering and sub-committees (i.e., manuscript, conference, literature, proposal, and research review), and the development of a research manual, workflows, and related forms.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Introductory understanding on the systematic application of ABA principles to conduct research. Introductory understanding on processes (e.g., literature reviews, proposals, Internal Review Boards) related to conducting ABA-based research and treatment evaluations.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define evidence-based practice, (2) discuss the research to practice gaps, and (3) describe a potential research framework to encourage and promote research within an applied setting.
Keyword(s): Evidence-based practice, Research
 
 
Symposium #139
CE Offered: BACB
Advances in the Treatment of Stereotypy in Persons With Autism
Saturday, May 29, 2021
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Catia Cividini-Motta Cividini (University of South Florida)
CE Instructor: Catia Cividini-Motta Cividini, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium includes three papers describing treatments effective at reducing stereotypy for individuals with autism. The first paper evaluated the impacted of matching stimulation, a commonly used intervention for vocal stereotypy, on levels of stereotypy and acquisition of receptive skills. Although both the second and third papers included discrimination training, procedures differed across the studies. The second paper employed a multiple-schedule arrangement to bring stereotypy under stimulus control of a sleeve worn on the arm. The third paper directly compared the use of a multiple-schedule and a chained-schedule arrangement during discrimination training. In addition, in this paper colored cards were used to signal the components of each schedule. Stereotypy decreased across all three papers. Results of the first paper indicated that continuous access to music did not hinder skill acquisition and results of the second and third papers indicated that the use of multiple-schedules and chained-schedules may led to stimulus control over stereotypy.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): chained-schedule, matched stimulation, multiple-schedule, stereotypy
Target Audience:

BCBAs, BCaBA, clinicians and/or teachers with some background in ABA

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe how to use matched stimulation to decrease stereotypy (2) describe how to implement discrimination training using multiple schedules (3) describe how to implement discrimination training using chained schedules
 
An Evaluation of the Effects of Matched Stimulation on Stereotypy and Skill Acquisition
Catia Cividini-Motta Cividini (University of South Florida), Natalie Mandel (University of South Florida), Hannah Lynn MacNaul (University of Texas at San Antonio), ALYSSA ROJAS (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Stereotypy can impact skill acquisition by leading to increased inaccuracy or slower task completion (e.g., Koegel & Covert, 1972). Results of previous research suggest that access to matched stimulation can reduce vocal stereotypy (e.g., Lanovaz et al., 2012). This study evaluated the effects of matched stimulation in the form of music on vocal stereotypy, the speed of acquisition of receptive skills (i.e., following instructions), and latency to complete a mastered task. The study included three conditions, music played via a stereo, music played via headphones worn by the participant, and a control condition during which music was not available. The participant in this study was a 13-year-old male diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder who engaged in high levels of vocal stereotypy. Results indicated that music delivered through headphones led to greater suppression of stereotypy, the least amount of sessions to mastery of the discrimination task, and did not drastically increase latency to responding. Additionally, the participant preferred the headphone condition.
 

Implementing a Multiple Schedule With Response Interruption and Redirection to Reduce Stereotypy in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

ASHLEY CALLAHAN (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), Meghan Deshais (Caldwell University), Heather Pane (Caldwell University), Priya P Patil (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Research has identified a variety of effective interventions for treating motor and vocal stereotypy, including noncontingent reinforcement (NCR), differential reinforcement of other behaviors (DRO), and positive punishment. In the current study, a multiple schedule was used to bring motor and/or vocal stereotypy under stimulus control of a sleeve worn on the arm. In the “no stereotypy” component, the sleeve was worn, and stereotypy resulted in response interruption and redirection (RIRD). During the “free access” component, the sleeve was not worn, and free access to stereotypy was provided. Following discrimination training, the no stereotypy component was systematically increased, and the free access component gradually decreased. Generalization was programmed for by conducting sessions during two within-category activities; generalization was assessed by probing a novel activity. Maintenance was programmed for via systematic fading of the sleeve to a bracelet and assessed during a follow-up probe for one participant. Results showed a decrease in stereotypy across all participants. RIRD frequency remained high for Kevin, variable for Joe, and low for Nick. Generalization showed decreases in stereotypy from baseline sessions across all participants. Two week follow up probes were conducted for Kevin and low levels of stereotypy were observed. Social validity results showed high social acceptability of the goals, procedures, and outcomes.

 

Establishing Stimulus Control of Motor Stereotypy in an Adolescent With Autism

CAROLINE FEARNLEY (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Cammarie Johnson (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University; Simmons University)
Abstract:

Multiple-schedule (MS) and chained-schedule (CS) arrangements were used in a multielement and reversal design to compare baseline measures of stereotypy to treatment levels in a 17-year-old boy diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder. Both schedules contained one component with contingencies to decrease stereotypy (S-), and another component with contingencies that allowed for the occurrence of stereotypy (S+). Specific colored cards were associated with each component of each schedule. Interobserver agreement and procedural integrity data, collected in at least 33% of all sessions, exceeded 95%. The results showed differential latencies to first response and levels of stereotypy in the S+ and S- components of both schedules, indicative of stimulus control over stereotypy. Whereas previous researchers have suggested that CS is more effective than MS (e.g., Slaton & Hanley, 2016), this study was a direct comparison of the two schedules and did not show evidence of one schedule being more effective than the other. Generality probes were conducted in a new context (completing academic work) and with the use of a DRO and differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) procedure and showed that the colored cards continued to exert control over stereotypy, to a degree similar to treatment.

 
 
Symposium #140
CE Offered: BACB/NASP
Diversity submission Building a Coalition to Amplify the Impact of Behavioral Science
Saturday, May 29, 2021
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: CSS/OBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Tiffany Dubuc (Public Heath Agency of Canada; Blossom Behavioural Services)
CE Instructor: Anthony Biglan, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Converging evidence pinpoints the basic conditions that people need to thrive—minimal amounts of coercion or threat, high levels of positive reinforcement for prosocial behavior, psychological flexibility, and environments that have minimal influences or opportunities for problem behavior. There is, however, a substantial gap between what we know about human thriving and the quality of social environments for millions of people. This symposium describes the creation of the Coalition of Behavioral Science Organizations, which ABAI helped to create. It is designed to foster the translation of behavioral science knowledge into widespread implementation of programs and policies that. By working in cooperation with other behavioral science organizations we can increase our influence on public policies advance the use of our knowledge. This symposium will describe the rationale and development for the Coalition of Behavioral Science Organizations and will then describe the progress that the coalition is made in promoting a long-term effort to improve individual and family well-being in neighborhoods of concentrated disadvantage.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Climate Change,, Coalitions, Concentrated Disadvantage, Dissemination,
Target Audience:

The attendees should have training in any area of behavior science, including not just behavior analysis, but also behavioral medicine, education, and prevention.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Describe the history, organization and aims of the Coalition of Behavioral Science Organizations (2) Describe the nature of neighborhoods of concentrated disadvantage and the factors that contribute to continuing disadvantage. (3) Describe programs and policies that have the potential to reduce disadvantage.
 
Diversity submission Rationale and History of the Coalition of Behavioral Science Organizations
(Service Delivery)
ANTHONY BIGLAN (Oregon Research Institute)
Abstract: The Coalition of Behavioral Science Organizations is made up of six organizations: Association for Behavior Analysis International, Association for Contextual Behavior Science, Association for Positive Behavior Support, the Evolution Institute, the National Prevention Science Coalition, and the Society of Behavioral Medicine. It was created to pursue the common interest of these organizations in promoting the use of behavioral science knowledge and methods. It is believed that by combining our expertise both with respect to the science of human behavior and with respect to the ways in which public policies that promote the use of our knowledge can be achieved, we can have a significant impact on the implementation of evidence-based programs and policies and ultimately on the prevalence of well-being in the population.
 
Diversity submission Rebuilding Opportunity in America
(Service Delivery)
ANDREW C BONNER (University of Florida)
Abstract: Over the past fifty years, the health and well-being of a significant portion of Americans have declined, and the prospect of systematically oppressed children escaping from poverty has nearly disappeared. No progress has been made in reducing structural racism -- a major cause of concentrated disadvantage. Concentrated disadvantage refers to neighborhoods with high percentages of residents of low socioeconomic status. These neighborhoods are the focus of our long-term nation-wide effort because they are where the well-being of families, including child development, is most compromised. We cannot reduce the impact or prevalence of neighborhoods of concentrated disadvantage without both community-driven and policy-level approaches. We propose to develop community partnerships to identify neighborhood-level needs and collaboratively set action plans to organize and advocate for local and national policies. This paper will describe a policy agenda for reducing structural racism and the progress the CBSO Families and Wellbeing Task Force has made in garnering endorsements of this agenda, drafting the policies that are needed and creating inroads to get these policies in the hands of policy makers, and collaborating with organizations working in neighborhoods of concentrated disadvantage. Future aspirations of the Rebuilding Opportunity in America initiative will also be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #142
CE Offered: BACB
Conditions Contributing to the Effectiveness of Error-Correction Procedures
Saturday, May 29, 2021
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Tom Cariveau (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
CE Instructor: Tom Cariveau, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Error-correction procedures are ubiquitous in instructional programs. A number of unique error-correction strategies have been shown to be efficacious and subsequent research suggests that a single procedure may not be optimal under all conditions. Complicating this line of research are the numerous strategies that include seemingly minor procedural differences or use unique terms to describe similar conditions. Further, few systematic evaluations of common error-correction procedures can be found in the extant literature, which limits the generalizability of findings in this area. This symposium includes three studies examining the potential variables underlying the effectiveness of error-correction procedures previously described in this literature. Participants include children and adolescents with and without developmental disabilities receiving specialized intervention in educational or clinical settings. The findings of these studies may contribute to the broader understanding of the effects of error-correction procedures and to the refinement of instructional methods by increasing the effectiveness, efficiency, or acceptability of these procedures. Future research and implications for applied practice are discussed.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Error correction, Instruction
Target Audience:

Practitioners, graduate students, and board certified behavior analysts.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe commonly used error-correction procedures; (2) identify modifications to common error-correction procedures that may be associated with greater efficiency; (3) describe areas of future research on error-correction procedures.
 

Effects of the Onset of Differential Reinforcer Quality on Skill Acquisition

DELANIE FETZNER (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Tom Cariveau (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Astrid La Cruz Montilla (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract:

The onset of differential reinforcement of unprompted responding has not received adequate attention in the skill acquisition literature and, perhaps more importantly, has not been sufficiently controlled in comparative studies. Take for example recent research on error-correction procedures, which have produced unique findings potentially resulting from unique onsets of differential reinforcement across conditions. The current study serves as a systematic extension of this research by comparing the efficiency of acquisition in immediate and delayed onset of differential reinforcement conditions for three participants with developmental disabilities using an adapted alternating treatments design. In all four comparisons, the delayed onset condition required fewer trials to mastery, although superior performance was observed early in acquisition in the immediate onset condition in two comparisons. These findings failed to replicate those of prior research on differential reinforcement onset, possibly due to differences in participant characteristics, target tasks, or other procedural modifications. Nevertheless, the current findings also suggest that onset of differential reinforcement is a critical variable to consider in skill acquisition programming and should be controlled in applied research.

 

A Component Analysis of Error Correction Procedures: Effects on Listener Responses

HUI ZHI (Department of Health and Behavior Studies, Teachers College, Columbia University), Kalie Chan (Department of Health and Behavior Studies, Teachers College, Columbia University), Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

We conducted a component analysis of learn unit (LU) instruction that included delivering antecedent instructions and differential consequences for correct and incorrect responses. Six preschoolers with and without disabilities participated in the study. In the LU condition, researchers praised correct responses and implemented a correction procedure contingent on incorrect responses. LU instruction was compared to conditions that omitted consequence portions of instruction. In the reinforcement-only (RO) condition, researchers applied positive reinforcement operations to correct responses and ignored incorrect responses. In the correction-only (CO) condition, researchers ignored correct responses and implemented the correction procedure following incorrect responses. We manipulated this independent variable across learning educational and abstract stimuli and measured acquisition rates, cumulative duration required until mastery, and maintenance of responses. The results showed that the learning procedures of LU and CO were both effective on teaching listener responses for all participants and were more effective than the RO procedure. Furthermore, LU instruction that involved both reinforcement and corrections was not necessarily more effective than the procedure of CO on teaching listener responses. The results also suggested that the correction procedure was more effective than the reinforcement procedure on the maintenance of learned skills.

 

An Evaluation of Multiple Response Repetition Error-Correction Procedures

ALEXANDRIA BROWN (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Julie Hester (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Tom Cariveau (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract:

Multiple response repetition (MRR) is a frequently used error-correction procedure that requires the learner to repeatedly emit a response following an error. Several studies have found the MRR procedure to be effective; however, it is unclear if these effects result from the repeated emission of a response, similar to positive overcorrection procedures, or the period of signaled extinction, similar to time out from positive reinforcement. The current study extended prior research by comparing the effects of three MRR conditions (i.e., relevant, irrelevant, and yoked-delay) in an adapted alternating treatments design. A 5-year-old female with autism spectrum disorder participated. Across all three comparisons, targets were acquired in the yoked-delay condition in the fewest number of exposures. This finding suggests that timeout from reinforcement may serve a prominent role in the effectiveness of MRR procedures. This result is particularly promising as it may provide early evidence that a less-intrusive version of an effective procedure may produce similar or even better discrimination outcomes.

 
 
Panel #143
CE Offered: BACB
The Role of Principles in Ethical Decision-Making
Saturday, May 29, 2021
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: PCH/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Ilene Schwartz, Ph.D.
Chair: Nancy Rosenberg (University of Washington)
ILENE SCHWARTZ (University of Washington)
ELIZABETH KELLY (University of Washington)
KAITLIN MARIE KLOES GREENY (University of Washington)
Abstract:

Principles are broad statements of values that can serve as guides for both ethical behavior and ethical decision-making. Many health-related professions, such as occupational therapy, speech-language-hearing, psychology, and counseling, have incorporated explicit principles into their codes of ethics. Behavior analysis currently has not. This symposium will explore the use of principles in the ethics codes of other organizations, examine how a statement of basic principles might help guide ethical behavior and ethical decision making within an organization, and outline a process we have utilized at our university to define principles for our Applied Behavior Analysis program.

Target Audience:

BCBAs

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will recognize the use of explicit principles in the ethical codes of other health-related professions. 2. Participants will recognize ways that explicit principles may help guide ethical behavior and ethical decision making within an organization. 3. Participants will understand one possible process for developing explicit principles for an organization interested in promoting ethical behavior in its behavior analysts.
 
 
Symposium #145
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Compassion and Self-Compassion Among Supervising Behavior Analysts and Direct Care Staff
Saturday, May 29, 2021
5:00 PM–6:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: AUT/OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kate E. Fiske Massey (Rutgers University)
Discussant: Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group)
CE Instructor: Kate E. Fiske Massey, Ph.D.
Abstract: Recent research has highlighted the importance of compassion in applied behavior analysis (ABA). A survey of parents of children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) indicated that parents often rated behavior analysts poorly on their demonstration of behaviors that indicate compassion and empathy for the family (Taylor et al., 2019). Further, LeBlanc and colleagues (2019) noted that the majority of surveyed behavior analysts had not received training on relationship-building skills during their graduate studies. As noted by these authors, compassion is required for behavior analysts working with families of individuals with autism and other related disabilities. Additionally, compassion is necessary when behavior analysts oversee direct care staff working with these same populations. Research indicates that staff members working in the field of ABA report high levels of burnout associated with variables that include the support they receive from supervisors (Gibson et al., 2009; Plantiveau et al., 2018). In the current symposium, we will first examine the qualities of exemplary behavior analysts, including those that center on compassion for others. We will then examine factors within ABA settings—such as supervision—that contribute to employee burnout, and consider steps behavior analysts can take in the workplace to promote compassion by altering supervisory practices and focusing on staff self-care.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): compassion, self-care, supervision
Target Audience: The target audience is current board certified behavior analysts, including and especially those who are currently serving in supervisory roles.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify the qualities of an exemplary behavior analyst that are directly related to supervising others; (2) describe organizational factors, especially those related to supervision, that can contribute to staff burnout; (3) describe compassionate approaches that can be taken by behavior analysts in interactions with supervisees to reduce burnout.
 
The Composition of Exemplary Practitioners: Perspectives of Behavior Analysts
ALYSSA R MCELROY (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Frieder (Western Michigan University), Ryan M. Zayac (University of North Alabama), Thom Ratkos (Berry College), Madison Williams (University of North Alabama), Ashton Geiger (University of North Alabama), Amber Paulk (University of North Alabama), Lily Coleman (University of North Alabama)
Abstract: What characteristics and behaviors makeup an exceptional behavior analyst? We should be well prepared to answer this question with our field’s emphasis on objective definition, description, quantification, and experimentation. However, many of us may struggle to identify differences between exemplary and average behavior analysts. The current multiphase study, asked BCBAs and BCBA-Ds to identify their top five qualities and attendant behaviors of individuals they considered exemplary behavior analysts. Two hundred seventy-four participants completed the survey which yielded 180 different identified qualities. Similar qualities (e.g., compassionate, thoughtful, caring) were consolidated into one category (“Empathetic”), and the authors narrowed the list to 35 qualities and corresponding behaviors, which we named the Exemplary Behavior Analyst Checklist (EBAC). An initial 392 BCBAs and BCBA-Ds in the United States rated the extent to which exemplary behavior analysts displayed each quality and corresponding behaviors from the previously developed list, using a 1 (never exhibits this quality) to 5 (always exhibits this quality) Likert-type scale. Participants also ranked their top 10 qualities in order of importance. Data from international participants will also be shared. A discussion of the EBAC and participants’ ratings will be presented, including implications related to training, study limitations, and future research.
 

Burnout in Providers Serving Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Multi-Method Examination of Organizational Causes

SUMMER BOTTINI (Binghamton University; Marcus Autism Center), Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center), Kaylie Wiseman (Binghamton University), Jennifer M. Gillis (Binghamton University)
Abstract:

Providers serving individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) are at high risk of experiencing burnout. Burnout is of serious concern as it negatively impacts one’s physical/psychological health and quality of services. Research has focused on individual predictors of burnout; however, understanding organizational causes may elucidate targets for prevention. Study 1 surveyed 149 individuals providing direct-care services to individuals with ASD to examine the relation between areas of work-life and burnout using standardized measures. We found a high percentage of providers experience burnout. Workload, reward, fairness, and values emerged as the best work-life predictors of burnout but predicted little variance in burnout (Table 1), suggesting existing measures do not sufficiently capture organizational aspects that contribute to burnout. To better understand the unique experiences of this population, we recruited 11 providers to interview regarding experiences of burnout and organizational factors that affect burnout. Qualitative analysis revealed nine core themes. Workload, coordinating providers, supervision, and colleagues were frequently reported to contribute to burnout; whereas, social support from colleagues and supervision were frequently reported to mitigate burnout (Table 2). Findings suggest areas for prevention within organizations servings individuals with ASD and avenues for better measuring relevant work-life factors.

 

Evaluating the Effects of Behavioral Skills Training With Behavior Analysts to Increase Essential Supervisory Skills

Allison Hawkins (Rutgers University), KATE E. FISKE MASSEY (Rutgers University)
Abstract:

Many individuals with autism spectrum disorders are enrolled in specialized private schools due to challenging behavior or specific learning difficulties. Job responsibilities in these settings can be stressful for staff employed in direct-care positions. Previous research suggests that high-quality supervisor relationships can moderate staff stress and burnout for direct-care staff in specialized ABA schools (Gibson et al., 2009). Literature suggests that improving Board Certified Behavior Analysts’ (BCBA) use of corrective feedback, empathetic statements, and reinforcement could contribute to improved supervisory relationships. To date, no research has presented the use of behavioral skills training (BST) to teach BCBAs supervisory skills, and the current study sought to fill this gap in the research. Two BCBAs were taught two essential supervisory skills: corrective feedback and empathetic statements. Both participants mastered each skill following BST. A third skill, reinforcement, met mastery criteria for both participants before BST was implemented. Staff ratings of perceived supervisor support did not support the hypothesis that ratings would improve following BCBA mastery of target skills. Staff ratings were initially high during baseline and remained stable following BCBA training. The results of the present study suggest that behavioral skills training is an effective tool for teaching supervisory skills to BCBAs.

 
Effects of Short-Term Self-Care Training on the Well-Being of Staff in an ABA Setting
DEBRA PAONE (Rutgers University), Kate E. Fiske Massey (Rutgers University), Margaret Swarbrick (Rutgers University Behavioral Health Care), Susan Gould-Fogerite (Rutgers New Jersey Medical School), Catriona Beauchamp Francis (Rutgers University)
Abstract: In past research, professionals working in ABA report high levels of burnout affected by factors such as supervisory and social support (Plantiveau et al., 2018) and employee exposure to aggressions (Hastings et al., 2000). Taylor and colleagues (2018) called for a focus on self-care for ABA professionals. In a pilot study, we examined the effects of a short-term self-care program on 14 ABA staff members working with adolescents with ASD and severe challenging behavior. We offered three 1-hour trainings on self-care skills such as focused breathing techniques and tips for healthy eating and sleep hygiene. Contrary to expectations, staff reported low levels of burnout prior to trainings, and reductions in burnout were not observed following training. However, 100% of staff reported that the program was relevant to their needs. A second, 4-session self-care program will be conducted remotely during the COVID-19 pandemic to evaluate the impact of self-care skills on employees’ perceived stress, sleep, and mindfulness skills during this unprecedented time. Taken with the results of our first pilot study, the importance and evaluation of future self-care programs with this population will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #148
CE Offered: BACB
Evidence-Based Practices in Schools: Supporting Students at the Classwide Level, Individual Level, and via Telehealth
Saturday, May 29, 2021
5:00 PM–6:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida)
Discussant: Diana Ginns (University of South Florida)
CE Instructor: Kimberly Crosland, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium will bring together four studies that focus on improving outcomes for students both at the class-wide and individual level. The first study will describe a federally funded grant to develop a class-wide modular approach for assisting teachers in self-contained classrooms with students with Emotional and Behavioral Disorders (EBD). The second presentation will provide the audience with an overview of coaching fidelity data from a tri-state implementation of the MAAPS model and a conceptualization on virtual (telehealth) coaching. The third presentation will move to describing individual outcomes for students with disruptive behavior and describe the use of the collaborative Prevent-Teach-Reinforce model to develop an effective interventions for students. The last presentation will describe another study at the individual student level in which two interventions were compared (choice vs. DRO without extinction) to determine which intervention resulted in the best outcomes and was more preferred by students with EBD. These studies describe how behavior analysts can work at the systems, class-wide, and individual level to best support educational personnel and students.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): EBP, PTR, School Consultation, Telehealth
Target Audience:

Participants should have basic behavioral knowledge and education in behavior analysis (at least one course in behavior modification/behavior analysis) and/or at least one year practicing behavior analysis.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentations, participants will be able to: 1. Describe strategies for implementing interventions class-wide and at the individual level for students in school academic settings. 2. Discuss how best to support students and teachers in virtually or telehealth context. 3. Describe and understand multiple strategies including DRO, Choice, and Prevent-Teach-Reinforce for individual students in classroom settings.
 

Development of Modular-Based Consultation Using Evidence-Based Practices for Teachers of Students With Emotional Disturbance

(Theory)
KIMBERLY CROSLAND (University of South Florida), Rose Iovannone (University of South Florida/Florida Mental Health), Diana Ginns (University of South Florida), Jennifer Wolgemuth (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

As the number of school-aged students receiving IEP services for Emotional Disabilities (ED) increase, the need for well-trained teachers of students with ED also increases. Teachers of students with ED have higher rates of burnout, stay in the profession fewer years, and experience higher rates of stress compared to teachers of students with other special education disabilities. Furthermore, individuals with ED encounter poorer post-secondary outcomes than those with other disabilities including higher rates of drop-out, substance abuse, and incarceration as well as lower rates of graduation and employment. Successfully ameliorating the challenging behaviors of students with ED while enrolled in schools is essential for reversing the negative outcomes. However, research reports that teachers of students with ED do not consistently use evidence-based strategies, or if used, need support in implementation. This presentation will present outcomes from the first year of a three year federally funded grant to develop a modular based intervention process for implementing evidence based behavioral strategies class-wide for students with ED. A theoretical description of the MOTIVATED framework will be presented along with a description of class-wide modules. Outcomes from themes that emerged from initial focus groups with key stakeholders (teachers, administrators, and students) will be presented that will address barriers and enhancers to implementing behavioral interventions class-wide for students with ED.

 

A Modular Approach for Autism Programming in Schools: Coaching Fidelity and Expanding to Telehealth

(Applied Research)
ROCKY HAYNES (University of South Florida - Tampa), Ryan J. Martin (May Institute)
Abstract:

Although there are established evidence-based interventions for students with autism, they are often not implemented as intended in school settings. Multiple factors impact school implementation including lack of resources, inadequate training, and transfer of research-based interventions to classrooms. Modular Approach to Autism Programming in Schools (MAAPS) is a collaborative, team-based framework that guides school teams to select and implement evidence-based interventions, utilizing a modular approach that customizes specific interventions to best address individual student needs. This presentation will provide an overview of the social validity and coaching fidelity data from implementation of MAAPS within schools across three states. There will be a particular focus on coaching fidelity data with discussion about how to adjust school consultation to a telehealth model based on the transition in this study from in-person to virtual coaching. Future consideration will be discussed about how to reach rural schools using a telehealth virtual model to assist them with implementing a modular approach to support students with autism.

 

Using the Prevent-Teach-Reinforce Model to Improve Classroom Behavior

(Service Delivery)
JENNIFER M. HODNETT (University of South Florida), Andrea Nicole Zuniga (University of South Florida), Catia Cividini-Motta Cividini (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

The Prevent-Teach-Reinforce (PTR) model has been utilized to both decrease student problem behaviors and increase appropriate behaviors (Dunlap, Iovannone, Wilson, Kincaid, & Strain, 2010). The PTR model is a 5-step teaming approach to identify critical components that enhance the success of Tier 3 individualized behavior supports. PTR is a standardized, function-based model that incorporates the principles and procedures of applied behavior analysis and Positive Behavioral Interventions and Supports (PBIS). The current study utilized the systematic approach of the PTR model to conduct a functional behavior assessment (FBA) of the disruptive behaviors of a first-grade student. Then, following the PTR model, the researchers collaborated with stakeholders on the development of an individualized behavioral support plan and teacher training. The intervention resulted in a reduction in disruptive behavior, increase in academic engagement, and teacher implementation fidelity was high throughout the intervention. A discussion of how both school psychologists and behavior analysts worked together to support the student will also be described.

 

Choice vs. Reinforcement for Decreasing Disruptive Behavior for Students With Emotional and Behavioral Disorders

(Applied Research)
Sara Hordges (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida), JESSE DEPAOLO (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

As the number of students with developmental disabilities increases in schools (U.S. Department of Education, 2017a), so does the need for effective interventions within school settings. Both antecedent and consequence interventions have been conducted within schools in attempts to decrease maladaptive behaviors and increase appropriate behaviors in relation to academics. Providing choices and reinforcement have demonstrated empirical evidence that both interventions were successful in creating positive behavior change in students with emotional and behavioral disorders (EBD). This study compared the use of an antecedent-based intervention (i.e., activity choice) versus a consequence-based intervention (e.g., differential reinforcement without extinction) to determine which of the behavior management strategies produced a more effective behavior change for three students with or at risk of EBD. A non-concurrent multiple baseline across participants with an alternating treatments design was used. The feasibility for teachers to implement the interventions in their classrooms was also evaluated. Results indicated that both interventions were effective in increasing on-task behavior for all participants, although activity choice demonstrated a slightly higher effect for two of the three participants. Both interventions resulted in high levels of treatment fidelity by the teachers.

 
 
Symposium #149
CE Offered: BACB
Methodological Considerations in Applied Behavior Analysis Practice and Research
Saturday, May 29, 2021
5:00 PM–6:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: TBA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University)
Discussant: Marc J. Lanovaz (Université de Montréal)
CE Instructor: SungWoo Kahng, Ph.D.
Abstract: One of the seven dimensions of applied behavior analysis (Baer, Wolf, & Risley, 1968) is “analytic,” which requires a believable demonstration that the independent variable is responsible for the change in the dependent variable. To meet this goal, behavior analysts take great care to demonstrate functional control using single-case experimental designs. Data are analyzed using visual inspection and reliability is measured to determine the consistency of the collected data. This symposium will focus on recent research focused on visual inspection, threats to single-case designs, and interobserver agreement. The first paper will focus on the use of A-B designs in practice. The second paper will focus on the use of visual analyses to measure outcomes during functional communication training. The third paper will provide a discussion of threats to internal validity of multiple baseline designs. The final paper will provide an examination of how much interobserver agreement is sufficient to provide confidence in the consistency of the data.
Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): FCT, interobserver agreement, multiple baseline, visual inspection
Target Audience: Experiment with visual analyses of behavioral data, single-case experimental design, and interobserver agreement.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Evaluate the utility of A-B design; 2. Determine the state of visual analyses of FCT data; 3. Identify threats to internal validity of multiple baseline; and 4. Determine how much interobserver agreement should be collected in practice.
 
Comparison of Visual Analysis Outcomes and Simulation Modeling Analysis Outcomes in A-B Designs
NICOLE KANAMAN (The University of Kansas), Bertilde U Kamana (The May Institute), Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas), Derek D. Reed (University of Kansas)
Abstract: We used behavioral skills training and on-the job feedback (Parsons, Rollyson, & Reid, 2012) to increase staff use of four “healthy behavioral practices” (e.g., provide positive interactions, provide effective instruction) in 18 homes and programs serving adults with disabilities. Due to various logistical aspects, we used an AB design (baseline and intervention conditions) across the 18 homes and programs and the four practices to determine the effects of our intervention. Visual analysis outcomes suggested increases in correct staff behavior from baseline to the intervention phase across homes and programs, as well as across practices in many instances. As an additional evaluation of our effects, we conducted statistical analyses of these data using simulation modeling analyses (SMA; Borckartdt et al., 2008), which allows clinical researchers to determine the statistical significance of single-subject data. We compared the outcomes of SMA to visual analysis of the AB design data for data sets in which visual analysis suggested a clear outcome. This allowed us to determine the degree to which visual analysis and the outcome of the SMA matched (i.e., showed a true positive or true negative outcome). Overall, most results suggested true positive or true negative outcomes across the two analyses.
 
A Review of Visual Analysis Reporting Procedures in the Functional Communication Training Literature
AARON CHECK (University of South Carolina), Katie Wolfe (University of South Carolina), Meka McCammon (University of South Carolina)
Abstract: Most studies in applied behavior analysis use single-case research (SCR) methodology to examine causal relations between variables. In SCR, visual analysis is the primary method by which data are evaluated to determine the presence or absence of causal relations. However, a growing body of research suggests that visual analysis may be unreliable under many circumstances (e.g., Wolfe, Seaman, & Drasgow, 2016). One reason for this lack of reliability may be the absence of clear procedures for conducting visual analysis (Barton, Meadan, & Fettig, 2019), which may contribute to inconsistent interpretation of data across analysts. The purpose of this study is to review the literature on Functional Communication Training (FCT) to provide a descriptive analysis of 1) the types of SCR designs used, 2) the rigor of this literature base relative to the What Works Clearinghouse Design Standards, 3) visual analysis procedures reported by authors, 4) statistical analysis procedures reported by authors, and 5) conclusions drawn by authors as a result of their visual analysis. Preliminary results indicate that 68 studies on basic FCT have been published since 1985, and that the majority of these use a multiple baseline or ABAB design. Approximately 60% of studies met WWC Design Standards with or without reservations. Full results, which may inform future research and reporting standards for visual analysis, will be discussed.
 
An Analysis of Threats to Internal Validity in Multiple-Baseline Design Variations
TIMOTHY A. SLOCUM (Utah State University), Sarah E. Pinkelman (Utah State University), P. Raymond Joslyn (Utah State University), Beverly Nichols (Utah State University)
Abstract: Multiple baseline designs are the predominant experimental design in applied behavior analytic research and are increasingly employed in other disciplines. The consensus in current textbooks and recent methodological papers is that nonconcurrent designs are less rigorous than concurrent designs because of their limited ability to address the threat of coincidental events. In this paper, we argue that this consensus is incorrect. First, we describe features of both types of multiple baseline designs. Second, we suggest an analysis of how the features of each design contribute to, or detract from, achieving strong internal validity. Finally, we conclude that concurrent and nonconcurrent multiple baseline designs are essentially equivalent in rigor with respect to internal validity. We believe that this discussion may result in a better understanding of both concurrent and nonconcurrent multiple baseline designs and shift the discussion from global statements of overall rigor to specific statements about threats that are more or less strongly controlled and specific situations in which each offers more or less control.
 
Interobserver Agreement: A Preliminary Investigation into How Much is Enough?
NICOLE HAUSMAN (Full Spectrum ABA), Noor Javed (Kennedy Kreiger Institute), Molly K Bednar (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Madeleine Guell (The Johns Hopkins University), Erin Schaller (Little Leaves Behavioral Services), Rose Nevill (University of Virginia), SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University)
Abstract: The collection of data that are reliable and valid is critical to applied behavior analysis (e.g., Kazdin, 1977; Kennedy, 2005). Although there are guidelines for selecting the most appropriate measure of interobserver agreement (IOA), there is little empirical support to guide how much IOA is needed overall. Current guidelines suggest that IOA be calculated for 20%-33% of sessions (e.g., Kennedy, 2005; Poling et al., 1995); however, practical limitations may influence the actual percentage of sessions that a second observer is available. The purpose of the current study was to provide preliminary guidelines for determining the optimal amount of IOA to report by simulating various percentages of overall IOA. Data from multielement FAs of inpatients (N= 100) were used, and the total number of sessions with IOA for each participant was subsequently manipulated such that 30%, 25%, 15% and 10% IOA could be calculated and compared using statistical analyses. Results suggested that no significant differences in IOA were obtained at the total IOA cutoffs simulated; however, the IOA scores were sensitive to response rate and varied depending on the type of IOA evaluated.
 
 
Invited Panel #149A
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Applying Our Science to Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion: A Conversation With the ABAI DEI Board
Saturday, May 29, 2021
5:00 PM–6:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: DEI; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Carol Pilgrim (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
CE Instructor: Carol Pilgrim, Ph.D.
Panelists: SHAHLA ALA'I (University of North Texas), JOVONNIE ESQUIERDO-LEAL (University of Nevada, Reno), ELIZABETH FONG (Pepperdine University), RICHARD FUQUA (Western Michigan University), RAMONA HOUMANFAR (University of Nevada, Reno), JOMELLA WATSON-THOMPSON (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

This panel represents the second annual DEI Board discussion in a series designed to provide the ABAI membership with: 1) updates on Board activities, 2) opportunities for considering specific topics of relevance to advancing DEI efforts within ABAI and more broadly, and 3) a mechanism for input and ideas from the audience. This year’s panel will focus on the potential contributions of behavior analysis theory and scientific research to improving diversity, equity, and inclusion in ABAI and, more generally, in society. After a brief review of the Board’s actions over the past year by Carol Pilgrim, Chair of the ABAI DEI Task Force, DEI Board members will share perspectives on how the science of behavior analysis can be brought to bear in designing DEI initiatives and evaluating their effectiveness. Time for questions and comments from the audience will be included to allow for sharing relevant experiences and lessons learned.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify actions taken by ABAI’s DEI Board over the past year; (2) discuss the application of behavior-analytic theory and research in the design of DEI initiatives; (3) discuss the application of behavior-analytic research in evaluating the effectiveness of DEI actions.
SHAHLA ALA'I (University of North Texas)
Shahla Alai received her B.S. from Southern Illinois University and her M.A. and Ph.D. from the University of Kansas. She is an Associate Professor in the Department of Behavior Analysis at the University of North Texas. Shahla and her students collaborate with community partners to serve people who are under resourced and marginalized within current societal structures. Shahla is a member of an interdisciplinary lab that includes faculty and students from Woman’s and Gender Studies, Applied Anthropology and Behavior Analysis. Shahla teaches courses on technology transfer, ethics, autism intervention, parent training, behavioral systems, applied research methods, behavior change techniques, and assessment. Shahla has served on several boards and disciplinary committees, most notably the ABAI Practice Board and the ABAI Diversity, Equity and Inclusion Board. She has published and presented research on social justice, ethics in early intervention, play and social skills, family harmony, change agent training, supervision and the relationship between love and science in the treatment of autism. Shahla has over four decades of experience working with families and has trained hundreds of behavior analysts. She was awarded an Onassis Foundation Fellowship for her work with families, was the recipient of UNT’s prestigious “’Fessor Graham” teaching award, received the 2019 Texas Association for Behavior Analysis Career Contributions award, and the UNT 2020 Community Engagement award.
JOVONNIE ESQUIERDO-LEAL (University of Nevada, Reno)

Jovonnie Esquierdo-Leal is the Program Development Specialist for the Diversity and Inclusion Office at the University of Nevada, Reno (UNR). She received her M.A. from California State University, Fresno and is currently a doctoral candidate at UNR. Jovonnie’s scholarly interests include diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI); social justice; Behavioral Systems Analysis (BSA); verbal behavior; and leadership.

ELIZABETH FONG (Pepperdine University)
Dr. Hughes Fong has over two decades of experience in the fields of behavioral health, education and management. Her educational background is in clinical and counseling psychology and applied behavior analysis. She holds a Ph.D. in Clinical Psychology with a concentration in Forensic Psychology. She is currently the Associate Director of the MSABA online program and Visiting Clinical Professor at Pepperdine University.

In 2011, Dr. Hughes Fong founded Multicultural Alliance of Behavior Analysts (MultiABA) which was a special interest group of the Association of Behavior Analysis International (ABAI). The SIG has since rebranded as the Culture and Diversity SIG and she continues to be a board member of that group. As a doctoral student, she was a "Distinguished Scholar" with the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies.  In addition, she was the founder of “Diversity in Behavior Analysis” a section in Behavior Analysis Research and Practice, and served as an Associate Editor for the journal. She has been a reviewer for Behavior Analysis: Research and Practice, Behavior Analysis in Practice, and the National Multicultural Conference and Summit.

Currently, Dr. Hughes Fong serves on the Executive Committee for the American Psychological Association's (APA) Division 35 (Society for the Psychology of Women), and Division 35 Section 5 Psychology of Asian American and Pacific Women).  Dr. Hughes Fong is also a member Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI) Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion Board.

In addition to Dr. Hughes Fong activities, she is a Board-Certified Behavior Analyst and licensed as a Behavior Specialist in Pennsylvania, a trainer in the Pennsylvania Bureau of Autism’s Functional Behavior Analysis training, and has received training certificates in the area of Trauma Focused Cognitive Behavior Therapy and Trauma Focused Cognitive Behavior Therapy Childhood Traumatic Grief. She received her level one certification in Pivotal Response Training and Gottman Couples Therapy. Her primary areas of interest are in the application of ABA to diverse populations, telehealth, social validity, health and behavior analysis, and examining child custody and parental competency when a child has developmental disabilities.
RICHARD FUQUA (Western Michigan University)
Wayne Fuqua (Ph.D., BCBA-D) is a Professor of Psychology at Western Michigan University where he served as the Chair of that Department for 14 years. Dr. Fuqua’s research and scholarly interests span a range of topics including autism, health psychology, gerontology, dissemination of evidence-based practice, ethics, and behavioral approaches to sustainability and climate change. His contributions have been recognized with several appointments and awards including: election as a Fellow for the Association of Behavior Analysis; a Distinguished Service Award at WMU; the Jacobson Award from New York State ABA; and a term on the Michigan Autism Council. He has also produced a series of training videos that feature interviews and demonstrations with leaders in behavior analysis (wmich.edu/autism/resources).
RAMONA HOUMANFAR (University of Nevada, Reno)
Dr. Ramona A. Houmanfar is Professor of Psychology and the Director of the Behavior Analysis Program at the University of Nevada, Reno (UNR). She currently serves as the trustee of the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies, Chair of the Organizational Behavior Management Section of Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies, and editorial board members of the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management, and Behavior & Social Issues. Dr. Houmanfar has served as the editor of Journal of Organizational Behavior Management, senior co-chair of the Association for Behavior Analysis International, Director of the Organizational Behavior Management Network and President of the Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis.

Dr. Houmanfar has published over seventy peer reviewed articles and chapters, delivered more than 100 presentations at regional, national, and international conferences in the areas of behavioral systems analysis, cultural behavior analysis, leadership in organizations, rule governance, communication networks, instructional design, and bilingual repertoire analysis and learning. Her expertise in behavioral systems analysis and cultural behavior analysis have also guided her research associated with implicit bias, cooperation, situational awareness, decision making, and value based governance.  Dr. Houmanfar has published three co-edited books titled “Organizational Change” (Context Press), "Understanding Complexity in Organizations", and “Leadership & Cultural Change (Taylor & Francis Group).
JOMELLA WATSON-THOMPSON (University of Kansas)

Dr. Jomella Watson-Thompson is an Associate Professor in the Department of Applied Behavioral Science, and the Director of the Center for Service Learning at the University of Kansas. She is also affiliated with the Center for Community Health and Development. She attained a Ph.D. in Behavioral Psychology and a Masters of Urban Planning from the University of Kansas. She applies behavioral science methods and interventions to improve how communities address issues related to community health and development. Her research has focused on behavioral-community approaches to neighborhood development, substance abuse prevention, and youth and community violence prevention. Dr. Thompson supports community-engaged scholarship using participatory approaches to address social determinants or factors that may contribute to disparities, particularly for marginalized groups and communities. She has researched the effects of community-based processes and behavioral-community interventions to promote mobilization and change in communities. Dr. Thompson has received numerous funding awards and co-authored articles on community capacity-building, youth and neighborhood development, and adolescent substance abuse and youth and community violence prevention.  She is as an Associate Editor with Behavior and Social Issues and serves on the ABAI Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion Board.

 
 
Symposium #150
CE Offered: BACB
Complex Intraverbals Made Simple: The Many Methods to Teach Convergent and Divergent Intraverbal Responding to Persons With Learning Disabilities
Saturday, May 29, 2021
5:00 PM–6:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Aarti Haresh Thakore (Central Texas Autism Center)
Discussant: Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas)
CE Instructor: Smita Awasthi, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Children with Autism and developmental disabilities, despite acquiring a sizeable repertoire of mands, tacts, echoics, listener skills and some simple intraverbal repertoire, fail to acquire more complex behavior (Sundberg, M.L., & Sundberg, C. A., 2011). These have substantial impact on the acquisition of academic and social skills. Michael, Palmer & Sundberg (2011) discuss the challenges in acquiring convergent multiply controlled intraverbals and divergent multiply controlled intraverbals. The first multiple baseline (MBL) study across behaviors (stimulus sets), with three school going participants with ASD, uses training on pre-requisites for convergent intraverbal responding. It evaluates the effect of training one or more pre-requisite skills, on acquisition of convergent intraverbal responding, as well as the remaining pre-requisites. The second MBL across behaviors study with two participants with ASD, uses differential observing responses (DOR) to train convergent intraverbal responding. This can possibly be interpreted as the application of Joint control described by Lowenkron (2006). The third presentation on teaching divergent intraverbal responding, with 2 participants with ASD, examines the value of addition of a fluency training component to tact prompts and transfer trials. The fourth, a discussion paper, reviews selected studies from literature to discuss the types of complex intraverbals and the technologies that can be used to teach them.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Target Audience:

BCBA-D, BCBA, BCaBA

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Identify the effects of training pre-requisites for convergent intraverbal responding 2. Describe the effect of Multiple Tact, Multiple Listener and DOR training on the acquisition of convergent intraverbal responding 3. Identify the effect of prompts, transfer of stimulus control and fluency training on divergent intraverbal responding
 

The Prerequisites to Convergent Intraverbal Responding: A Multiple Baseline Study With Three School-Going Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

SRIDHAR ARAVAMUDHAN (Behavior Momentum India), Smita Awasthi (Behavior Momentum India)
Abstract:

The development of advanced intraverbals requires responses under the control of multiple variables. Such control can be divergent, such as responses to an instruction like “name some vegetables” or, convergent, such as the response to an instruction like “Name an animal that runs fast” (Michael, Palmer & Sundberg, 2011). Sundberg, M.L., and Sundberg, C.A. (2011) proposed that training on four pre-requisite skills, Multiple Tact (MT), Multiple Listener (ML), Intraverbal categorization and Listener Compound Discrimination could facilitate the emergence of convergent intraverbal responses. DeSouza , Fisher & Rodriguez (2019), trained four 4 – 5 year old participants with ASD diagnosis on the pre-requisite skills and found that convergent intraverbal responding emerged with most participants after acquisition of mastery in the trained pre-requisite skills. The current study extends the DeSouza et al., (2019) study by training each pre-requisite skill and probing not only for the emergence of convergent intraverbal responding but the remaining pre-requisites. Three school going participants aged 6, 8 and 14 years, participated in the multiple baselines across behaviors study. Convergent Intraverbal responding emerged with only MT training for 2 of the three participants and with MT and ML training for the third. The study is continuing with second and third stimulus sets for the third participant. However, even with the emergence of correct convergent intraverbal responding, correct responding with one or more of the other pre-requisite skills did not emerge for the participants and had to be trained individually. The findings suggest that, not all the four are pre-requisites for convergent intraverbal responding.

 

The Effects of a Differential Observing Response on Acquisition of Convergent Intraverbal Responding in Two Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

SMITA AWASTHI (Behavior Momentum India), Sridhar Aravamudhan (Behavior Momentum India)
Abstract:

Kisamore and Colleagues (2013) demonstrated that Differential Observing Responses (DOR) can be effective as prompts to teach intraverbal responding to neurotypical pre-school children. The current study extends Kisamore and Colleagues study to school going children with autism. Two participants with ASD, aged 5 and 6 years participated in this study. Participants were trained to produce a DOR by repeating the key words from the antecedent verbal stimulus. They were then prompted to emit the correct response. The first participant’s DOR and convergent intraverbal responding improved from baseline levels in 14 sessions and intervention is continuing with the first stimulus set. The effect of the training on the acquisition of other hypothesized pre-requisites, Multiple Tact (MT), Multiple Listener (ML), Intraverbal categorization (IVC) and Listener Compound Discrimination (LCD), described in Sundberg and Sundberg (2011), after successful acquisition of convergent intraverbal responses are discussed. Baseline measurements are underway for the second participant.

 

Acquisition and Generalization of Divergent Intraverbal Responses in Children Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder

AARTI HARESH THAKORE (Central Texas Autism Center), Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University)
Abstract:

This study examined the effects of intraverbal instruction with a fluency training component on the acquisition and generalization of divergent intraverbal responding to function, feature, and class (FFC) questions with two children (6 and 8 years old) diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. Instructional targets were chosen on the basis of prerequisite relations for intraverbal emergence in the participants’ repertoires. It was expected that with these prerequisites in place, direct establishment of divergent intraverbal responding might generalize across FFC questions. In baseline, participants emitted three or fewer intraverbal responses to most questions. Instruction with tact prompts and transfer-of-control trials initially produced only small increases in intraverbal responding, whereas the addition of fluency training quickly produced criterion-level performance. Further, both participants demonstrated generalization to untrained FFC questions. Pre- and post-tests revealed concomitant increases in responses to reverse intraverbal FFC questions and FFC questions presented in intraverbal webbing format.

 
Complex Intraverbals Made Simple- A Discussion Paper on the Methods to Teach Multiply Controlled Intraverbal Responses
ANUPAMA JAGDISH (Behavior Momentum india), Sridhar Aravamudhan (Behavior Momentum India), Smita Awasthi (Behavior Momentum India)
Abstract: This discussion paper reviews select peer-reviewed and published articles to identify the different instructional strategies that can be used by practitioners. These include the use of DOR (Kisamore, Karsten, Mann, & Conde, 2013), pre-requisites training (DeSouza, Fisher, & Rodriguez, 2018), problem solving (Sautter, LeBlanc, Jay, Goldsmith, & Carr, 2011), training on categories, exemplars and simple intraverbals, for emergence of complex intraverbals (Pérez-González, Belloso-Díaz, Caramés-Méndez, & Alonso-Álvarez, 2014), teaching tacts and simple intraverbals (Belloso-Díaz & Pérez-González, 2015), and the use of a blocked trials procedure (Ingvarsson, Kramer, Carp, Pétursdóttir, & Macias, 2016). The efficacy or otherwise of these procedures based on analysis of data in the studies is discussed. This presentation offers a range of tools for practitioners based on the type of complex intraverbals they need to teach and also explores additional approaches which could be beneficial.
 
 
Symposium #152
CE Offered: BACB
Reviews of Recent Research on Behavioral Interventions for Pediatric Feeding Disorders: Across the Lifespan and Nonremoval of the Cup
Saturday, May 29, 2021
6:00 PM–6:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Bryant Silbaugh (Trendline ABA)
CE Instructor: Bryant Silbaugh, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Pediatric feeding disorders (PFD) commonly associated with developmental disorders have adverse effects on health, development, and social skills. The leading empirically supported approach to treating PFD is behavioral intervention. Researchers have made much progress in this area over the last 10 years. In this symposium, researchers will present the results of literature syntheses on two topics in the assessment and treatment of PFD. Each speaker will share summary data, provide practice guidelines, and suggest future avenues of research, all with a focus on the assessment and treatment of PFD in the evidence-based practice of ABA. The first speaker will discuss research on interventions for feeding problems in individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities across the lifespan. The second speaker will discuss research on the use of nonremoval of the cup to treat liquid refusal in PFD. Attendees will leave the symposium with guidelines for using ABA to treat PFD in children with autism.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): evidence-based practice, feeding disorders, nonremoval
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts, speech and language pathologists, occupational therapists

Learning Objectives: Upon completion of the presentation, participants will be able to (1) identify safeguards and related considerations for treating pediatric feeding disorders, (2) describe trends in research on behavioral intervention for feeding problems across age groups, and (3) identify steps for using nonremoval of the cup to treat liquid refusal in the evidence-based practice of ABA.
 

Interventions to Support Feeding in People With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities

BRYANT SILBAUGH (Trendline ABA), Becky Penrod (California State University, Sacramento), Scott Page (Utah State University), Melissa Moseman (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract:

Pediatric feeding disorders have adverse effects on health, social skills, and development. These disorders are highly prevalent in individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities and emerge in early childhood. Left untreated, they can persist into adulthood putting individuals at increased risk for health conditions and dependence on others. Multiple current syntheses have shown that behavioral interventions are highly empirically supported and effective. However, no prior reviews examined research on behavioral interventions for feeding disorders across the lifespan. We addressed this gap in the literature by conducting a multistep electronic search of behavioral interventions for feeding disorders in individuals with intellectual, developmental, and learning disabilities between 2008 and 2018. Among the many findings generated from this comprehensive synthesis, we found (a) that the most empirically supported interventions were differential reinforcement of alternative behavior, nonremoval procedures, representation, rules, and demand fading; and (b) most participants in the reviewed studies were preschool age children (i.e., 3-6 yr), followed by school age children (i.e., 6-12 yr), and toddlers (i.e., 1-3 yr). Almost no studies included infants or adults, suggesting much more research is needed to examine the social validity and effectiveness of behavioral intervention as support for feeding problems in those populations.

 

A Synthesis of Research on Nonremoval of the Cup in Children With Liquid Refusaland Brief Practice Guidelines

KIANA WHITLOCK (The University of Texas at San Antonio), Bryant Silbaugh (Trendline ABA)
Abstract:

Liquid refusal sometimes co-occurs with pediatric feeding disorders. Potential adverse effects of liquid refusal include dehydration, malnutrition, failure to thrive, and constipation. This synthesis discusses the use of the nonremoval of cup and related procedures such as manual guidance and stimulus control transfer procedures for treating liquid refusal. We conducted a multistep electronic database search to identify behavioral intervention studies that evaluated the effects of the nonremoval of the cup procedure on liquid refusal. Seven studies met inclusion criteria. We used these studies to characterize liquid refusal (i.e., critical and variable features), and describe how the use of the nonremoval of cup procedure to treat this problem has evolved. After synthesizing the participant and study characteristics of these studies, we provide practice guidelines for using nonremoval of the cup to treat liquid refusal in the context of the evidence-based practice of applied behavior analysis. We conclude with a discussion of future research.

 
 
Panel #153
CE Offered: BACB/QABA — 
Ethics
The Ethical Considerations of Assent in the Development of Instructional Motivation
Saturday, May 29, 2021
6:00 PM–6:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Megan Miller, Ph.D.
Chair: Megan Miller (The Do Better Collective)
MEGAN MILLER (The Do Better Collective)
EMILY WILSON (Blossom Behavioral Services)
ROBERT SCHRAMM (Robert Schramm Consulting Knospe-ABA Meridian Rehab)
Abstract:

Behavior analytic intervention programs frequently include the use of forced prompting to earn compliance with demands and reduce escape maintained challenging behavior. This approach is "effective" but raises ethical concerns relating to providing the least restrictive and most humane intervention that maintains the assent of the learner throughout the learning process. The purpose of this panel is to explore ethical considerations regarding the use of forced prompting and other extinction procedures by drawing from the Behavior Analyst Certification Board's Ethical and Professional Compliance Code (2014), Van Houten et al. (1988), and Pritchett et al. (2020). Each panelist will explore how which aspects of the 7 Steps to Earning Instructional Control addresses these ethical considerations and share what modifications they have made to their own practices to ensure they are maintaining assent with learners in delivering behavior analytic services and developing a strong teaching relationship focused on instructional motivation.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

The target audience for this presentation are individuals who have implemented extinction procedures and address challenging behavior in their day to day practice when teaching in a school, clinic, or home.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Identify at least 1 benefit to using advancements in functional analysis technologies 2. Explain at least 1 ethical consideration regarding extinction 3. Describe the importance of maintaining analysis in developing behavior intervention plans 4. Describe at least 1 general guideline to follow when addressing challenging behavior 5. Describe the importance of maintaining learner assent during the intervention process
Keyword(s): assent, extinction alternatives, instructional control, instructional motivation
 
 
Symposium #154
CE Offered: BACB
The Contribution of Qualitative Research to the Understanding of the Application, or Lack Thereof, of Behavior Principles
Saturday, May 29, 2021
6:00 PM–6:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: CBM/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Megan M. Griffin (Whitworth University)
CE Instructor: Deirdre M. Muldoon, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Qualitative research is often undertaken to understand and improve practices within a particular discipline. Qualitative researchers are interested in understanding how people perceive or interpret their lived experiences rather than working to find and prove a hypothesis or discover a cause and effect. For example, understanding others’ theoretical ways of seeing the application of behavior principles to challenging behavior is a possible objective for the coding and thematic analysis that is typical of qualitative research. This symposium will address the process of qualitative research including the use of coding, memos, nodes, and themes. The presenters will address the research process of coding, categorization of codes and subsequent generation of themes. Qualitative research requires additional methods of triangulation of data (e.g., member checking, auditor, critical friend) and these methods will also be discussed , as will the iterative nature of the analysis of data in qualitative research.

Target Audience:

This symposium is appropriate for researchers and practitioners who are interested in the perspectives of consumers of ABA services. The presenters will provide information about qualitative research and the insights that the iterative nature of qualitative data analysis provides when investigating the perspectives of consumers served by ABA researchers and practitioners.

 

Qualitative Methodology to Inform Applied Behavior Analytic Practices: A Literature Review

TIFFANY OTERO (University of New Mexico)
Abstract:

As the field of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) grows and transforms, so too are the methods of inquiry utilized to inform practices. Single case design methodology remains the predominant method of inquiry. However, qualitative methods have increased in prevalence, often as a measure of social validity and feasibility of practices. In this presentation, we provide the findings of a systematic literature review on the use of qualitiative methods in behavior analytic research. Specifically, we will discuss the prevalence of qualitative methodology in behavior analytic content. We will also discuss the most common qualitative methods used and for which purposes they serve. Finally, we will provide information on limitations and considerations for the future.

 

Understanding Caregivers’ Perceptions of Feeding/Mealtime Interventions for Their Young Child With a Feeding Difficulty

DEIRDRE M. MULDOON (The College of Saint Rose)
Abstract:

For this qualitative research nine caregivers were interviewed and recorded. Recordings were transcribed. Transcriptions were systematically coded and analyzed for the lived experiences of caregivers around mealtimes/feeding and difficult behavior. Three qualitative researchers coded each interview separately and a list of codes, nodes and themes was generated and shared following each meeting. Additional codes and nodes were generated as the interview coding proceeded and each code was accepted as long as 2/3 of the researchers agreed to its inclusion. Codes will be condensed into themes and a minimum of three main themes will be generated through the reiterative process of qualitative data analysis; these themes will be discussed in detail. The contribution of the understanding achieved (i.e., of parents’ perceptions of interventions around feeding and mealtimes) qualitative analysis and results will be discussed, as well as the process of qualitative research itself. Member checking and an audit is planned upon completion of coding and thematic analysis (data analysis is ongoing at the time of this submission).

 
Qualitative Research and Contextual Fit
SUSAN R COPELAND (University of New Mexico), Megan M. Griffin (Whitworth University)
Abstract: Practitioners often complain that families, teachers, or other individuals in applied settings do not implement interventions as planned or continue to implement them when services are faded. Qualitative research has potential for better understanding the factors that influence this problem. In this presentation, we will define and describe qualitative research and its potential contributions to behavior analytic work. To do this, we will examine findings from three single case research studies examining the use of self-management strategies to decrease problem behavior of children with Fetal Alcohol Spectrum Disorder (FASD) as a means of exploring how future qualitative studies could be designed to understand more deeply the contextual fit of behavior analytic interventions, particularly with families from diverse linguistic and cultural backgrounds.
 
 
Symposium #155
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Beyond Direct Assessment and Treatment: Addressing the Safety of Individuals Who Engage in Problem Behavior When First Responders Must be Called
Saturday, May 29, 2021
6:00 PM–6:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: CSS/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Sarah Slocum (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine)
CE Instructor: Sarah Slocum, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavior analysts have a history of demonstrating large-scale reductions in severe behavior disorders among the individuals we serve. While this may lead to a quality-of-life improvement, problem behavior is not likely to be eliminated entirely. As such, there are still times in which problem behavior could produce significant danger to an individual, including when unaware or untrained first-responders answer a crisis. The current symposium will first include a presentation on survey results related to the physical and emotional impact of problem behavior on caregivers as well as modifications caregivers have made to their homes to prevent damage caused by problem behavior. These impacts may be critical when training first-responders or other professionals who may be called upon to mitigate the impact of problem behavior. Second, we will present caregiver reports of the use of first-responder services based on their child’s demographics (e.g., race, ethnicity, age, and type of challenging behavior exhibited). Finally, we will show an effective procedure to teach law enforcement officers strategies to promote compliance when responding to a crisis. Overall, these presentations will go beyond the direct reduction of problem behavior to begin to address the safety of individuals with severe behavior disorders during emergency circumstances.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): first responders, law enforcement, problem behavior
Target Audience:

N/A - Basic level

Learning Objectives: 1. identify critical physical and emotional barriers facing families of individuals who engage in problem behavior. 2. understand the impact demographic presentations have on families' uses of first-responders. 3. implement behavioral skills training on critical strategies for first-responders to obtain compliance among individuals with problem behavior.
 
Diversity submission Caregiver Report on the Social and Environmental Impact of Challenging Behavior
AMANDA KAZEE (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine), Kortney Rist (30329), Grace Binion (Marcus Autism Center), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Most researchers measure challenging behavior with direct observations or parent-report of the frequency/duration. While important, this information often does not address the severity of the behavior as it relates to the impact that the behavior has on the child, the family, or others in the community. The purpose of this study is to describe outcomes from a structured interview conducted with a large sample (N > 400) of parents of children with intellectual and developmental disabilities referred to a behavioral treatment program for the primary concern of challenging behavior. Domains assessed included: environmental changes to the home; avoiding certain activities or tasks; damage to property; physical harm to self or others; and contacting emergency or crisis services. Caregivers reported a large degree of negative impact from challenging behavior. Over 80% reported physical injury, over 70% damage to items or the home, and over 40% made structural modifications to their home. It is important to consider these impacts when working with families of children who engage in challenging behavior, both when considering necessary resources and when training first-responders or other professionals who may be called upon to mitigate the impact of challenging behavior.
 
Diversity submission 

Prevalence of Interactions With First Responders: Report From Caregivers of Children Who Exhibit Challenging Behaviors

Nadratu Nuhu (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine), Summer Bottini (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine), MADELINE AUGE (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center), Alexis Constantin Pavlov (Marcus Autism Center), Sarah Slocum (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Individuals with autism spectrum disorder who engage in challenging behaviors are at increased likelihood of coming into contact with first responders during crisis situations. Currently the demographic risk factors associated with contacting first responders is unknown. The purpose of this study is to examine whether caregivers report differential use of first responder services based on their child’s demographics, including race, ethnicity, age, and type of challenging behavior exhibited. Experimenters evaluated 579 participant case files for information regarding caregivers’ use of first responders during crisis situations. Findings from the study suggested no significant differences in contacting emergency services based on race. In regards to ethnicity, findings indicated individuals who identify as Hispanic are less likely to contact emergency services in response to their child engaging in challenging behaviors than those that identify as non-Hispanic. We discuss the clinical implications of outcomes and present areas of future research.

 
Diversity submission 

Preparing Law Enforcement Officers to Engage Successfully With Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder: An Evaluation of a Performance-Based Approach

KARLIE AMELIA HINKLE (UHCL), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract:

Law enforcement officers (LEOs) may use physical force unnecessarily or escalate problem behavior when attempting to gain the compliance of individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) (Copenhaver & Tewksbury, 2019). Although specialized training may remedy this problem, the relatively small literature on such training programs indicates the need for further research (Railey et al., 2020). This study evaluated the outcomes of performance-based instruction on strategies to promote compliance when LEOs respond to calls involving individuals with ASD. Results for three LEOs and 24 police cadets demonstrated the efficacy of behavioral skills training (BST) for teaching LEOs how to interact more effectively with individuals with ASD. Results also suggested that hands-on training should supplement commonly used forms of didactic instruction.

 
 
Panel #157
CE Offered: BACB/QABA
Diversity submission Bridging the Gap: The Establishment of Behavior Analysis Professional Associations Across Latin America
Saturday, May 29, 2021
6:00 PM–6:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Estefania Carla Alarcon Moya, M.A.
Chair: Amanda Bueno dos Santos (CEDIN)
ESTEFANIA CARLA ALARCON MOYA (Florida Institute of Technology; CeABA Chile)
CAROLA SCOLARI (Casita ABA)
GRICEL PEZZOTTI (ABA DOMINICANA)
Abstract: Applied behavior analysis (ABA) is an emergent field in Latin America (LATAM). The popularity of ABA evidence-based practices led to rapid growth in demand, rising faster than services could be supplied. The quality of services available is a concern. Furthermore, the absence of local regulations (both legal and ethical) to practice ABA is a common detriment that all countries in LATAM share. Until recently, most efforts to create support systems for the education of new qualified ABA practitioners were mostly linked to the BACB certification. Nevertheless, the discontinuation of the international scope of the credential posed a challenge for the region, opening the opportunity for several countries to discuss and reflect on how to bridge the gap. In the present discussion, panelists will share their experiences on how they have been actively collaborating in the creation of local task forces. They will also discuss the process by which they have established a consensus on the competencies and ethical standards representing their communities. Additionally, panelists will discuss the diversity of challenges across the region and outline potential solutions to support other countries with fewer resources to advance in the development of local ABA practice standards.
Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience: Basic
Learning Objectives: 1) Describe the challenges to regulate practice in Latin American Countries 2) Outline solutions to overcome the main challenges Latin American Countries face in the development of their own regulatory bodies. 3) List actions to create collaborative forces in the design of standards representative of Latin American countries
Keyword(s): Dissemination, Latin America, Practice Standards, Professional Associations
 
 
Symposium #158
CE Offered: BACB
Behavioral Development Special Interest Group (DEV SIG) Graduate Student Research Award Presentations
Saturday, May 29, 2021
6:00 PM–6:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: JeanneMarie Speckman (Fred S. Keller School Teachers College Columbia University)
Discussant: Jennifer Longano (Fred S. Keller School)
CE Instructor: JeanneMarie Speckman, Ph.D.
Abstract: Two of the three recipients of the DEV SIG research award will present their studies in this symposium. The first study, by award recipient Francis Hwang-Nesbit, focuses on interventions for establishing the necessary stimulus control for various degrees of Naming. The second paper, by award recipient Maninder Virk, focuses on the effectiveness of parent training during telehealth sessions on student outcomes. The third award recipient, Hung Chang, is presenting his research, “The Effects of the Observational Procedure on Conditioned Reinforcement for Books for Preschoolers with and without Disabilities” as part of another symposium.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Behavioral Development, Bidirectional Naming, Parent Education, Student Research
Target Audience: Basic
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Define Bidirectional Naming and the degrees of BiN 2. State two different interventions for establishing the cusp of Bidirectional Naming 3. Describe procedures for training parents to provide effectively deliver instruction to their children at home during Telehealth sessions.
 
Comparing Two Interventions on Establishing Multiple Stimulus Control
FRANCIS HWANG-NESBIT (Teacher College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences), Jennifer Weber (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: The researcher conducted 2 experiments to compare the effects of 2 different interventions on inducing bidirectional naming (BiN) in elementary school students. BiN is a verbal behavior cusp and a capability that allows one to acquire language incidentally as the stimulus control shifts due to the learned reinforcement of the correspondence between visual and auditory stimuli. In Experiment 1, the researcher used a multiple probe design across participants demonstrating no-incidental naming (NiN) or unidirectional naming (UniN), who were paired into dyads based on their level of BiN. The independent variables were a curricular-based intervention utilizing speaker responses, targeting mathematics and reading objectives, and picture-based Repeated Novel Naming Experience (RNNE) with abstract pictures not related to academic objectives. The results showed students’ demonstration of BiN or an increased accurate listener and speaker responses in probes following the intervention. In Experiment 2, the researcher used a single-case simultaneous treatment design with nested multiple probe design across 8 prekindergarten participants demonstrating UniN. The primary dependent variable was the degree of stimulus control for UniN and BiN across three levels of complexity. The secondary dependent variables were the number of learn units to criterion across reading and math curricula and the number of unconsequated correct responses to post-unit tests following the conclusion of intervention. The independent variables were identical to those of Experiment 1. Experiment 2 is currently ongoing.
 
The Effects of Parent Training During Telehealth Sessions on the Students’ Rate of Learning and Parents’ Delivery of Accurate Instruction
MANINDER VIRK (Teachers College Columbia University), Lin Du (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: Due to the current unprecedented times of COVID-19, students are attending school through telehealth or hybrid methods that involve less contact time with teachers. It has become important to find alternative modes of delivering instruction to preschoolers with disabilities to ensure they receive additional learning opportunities. Training parents to deliver effective instruction may be effective in increasing students' number of correct responses and the efficacy of telehealth sessions. In this study, the researchers use a multiple baseline design across participants to evaluate the effects of a parent education and training intervention during 30 min daily telehealth sessions on the percentage of correct learn units delivered by the parent, number of learn units delivered during a session and the students' learning unit to criterion. The intervention package included written instructions delivered to parents, video modeling and Parent Performance Rate of Accuracy. The researchers selected four parent-child dyads . The study is currently in progress. Dyad 1 and 2 have entered intervention conditions. It is important to complete this study to demonstrate if parent education and parent training sessions are effective in increasing students' number of correct responses and increasing the number of learn units delivered in a telehealth session. The findings of these studies could contribute to the efficacy of parent education and parent training packages on student learning through telehealth sessions.
 
 
Symposium #159
CE Offered: BACB
Coaching and Collaboration: Towards Delivering Evidence-Based Services in Public Schools
Saturday, May 29, 2021
6:00 PM–6:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Jennifer Ledford (Vanderbilt University)
CE Instructor: Nicole Hollins, M.A.
Abstract: Maintaining sustainable and effective classroom practices remains at the center of discussion for many schools. While teachers are required to participate in professional development activities, research has demonstrated that professional development alone is not sufficient for sustained use (Fixen et al., 2005). As such, coaching has been identified as the key variable to bridging the gap from research to practice and to maintaining behaviors over a period of time. Given that behavior analysts are trained to analyze environmental conditions, it is important to discuss how behavior analysts can effectively collaborate and coach teachers on evidence-based teaching practices. The first presentation will describe a conceptual analysis of the functional assessment and treatment of teaching behaviors; the second presentation will describe a behavior analytic, multi-level approach to coaching while providing implications for practice and research; and the third presentation will provide case examples on effective collaboration and coaching in public schools.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): classroom management, coaching, school-based, training
Target Audience: Basic
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to identify variables that may maintain teaching behaviors, will describe multi-level supports (i.e., coaching) to enhance professional development for teachers or therapists, and will identify feasible goals for coaching classroom management.
 

Remaining Behavior Analytic in School Consultation: A Conceptual Analysis of School Environments

ROBERT C. PENNINGTON (University of North Carolina-Charlotte)
Abstract:

In this session, the presenter will describe potential variables that establish and maintain teacher instructional and classroom management repertoires. They will describe methods and tools, rooted in behavioral and educational research, for the functional assessment and treatment of teaching behaviors. Finally, they will connect BCBAs consideration of these school-based environmental factors to the BACB's professional and ethical compliance code.

 
Multi-Level Coaching: A Behavior-Analytic Approach to Professional Development
CHARLES L. WOOD (University of North Carolina at Charlotte)
Abstract: Professional development through in-service training may not be of sufficient duration, intensity, and specificity to improve teachers’ or therapists’ instructional skills. Due to the increased need to support teachers’ or therapists’ use of evidence-based practices, coaching can extend and strengthen professional development and increase instructional effectiveness. This session describes a behavior-analytic, multi-level approach to coaching, and provides implications for practice and research.
 

A Case Series: Reviewing Effective Components of Coaching Classroom Management

Nicole Hollins (Western Michigan University), STEPHANIE M. PETERSON (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

In this session, the presenter will review a series of case examples that demonstrate effective coaching on classroom management practices. They will describe the decision-making process of developing precise coaching goals and efficient coaching processes.

 
 
Panel #161
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Compassionate Online Education in a Post-COVID-19 World
Saturday, May 29, 2021
6:00 PM–6:50 PM EDT
Online
Area: TBA/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Dipti Mudgal, Ph.D.
Chair: Laura L. Dudley (Northeastern University)
DIPTI MUDGAL (Ball State University)
VERONICA J. HOWARD (University of Alaska Anchorage)
ROBYN M. CATAGNUS (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

Compassion is showing concern for others who are experiencing suffering. In recent years, an emphasis has been placed on “compassionate care” within healthcare, and some studies have suggested that an empathetic approach to patient care may lead to improved outcomes as well as increased social validity. ABAI’s recent Presidential Address highlighted compassionate behavior analysis as a guiding core principle. Over the past year, we have faced numerous challenges, including a deadly virus, racism, violence, natural disasters, fiscal worries, political unrest, and rising mental health issues. Given these challenges, a compassionate approach within healthcare and education seems more necessary now than ever. With the necessary migration of graduate education to online formats, the absence of human connection emphasizes the need for compassionate education and support. How can we, as behavior analysts, incorporate compassionate practices into how we mentor, teach and train graduate students in an online format? In this panel, we will discuss various methods for weaving compassion into our teaching, mentoring, and advising of students. This discussion will focus on curriculum, communication, administration, and organizational systems. Panelists will describe their experiences and recommendations to support students in this ever-changing world.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Graduate students and faculty of online ABA programs.

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to understand what compassionate education should include. 2. Participants will be able to tailor online education to meet the needs of students. 3. Participants will be able to list ways programs and administration can provide compassionate online education.
Keyword(s): COVID-19, Diversity, Online education
 

BACK TO THE TOP

 

Back to Top
ValidatorError
  
Modifed by Eddie Soh
DONATE
{"isActive":false}